Tigercat 845C L845C FELLER BUNCHER SERVICE MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD by www.heydownloads.com

845C/L845C FELLER BUNCHER

SERVICE MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 84511861 TO 84512500

SERIAL NUMBER 84521861 TO 84522500

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................. v MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS..................................................................................... vi STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS..........................................................................................................vii NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.............................................................................................viii SAFETY...............................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION................................................................See separate OPERATOR'S MANUAL LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................4 PILOT SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................5 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERS.......................................................................................................................6 ENGINE AND ANTI-STALL..................................................................................................................................7 COOLING SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................10 TRACK DRIVE................................................................................................................................................... 11 BOOM FUNCTIONS..........................................................................................................................................12 LEVELING.........................................................................................................................................................13 SWING...............................................................................................................................................................15 SAW DRIVE.......................................................................................................................................................17 ACCUMULATOR, CLAMPS AND WRIST..........................................................................................................18 MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................................................25

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. 845C/L845C FELLER BUNCHER Available Literature Operator’s Manual - 845*1501 TO 845*1860..................................................................................Part No. 31379AENG Operator’s Manual - 845*1861 TO 845*2500..................................................................................Part No. 44738AENG Service Manual - 845*1501 TO 845*1860.......................................................................................Part No. 31380AENG Service Manual - 845*1861 TO 845*2500 (this Manual).................................................................Part No. 44739AENG Parts Catalogue...............................................................................................................................Part No. 31381A iii

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................. v

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers. Serial numbers: 845C 84511861 TO 84512500 L845C 84521861 TO 84522500 NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example, 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Leveling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, for example 845*1861 TO 845*2500. The 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers are designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands. The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance. For manual part numbers, see the 'table of contents' page in each manual. Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures. Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine. The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information. Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual. Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page. The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS..................................................................................... vi

Introduction

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS Please record all serial numbers related to this machine below and have ready before calling for assistance. The machine serial number plate is located inside the cab behind the operator's seat. The machine serial number is also stamped on the front of the upper structure between the hoist cylinder mount and the right side of the cab. Machine Model Number: _________________________ Machine Serial Number: _________________________ Model Year: ___________________________________ 845C-128

Cab machine serial number plate location.

845C-131

Upper structure serial number stamp location. The engine identification label is located on top of the engine and identifies the engine serial number. The engine serial number is also stamped on the left side of the engine block, on top of the lubricating oil cooler housing. Engine Serial Number: __________________________ Engine Date of Manufacture: ______________________

845C-130

Engine identification label and stamped engine serial number locations.

STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS..........................................................................................................vii

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Introduction

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: •

OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14a TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS)

•

ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS)

•

ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS)

•

ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS)

•

ISO 2867:1994

•

SAE J1356: FEB. 1988

•

Oregon osha 437-007-0775:14b,c

•

AS 4988 2002

MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached. Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place. Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: (i) Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or (ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat. Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner. Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation. Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure. Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect. The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product. Contact the Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.............................................................................................viii

Introduction

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk. IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: (i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. (ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager. AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation. Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine. Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product. Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests. The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified. Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

viii

SAFETY...............................................................................................................................................................1

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 1 – SAFETY Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories. CONTENTS – SECTION 1

ISSUE 1.1, APRIL 2016

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS – AVOIDING..................................................................................................... 1.9 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.8 BEFORE WELDING................................................................................................................................. 1.23 CAB EXITS...............................................................................................................................................1.10 CABLE ASSIST........................................................................................................................................ 1.15 CABLE ASSIST MOUNT...................................................................................................................... 1.15 CABLE TENSION................................................................................................................................. 1.16 DAILY CHECKS.................................................................................................................................... 1.15 LOADING DIRECTIONS....................................................................................................................... 1.16 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.21, 1.43 EMERGENCY CAB EXITS....................................................................................................................... 1.10 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................... 1.25 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.22 FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.17 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.31 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.35 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.31 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.34 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.32 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.33 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.26 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.21 GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................ 1.4 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.27 HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.5 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................................ 1.21 INTERLOCK SWITCH, SAFETY.............................................................................................................. 1.10 LIGHTENING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY........................................................................................................................... 1.28 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.28 LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.28 LIQUID STARTING AID.............................................................................................................................. 1.9 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.21 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION WITH LEVELER................................................................................................................................... 1.12 WITHOUT LEVELER............................................................................................................................ 1.14 NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB....................................................................................................................... 1.3 OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................... 1.9 PARKING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................................ 1.18 PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS, USING.................................................................................................... 1.27

1.1

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRIOR TO WELDING.............................................................................................................................. 1.23 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT...................................................................................................................... 1.4 REFUELLING.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING.......................................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS........................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR............................................................................... 1.10 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.36 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.4 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS...................................................................................................................... 1.9 HAZARD ZONE...................................................................................................................................... 1.5 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING..................................................................................................................... 1.4 VITON SEALS........................................................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.9 CAB EXITS...........................................................................................................................................1.10 FELLING TREES.................................................................................................................................. 1.17 INTERLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 1.10 LIQUID STARTING AID.......................................................................................................................... 1.9 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION............................................................................................... 1.12 PARKING THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 1.18 SEAT BELT.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING................................................................................................... 1.19 BEFORE SERVICING OR REPAIRING EQUIPMENT......................................................................... 1.19 CONNECTING BATTERY CABLES..................................................................................................... 1.19 DISCONNECTING BATTERY CABLES............................................................................................... 1.19 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 1.25 FLUID INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................................. 1.26 GREASE INJECTION INJURY............................................................................................................. 1.27 LEVELING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................ 1.22 WHEN SERVICING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM............................................................................... 1.19 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.4 SEAT BELT.................................................................................................................................................1.9 SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.................................................................................................... 1.19 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.4 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................... 1.18

1.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB NOISELEVELS

Noise Level Inside Cab dB(A)

As per Tigercat test ETR00107 Microphone direction: Forward Rear Left Right Driving max speed (High) 75 77 78 77 Driving max speed (Low) 71 71 72 71 Boom opertation 74 72 75 73

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine. Check with your local Safety Commission to determine if hearing protection is required at these levels.

Vibration Level - Whole-body

As per Tigercat test ETR007 & ISO 2631-1 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Seat Seat-back Feet Health Comfort Driving max speed (High) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5630 0.4020 0.2370 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3200 0.4200 0.2310 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.2110 0.6140 0.4660 Σ 0.6571 0.5700 0.4850 0.2850 Driving max speed (Low) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2150 0.1200 0.1140 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.0977 0.1440 0.0764 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0669 0.2230 0.2170 Σ 0.2890 0.2568 0.1800 0.1000 Boom operation x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.6140 0.1830 0.4510 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.2470 0.3300 0.3710 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0838 0.3670 0.4440 Σ 0.9304 0.7310 0.5070 0.1740 *Note for whole-body, weighted RMS acceleration values can exceed 0,5m/s2. as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm

As per Tigercat test ETR007 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Driving max speed (High) Σ 1.770 Driving max speed (Low) Σ 1.170 Boom operation Σ 0.770 *Note for hand/arm, all weighted RMS acceleration values are below 2.5 m/s 2 as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1. VIBRATION LEVEL

1.3

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all. To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed. Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED! The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death. Follow the instructions in the safety message.

UNDERSTANDING SIGNAL WORDS DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary. These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels. 1.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft)

The following diagram illustrates the hazard zone. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the equipment is operating.

The hazard zone should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150 M (500

Do not jump off the machine at any time. Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine. Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handles when entering or leaving the cab.

150 M (500

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps. When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique. Use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine. 1.5

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

WARNING

Check all fluid levels.

Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas. No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

WORKING WITH OIL Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints e.g., eczema. Strict hygiene should always be observed.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Some advice which should be observed: • Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always turn OFF the engine before cleaning the machine.

• Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil. • Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. • Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

• Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

The machine should be washed completely at every major service.

• Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• Always keep a change of clothing, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

• Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

• Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength at stopping objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

• Oily rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

• Wash hands and arms frequently, e.g., at each meal break.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair visibility.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

1.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS

SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING

O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and know how to use it. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided with, and approved for seating for the operator only.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

Do not allow anyone who may be unfit, physically or mentally or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, to operate the machine.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

• Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat, they will appear black and sticky. • If these are found, do not touch!

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present. Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

• Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (0.5 in) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

• Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

• Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use. NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

1.7

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

WARNING

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

WARNING

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery, it can explode. When servicing the electrical system, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (–) cables first. Perform the service work, then attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first. Do not short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents. Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, and open flames a safe distance from the batteries.

1.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER ACCIDENTS

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

S≤15 mg/kg ULTRA LOW SULFUR Turn OFF the engine when refuelling. Do not FUEL ONLY refuel the machine or work on the fuel system 36686AUNI R0 while smoking or near flames or sparks.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area. Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine. Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up. To avoid backover accidents: • Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear. • Keep the motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

• Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING THE MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling.

WARNING

• Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

• EXPLOSION HAZARD.

• Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

• DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Turn OFF the engine when refuelling. Do not smoke while refuelling.

36782BENG R0

Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine. This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element. 1.9

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CAB EXITS Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured. There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR: The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

1. Front door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a safety interlock switch. Refer to SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

2. Side door, should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. Always turn OFF the engine before using the side door exit.

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the PILOT OFF Icon is activated (yellow) on the MD3 display before removing seat belt. Do not use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF.

3. Escape hatch, this is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

NOTE: Engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

822C-251

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. Always turn OFF the engine before using the escape hatch exit.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be compromised in any way.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them. All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition. All three exits should be checked to make sure they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or compromised. IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating the machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle. For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

TO OPERATE:

WARNING

Close the front door and press the green pilot ON reset switch . The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 display. Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab. Keep the cab doors closed and use the lap and shoulder belts when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab. Secure loose items in the cab.

1. When the engine is running, Do not allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components. 2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or saw head over the heads of bystanders. 3. Never travel near coworkers or other pieces of equipment with the saw head running. 4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation. 5. Do not turn on the saw head until the machine is at the harvesting site. 6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices. Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure the machine responds correctly. Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured. Always rest the saw head on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or not. Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat. Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks. When travelling, position the saw head and boom so as not to impair vision. If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored. If the saw guard has been installed, do not remove until at the cutting site. Remove the guard before starting the engine.

CAUTION Do not open the cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

1.11

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

20°

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1.

860C-009

NOTE: In any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping. When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

16° 860C-010

FIG.2–UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following: • Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training. • Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-030

FIG. 1 - WORKING RANGES

• Keep the saw head as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

Be aware the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear. All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping.

• Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes. • Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over. 1.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

• Never travel across a steep slope or side hill. • Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

BOOM TO FRONT

• Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability. • Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip. • Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine. KEEP SAW HEAD CLOSE TO GROUND

• When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine. Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-013

FIG.3 – CLIMBING SLOPE

• Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while travelling down a slope poses a tipping risk. Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved. • When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the saw head should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the saw head should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 4). Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

KEEP SAW HEAD CLOSE TO GROUND

860C-011

• As you gain experience, recognize the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. Do not attempt to work on slopes if conditions are beyond your ability level.

1.13

FIG.4 – DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over. Never travel across a steep slope or side hill: • As a load is added to the saw head the handling and the stability of the machine will change. • To avoid tip over, keep the saw head as low as possible to maintain a low centre of gravity. • Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency. • Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

CABLE ASSIST

CABLE ASSIST MOUNT

The leveler cable assist mount may improve machine maneuverability on steep slopes when attached to a suitable winching device. Factors that will affect the safety of the machine as it works on steep slopes are:

The cable assist mount can be used with a single or double shackle configuration depending on the winch system. Use only shackles with a pin diameter of 21⁄2 in. and rated for 55 tonne (121,000 lbf).

• Direction of machine travel • Limitations of machine tractive effort and soil conditions • Experience of the operator • Weather • Load sizes (boom position and load) • Poor visibility/lighting conditions

DAILY CHECKS

B A

On a daily basis prior to operating the equipment check:

855D-036

• All equipment fluid levels.

A B

• Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

Single Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

• Secure loose items in the cab. • Do not store tools, oil containers or other equipment in the cab • Functional check of all escape hatches. • All covers, roof and doors are closed and latched. • The cable assist mount for structural cracks and loose or missing bolts. On a weekly basis check the torque tightening points on the cable assist mount. Make sure the M24 bolts have a torque value of 915 Nm (675 lbf-ft).

855D-037

A B

For additional information refer to MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER in THIS SECTION.

Double Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

WARNING

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

The lifting bail on the cable assist mount is for installation of the cable assist mount only. Do not use the lifting bail for anything other than its intended use. 1.15

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CABLE TENSION

WARNING

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable maximum continuous cable tensions must not be exceeded.

Always use the proper equipment. Always inspect the cable and cable assist mount for damage before using. Never use equipment that shows signs of poor maintenance or damage. Repairs should only be made by qualified personnel.

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a single shackle configuration is 18 tonne (40,000 lbf). • Maximum continuous cable tension for a double shackle configuration is 9 tonne (20,000 lbf) for each cable.

LOADING DIRECTIONS

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable loading directions must not be exceeded.

855D-038

1.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

FELLING TREES

WARNING

Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Do not operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment. • Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips. Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

• Do not modify the boom system. • Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth or teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc. Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Check the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged. When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Do not over load felling head.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in. Preplan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head. Operate so the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines. When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties. Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to coworkers or damage other vehicles.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

To stop the blade from rotating, carefully lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.17

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE:

Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment. Before leaving the operator's cab, lower the saw head onto the ground. If out of the operator's cab for an extended period turn OFF the engine. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc. Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

WARNING TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

860C-001

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine.

• Do not modify the boom system.

4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging. • Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

24863A R0

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. NOTE: Wait 30 seconds after turning OFF the engine before turning off the battery disconnect switch. If the battery disconnect is turned off before this time period the engine electronic control unit (ECU) will register a fault.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death..

1.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety WHEN SERVICING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 2. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (–) cables first. 3. Perform the service work. 4. Attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first. 5. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Install a DO NOT START ENGINE sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

BEFORE SERVICING OR REPAIRING EQUIPMENT: STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow the recommended procedures. The charge air cooler, radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced at least daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

WARNING

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

This machine is equipped with a reversible cooling fan. Exercise care when working in this area with the engine running.

860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake.

If the fan switch in the cab is in the AUTO position, the fan could turn ON and go into REVERSE mode without warning.

3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. NOTE: Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off.

1.19

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

WARNING

845C-097 845C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

Hot fluids and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns! • Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve. Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

1.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

WARNING

Diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any oil is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove coolant fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained. Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately. Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the saw head to the ground, turn OFF the engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG. 1). Accumulators will self drain within two minutes of stopping the engine. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

860C-001

PARKING BOOM FIG.1

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts. Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine. Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device. 1.21

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

WARNING

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes. If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Always follow saw head manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching saw head to make adjustments.

WARNING Do not work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

Dispose of fluids properly. Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake. Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them. When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to saw head manufacturer's instructions. Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the engine enclosure power roof.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone. Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments. 1.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

IMPORTANT! 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE ECU

PRIOR TO WELDING NOTE: Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT (LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE)

855C-017

9. Disconnect the engine electronic control unit (ECU) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

IMPORTANT! This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

H845C-209

2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

GROUND HARNESS

845C-113

ON 24863A R0

ENGINE GROUND DISCONNECT (RIGHT SIDE)

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Attach the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

CHASSIS GROUND CONNECTION

10. Disconnect the engine ground connection at the chassis.

7. Removing the battery compartment cover. 8. Disconnect the battery cables from the batteries, negative (–) cables first.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE XS2 MODULE

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE XA2 MODULES H845C-51

13. Disconnect the multi-pin connectors on the two XA2 Modules mounted on the hydraulic tank. When welding is completed reconnect all connectors, engine ground and MD3 computer fuse. Attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first and turn the battery disconnect switch ON.

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN CONNECTORS IN THE HARNESS

845D-001

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

11. Disconnect the XS2 Module multi-pin connector and the two multi-pin connectors in the wiring harness.

845C-263

MD3 Computer Fuse

12. Remove the MD3 computer fuse in the cab fuse and relay electrical cabinet.

1.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM WARNING This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system. Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System. Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head-travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

55987BUNI R0

WARNING

1. The machine is parked on level ground with the saw head on the ground (FIG. 1).

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

2. The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully retracted (FIG. 2).

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

Do not rely on the saw head to support the boom system during servicing. Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the saw head to move unexpectedly.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

• Do not modify the boom system. • Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging. • Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 845C-002

FIG. 1 – PARKING BOOM

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.. TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-003

FIG. 2 – PARKING BOOM

1.25

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FLUID INJECTION INJURY WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

As always, the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

WHEN SEARCHING FOR POSSIBLE FLUID LEAKS: • Never search for leaks with your bare hands. Always wear thick protective gloves.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection. • Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation. There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not. Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid. • Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur. Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

• Recognize the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

WHEN PERFORMING ANY SERVICE WORK

• Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury: • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected. • Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

1.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS

Safety Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following:

Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 – 400 bar (246 – 5,801 psi). It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

• All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns must be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

Always get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

• Do not operate a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

• Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected and the elapsed time between injection and seeking medical attention all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

• Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts. • Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices. • Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing. • Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately. • When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.27

Safety

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people. When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike. The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped. Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point. Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder. In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LIGHTNING SAFETY In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment. Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices. 1. Designate a member of your crew to: ▪▪ Monitor daily weather forecasts ▪▪ Observe local weather conditions ▪▪ Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops 2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby. 3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger. 4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear. 5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4. 6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder. The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground. When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

If you can, get inside: Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect. Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fibreglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection. Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

If inside a building: • Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms. • Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab: • Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you. • Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows. • Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

• Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle. Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

NOTE: Rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle. In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

• Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

1.29

Safety If you are caught outside and have nowhere to go: • Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape. • Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO IF YOU FEEL YOUR SKIN TINGLING, YOUR HAIR STANDS ON END, LIGHT METAL OBJECTS VIBRATE OR YOU HEAR A CRACKLING SOUND: • Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

• Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

• Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

• Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees. • Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees. • Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters. • Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

• Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

WHAT TO DO IF A CO-WORKER HAS BEEN STRUCK BY LIGHTNING: • The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

• Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools. • Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

• Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately. • If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately. Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

• Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you. • Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

• Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible. • To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites: ▪▪ National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov ▪▪ National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smoulder. If dislodged this smouldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased. The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires. The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum. 1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift. 5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage. Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment. 6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately. 7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. 8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components. 9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

1.31

Safety 10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed. 11. Park the machine at least 15 METERS (50 feet) away from other equipment at the end of each shift. 12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground. 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey. 18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by. 19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location. 20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result. EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE • Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

• Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual. • Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. • Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. 15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism. 16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lit cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

• Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine. There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment. • Ensure the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

• Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

• Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

If operating the machine when a fire occurs:

• Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

• Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company. • Ensure that you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively. 2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor. 3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting. 4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

1. Lower all working attachments to the ground. 2. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately. 5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you. 6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening. 7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading. 2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back. 3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively. 4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive. 5. Be aware that engine coolant, diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire. 6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a 1.33

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area. The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

▪▪ Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine. ▪▪ Ensure the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

▪▪ Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher. ▫▫ Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed. Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

▪▪ Remain with the machine until help arrives.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED • Before returning the machine to work. 1. Ensure the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

▫▫ Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body. Release the hose before taking aim.

2. Ensure the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable). 3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

▫▫ Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge. ▫▫ Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

• Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101. *NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

822C-190

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

▪▪ Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher. ▪▪ Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

1.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder. Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder. Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup. 1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form. Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air. Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth. 2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack. To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water. Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000. 1.35

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes. The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SAFETY LABELS

READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

55737BUNI R0

READ MANUAL Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications. Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

USE SEAT BELT The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine. Do not attempt to move or operate the machine until the seat belt is fastened properly.

1.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, turn OFF the engine, remove the ignition key and store it in a safe place. Read and understand all service manual instructions before servicing this machine.

Safety CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of a downward force crush zone caused by swinging or falling logs. Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs which could result in death or serious injury! Do not start the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine. When the engine is running, do not allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 150 m (500 ft). Do not attempt to service or work on the machine until the load is removed from the saw head, the vehicle is in the parked position and the engine is turned OFF.

1.37

Safety CRUSH HAZARD

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by the engine enclosure power door/roof. Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the engine enclosure power door/roof. Operating the engine enclosure power door/roof with personnel in the crush zone could result in death or serious injury! This label warns of the crush hazard caused by boom movement.

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure power door/roof.

Movement of booms and cylinders could result in death or serious injury!

CRUSH HAZARD, LEVELER

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating boom functions. Do not approach the machine until the boom is lowered to the ground and the engine is turned OFF.

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by movement of the leveling frames and cylinders when not properly supported. Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. Contact with moving frames and cylinders could result in death or serious injury! Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and turn OFF the engine before performing service work in this area.

1.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

CUTTING HAZARD

ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

This label warns of an entanglement hazard (rotating parts) zone.

Keep clear of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

Do not place hands or fingers in this area. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

Do not place hands or fingers in this area. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury. Keep hands and fingers clear of rotating fan blades! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn OFF the engine and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

Keep hands and fingers clear of rotating belt, drive or pulley! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn OFF the engine and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.39

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ER BOOM WARNING

55987BUNI R0

This label warns the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Read the Operator's Manual to become familiar with the operation and movement of the ER boom system. Never permit persons to stand under the boom or the saw head. Contact could result in death or serious injury. Always ensure the attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions: 1. Turning OFF the engine.

Located on the control valve cover in the engine compartment, this label warns the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this it may behave in an unexpected manner when performing any service work or maintenance on the machine. Ensure no persons are near the machine during operation. Read and understand the servicing procedures in the Service Manual and make sure the boom and attachment are securely braced and supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. Serious injury or death could result from crushing.

2. De-energizing the pilot circuit 3. Opening the front door.

1.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

HOT SURFACES

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine hydraulic tank and cooling system may become very hot when the machine has been running. Do not touch these hot surfaces, contact with hot surfaces may cause injury. • Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down. • Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work. • Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled to below 38°C (100°F).

This label warns of a stored energy hazard. This label is located near the hydraulic tank. The machine is equipped with an accumulator (located in the hydraulic tank area, attached to the pilot manifold). The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure. Servicing the accumulator, hydraulic tank or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury. Do not service accumulator or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure.

1.41

Safety ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

55992BUNI R0

This label is located in the cab. It warns of a potential electrocution hazard. Contact with electric lines will result in death or serious injury!

This label warns of the potential of a severe electric shock hazard. It is located on the top frame of the battery compartment housing.

Before beginning work in any area study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

When servicing the electrical system, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (-) cables first. Perform the service work, then attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first.

Do not move any part of the machine or load within 3 m (10 ft) plus two times line insulator length of any electric lines!

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns and/or an explosion can result. Refer to GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS in THIS SECTION.

KEEP BACK

This label warns personnel to keep back 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the attachment.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine. 1.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

Safety EXPLOSION HAZARD

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an explosion hazard. It is located on the end of the air cleaner (air filter housing). The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, do not use ether to assist in starting the engine. Using ether could cause an explosion which could result in death or serious injury. 33952AUNI R0

This label warns of a pressure and fluid spray hazard when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Do not loosen the radiator fill cap until it is cool, explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Turn OFF the engine. Only remove the radiator fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve pressure before removing it completely.

This label indicates portable fire extinguisher location.

1.43

Safety NO RIDERS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher EMERGENCY EXIT, CAB, LEFT-HAND SIDE DOOR

This label is located on the left-hand cab door post next to the door, alerting the operator that, in the event of an emergency this door can be used as an emergency exit. No riders inside or outside of the machine. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only. Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards which could result in death or serious injury. If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, stop the machine immediately. Do not operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

This label is also located just below the bottom of the left-hand emergency exit doorway, on the outside of the cab frame. This label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator. Ensure all exit doors and exit hatch are functioning properly at all times. Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

EMERGENCY EXIT, HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

This label is located on each of the escape hatch clamp-brackets to indicate the escape hatch can also be used as an emergency exit. The label also indicates the escape hatch knobs should be hand tightened only to allow for easy exit. Ensure all exit locations are functioning properly. Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

FIRE PREVENTION!

CHECK DAILY

This label advises operators of the following:

In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

Read, understand and follow the fire prevention guidelines in this manual. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. Do not operate this machine until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine. It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance must be performed frequently (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and know how to use it!

This label indicates the location of each fire extinguisher access hole. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole around the machine.

1.45

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

1.46

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY DANGER This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices. The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

DANGER

CONTENTS - APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 C

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW...........................................................................................................................................A.7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY...............................................................................................................A.8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS...............................................................................................................................A.7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES.......................................................................................................................A.10 D

DANGERS.....................................................................................................................................................................A.3 F

FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................A.2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS................................................................................................................................A.3 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS..........................................................................................................................................A.3 SAFE PRACTICES....................................................................................................................................................A.3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED...............................................................................................................A.2 STORED ENERGY....................................................................................................................................................A.3 H

HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY...........................................................................................................A.9 S

SAW HEAD DON'TS...................................................................................................................................................A.15 T

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE.............................................................................................................A.4

5211A • R4-1015

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

FOREWORD SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED

Tigercat wheel type feller bunchers (figure 1) and crawler feller bunchers (figure 2) can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

SAW25A

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

SAW24

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED THROW AT THE CAB

A.2

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

STORED ENERGY

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing:

It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

• The normal throwing of chips from the cut. • Soil particles are thrown from the ground. • Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade. • Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

SAFE PRACTICES

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade. • In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

A.3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used. Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

SAW13

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

A.4

SAW17

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

SAW14

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, THE SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SAW15

In figure 5, there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL

SAW12

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

A.5

SAW18

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES CONTINUED In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing. In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing. Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another. It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a SAW19 SAW20 SAW26

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

A.6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials. Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

DIRECTION OF THROW The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

THROW DISTANCE The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips. More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

SAFE OPERATING AREAS These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

A.7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded. With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

A.8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b

FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

SAW21A SAW23

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY A.9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11. Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially.

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SLAB

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

N DI

SAW10

FIGURE 8

SAW2

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

FEED IN SAW7

FIGURE 8B SIDE VIEW

SAW7

A.10

FIGURE 8C TOP VIEW

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR

SAW3

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE SMALL LOG LOG PILE

FEED IN

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

SAW8

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

SAW8

A.11

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP

WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

SAW6

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming. A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

SAW11

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS A.12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

SAW BLADE THROW GAP Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

SAW122

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

A.13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED SAW HOUSING ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

The outgoing opening is larger to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out

The ingoing entrance OF THE HOUSING for the saw rim of teeth should be small SAW22 SAW22A SAW22B

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

A.14

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds. Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME SAW HEAD DON’TS THAT APPLY PARTICULARLY TO THROW PREVENTION: • Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance. • Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab. • Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut. • Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw. • Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head. • Do not over speed the blade rpm. • Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer. • Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement. • Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings. • Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out. • Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do. • Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head. • Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts. • Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low. • Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area. • Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers. • Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger. • Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward. • Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles. • Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

A.15

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

A.16

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................3

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 – LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CONTENTS – SECTION 3

ISSUE 1.1, APRIL 2016

AIR CLEANER ........................................................................................................................................3.46 AIR CLEANER SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................... 3.46 IMPROPER SERVICING ..................................................................................................................... 3.46 OVER SERVICING .............................................................................................................................. 3.46 AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................... 3.47 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM .................................................................. 3.24 AIR FILTER - CHANGING ....................................................................................................................... 3.46 AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................. 3.45 AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER - ENGINE .................................................................................................. 3.45 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - ENGINE AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.48 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................... 3.47 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.48 PRECLEANER .................................................................................................................................... 3.45 AIR PRECLEANER ................................................................................................................................. 3.45 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS ............................................................................................................. 3.19 B

BELT, SERPENTINE, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ........................................................................... 3.26 BOTTOM REFUELLING PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 3.33 C

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.44 CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................ 3.46 CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 3.24 COMMERCIAL WOOD, WEIGHTS OF ................................................................................................... 3.59 COMMON CONVERSIONS .................................................................................................................... 3.58 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY ............................................................................................... 3.7 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.48 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................... 3.47 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.48 PRECLEANER .................................................................................................................................... 3.45 ER BOOM SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................ 3.15 F

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE .............................................................................................. 3.17 FILTER ELEMENTS - CHANGING ......................................................................................................... 3.46 FILTERS CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 3.46 ENGINE FILTERS ................................................................................................................................ 3.27 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR ................................................................................................... 3.27 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .................................................................................................................... 3.28 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS ............................................................................................ 3.42 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER .......................................................................................................... 3.44 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE ................................................................................................... 3.27 REMOVE AND REPLACE, HYDRAULIC ............................................................................................ 3.39 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL ................................................................... 3.39 FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE ..................................................................................................... 3.27 FIRE PREVENTION .................................................................................................................................. 3.8 FUEL REFUELLING ...................................................................................................................................... 3.31 FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR ....................................................................... 3.27

3.1

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FUEL TANK CAPACITY ...........................................................................................................................................3.28 COMPONENTS ................................................................................................................................... 3.28 REFUELLING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELLING OPTION ............................................................ 3.33 STRAINER - CHANGING/CLEANING ................................................................................................. 3.29 H

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND .................................................................................................... 3.37 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.38 HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE ................................................................................................. 3.19 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS .......................................................................... 3.42 CHANGING OR CLEANING ................................................................................................................ 3.42 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................ 3.39 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ................................................................................... 3.39 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND ................................................................................................. 3.37 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - REFILLING ...................................................................................................... 3.36 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ............................................................................................................. 3.44 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... 3.35 L

LEVELER LUBRICATION POINTS ......................................................................................................... 3.18 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................................. 3.4 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................ 3.16 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELER ...................................................................................... 3.18 M

MEASURING TRACK SAG ..................................................................................................................... 3.51 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3.4 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT ........................................................................................... 3.4 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................................................................................................. 3.4 TIGHTENING POINTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.4 O

OIL ANALYSIS KITS .................................................................................................................................. 3.5 OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ....................................................................................................................... 3.5 OIL FILL - HYDRAULIC ........................................................................................................................... 3.37 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE ..................................................................................................................... 3.7 OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES ........................................................................................... 3.6 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM ...................................................................................................................... 3.6 P

PRECLEANER - ENGINE AIR ................................................................................................................ 3.45 PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS .......................................................................3.60, 3.61, 3.62, 3.63 PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK ....................................................................................................... 3.35 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ............................................................................................ 3.4 PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL FILL - HAND .................................................................................................. 3.37 R

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ................................................................................................ 3.36 REFUELLING PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 3.31

3.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL - LUBRICATING ......................................................................................... 3.23 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY ....................................................................................................................................... 3.9 8 HOURS ...............................................................................................................................................3.9 24 HOURS ...........................................................................................................................................3.10 125 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 250 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.12 500 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.13 1000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.13 1500 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.13 2000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.14 2 YEARS ..............................................................................................................................................3.14 SEASONAL ..........................................................................................................................................3.14 SERPENTINE BELT, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ............................................................................ 3.26 STRAINER - FUEL TANK .............................................................................................................. 3.28, 3.29 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS ......................................................................................................... 3.20 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING CHANGE OIL ................................................................................................................................... 3.21 ROTARY MANIFOLD ........................................................................................................................... 3.23 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING ............................................................................................. 3.23 T

TORQUE CHART .................................................................................................................................... 3.53 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 3.54 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS ..................................................................................... 3.55, 3.56, 3.57 TORQUE PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................................... 3.52 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL ............................................................................................... 3.54 TRACK COMPONENTS TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................. 3.51, 3.52 TRACK CHAIN SAG ................................................................................................................................ 3.51 TRACK COMPONENTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.51 MEASURING TRACK SAG TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................. 3.51, 3.52 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION MEASURING SAG DIMENSION ......................................................................................................... 3.51 TORQUE PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................................... 3.52 TRACK CHAIN SAG ............................................................................................................................ 3.51 TRACKS, PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS ............................................................................................. 3.49 U

UNLOADER VALVE – AIR CLEANER ..................................................................................................... 3.47 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD .................................................................................................... 3.59 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART .............................................................................................................. 3.58 WOOD, WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD ...................................................................................... 3.59

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION: PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 and 5347: "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT: WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 and 5347: "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. Tightening points:

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

All hydraulic connections Hose clamps

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check all leveler pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveler)

853ILL8

Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts

IMPORTANT!

BEFORE DRIVING THE MACHINE MAKE SURE THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Pump mounting bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track shoe bolts Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

Swing motor mounting bolts

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION REFER TO THIS SECTION FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

3.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool. Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: • Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures. • Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs. • Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm the required maintenance is being done on time. • Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance. This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent by e-mail or can be viewed on the Internet. This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox. Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples. Refer to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt. The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc. To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how to properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples. Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF's in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF's and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

H855C-31

HYDRAULIC OIL

HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLES:

• Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained. Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 90 – 120 ml (3 – 4 oz) of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods. • Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

GEARBOX SAMPLES:

• These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

• Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

• Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

• Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

• Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

• Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

• Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full. All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing. Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs. In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a hydraulic tank or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL • Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris. • Clean around fill caps before checking or adding fluids.

• During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation,turn OFF the engine immediately and do not put the machine back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

• Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately. • Clean up all spills immediately. • Always use clean oil and containers. • Drain dirty oil while still warm. • Do not exceed recommended fluid levels. • Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve. Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

• Always have a fire extinguisher at hand. • For safety, always lower the boom to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

• Always fill the fuel tank at the end of the day to minimize condensation in the fuel tank. • Before welding on the machine, disconnect all electrical connections and follow servicing safety precautions as outlined in the PRIOR TO WELDING in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. • When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings. • Clean away all branches, bark and chips. Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

• Always install door safety struts when working on machine. • Clean fire suppression system sensors.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY: Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and roof escape hatch/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened. It is therefore essential these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational. Refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROP PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITERS) LOST OIL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.7

OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FIRE PREVENTION

IMPORTANT!

Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

845C-097 845C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

1. Pine needles and bark when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve. Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown). After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routing during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing. 3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel. 4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut OFF the engine before discharging the fire suppression system. Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION.

FREQUENTLY:

• Check engine cooling air intake enclosure screens for possible restriction

EVERY 8 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

In addition: • Drain water from fuel/water separator. Check: • Engine coolant level

• In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 minutes.

• Engine oil level • Hydraulic oil level

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• Air intake precleaner operation • Air cleaner unloader valve

ER Boom System:

• Air intake filter restriction indicator.

• Periodically, the hoist boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone. Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability. • All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately. • Swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil level • Charge air cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately. • For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses. • For loose nuts, bolts and fittings. • Condition and tension of belts. • Visually check condition of tracks. • Exhaust system for leaks. • Conduct an overall visual inspection. Clean: • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens. • Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Lubricate:

EVERY 24 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Swing pinion: 1 fitting – 20 shots while swinging. • Cylinders, Leveling: 4 fittings total – purge (If equipped with leveler)

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance And in addition: • Lubricate swing bearing; 1 fitting – 10 shots while swinging

• Thrust bearing, Leveling: 2 fittings – purge (If equipped with leveler) Boom Joints: ▪▪ 13 fittings – purge • Cylinders: hoist, stick and tilt:* ▪▪ 8 fittings – purge * Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints: 1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground 5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/bearing surfaces. Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 125 HOURS:

Visually inspect for:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses.

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance In addition:

• Wear in any other components.

• Open both (left side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational. • Carry out A/C system inspection. Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. Check:

• Signs of cracks beginning in booms and attachments. Failure to properly repair cracks in structures in a timely manner can result in component failure and costly repairs which are not covered under warranty.

• Return filter bypass message is NOT displayed on the computer/controller with the engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature. • Pilot filter restriction indicator (when fitted) with the engine running at high idle. • Track gearboxes oil level with the level plug at the 9 O’clock and the other plug at the 6 O’clock position. • Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts. • Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance. Clean/replace: • Inspect for debris buildup on cooler package debris screens. Clean as required. • Air conditioner re-circulation filter • Cab fresh air filter Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period. Visually check for damage to: • The hoist and stick booms • Track components and undercarriage frames • Swing bearing area • Attachment Complete repairs immediately.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 250 HOURS:

Replace:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Engine fuel filters.*

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

• Filter in the remote mounted fuel filter/water separator.

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• Swing drive gearbox upper gearing oil. Fill gear oil bottle half full.

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance Check:

• Oil in the track drive gearboxes with the drain plug at the 6 O’clock position and the fill plug at the 9 O’clock position.

• Condition and tension of serpentine belt. • Check all hydraulic pressures. Clean: • Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the hoist and stick booms for cracks.

*Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION.

All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. In most cases, cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty. Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found. Lubricate: • Rotary manifold seal: 1 fitting – 2 shots. Do not use power grease gun. • Swing drive gearbox lower bearing: 2 fittings – 5 shots each * Do not use a power grease gun. * With the swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 to each side of the gearbox. NOTE: During cold weather, the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

** Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended. 3.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

EVERY 1000 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 250 HOURS maintenance

Check:

• Perform 500 HOURS maintenance

• Torque on the swing bearing, swing gearbox retaining bolts, track drive gearboxes and the motor mounting bolts. • Track rollers for leakage. Rollers are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced. • Track idler assembly for leakage. The bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected, the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

And in addition: Replace: • Engine serpentine belt Check: • Fuel in-tank strainer. Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

EVERY 1500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

Lubricate:

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• All door hinges and cover: 24 fittings – 1 shot

• Perform 250 HOURS maintenance

• Engine roof cylinder pins: apply oil liberally

• Perform 500 HOURS maintenance • Perform 1000 HOURS maintenance

Replace: • Case drain return filter.**

Replace:

• Hydraulic oil return filters.**

• Crankcase ventilation filter.

• Pilot filter.*

• Air cleaner unloader valve. Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in this section.

** Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended. 3.13

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 2000 HOURS:

2 YEARS:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

Replace: • Engine coolant. Antifreeze must comply with international specifications ASTM D-6210.

• Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Perform 125 HOUR maintenance • Perform 250 HOUR maintenance • Perform 500 HOUR maintenance • Perform 1000 HOUR maintenance

SEASONAL:

• Perform 1500 HOUR maintenance

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil if required to meet operating temperature range. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

And in addition: • Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results. Check: • All air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage. • Make sure the hydraulic oil type selected in the MD3 computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. Refer to COMPUTER - ADJUSTMENT MENU - OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure. Replace: • All air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. NOTE: high-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged. Refer to AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Hydraulic tank breather. Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended. 3.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ER BOOM SYSTEM

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

WARNING

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted: The hoist and stick cylinders circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The booms may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the booms and saw head. Ensure the saw head is resting squarely on a solid footing stick cylinders are fully extended, hydraulic tank pressure is relieved, and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

845C-002

FIG. 1 – PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-003

FIG. 2 – PARKING BOOM

1. The machine is parked on level ground with the attachment on the ground (FIG. 1). 2. The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinders fully retracted (FIG. 2). 3. The tip of the stick boom is fully supported. Do not rely on the saw head to support the boom system during servicing. Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the attachment to move unexpectedly. For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist and stick cylinders, the hoist cylinders can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick cylinders to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.15

LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

1 FTG/250

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING 18

7 8

2 FTG/250

10 TILT CYLINDER ROD END

1 FTG/8

5 20

STICK CYLINDER BASE END

TILT CYLINDER BASE END

1 FTG/8

HOIST CYLINDER ROD END

HOIST BOOM BASE END

1 FTG/8

2 FTG/8

STICK CYLINDER BASE END

1 FTG/8

22 24 22 11

STICK CYLINDER ROD END 22

DOOR HINGES

2 FTG/8

7 FTG/500

TILT LINK

5 FTG/8

23 BOOM KNUCKLE

2 FTG/8

SWING PINION 17

1 FTG/8

SWING BEARING 16

1 FTG/24

TILT LINK PIN

2 FTG/8

STICK BOOM OUTER END

2 FTG/8

HOIST CYLINDER BASE END

2 FTG/8

14 22

LEGEND * ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS - SEE MANUFACTURERS MAINTENANCE MANUAL LUBRICATION POINT WITH A DESIGNATED NUMBER OF FITTINGS (2FTG) AND 2 FTG/125 HOURS BETWEEN SERVICING (125 ). JOINT TO BE PURGED. ♦ USE LITHIUM BASED GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE. † USE OF FILTERS OTHER THAN GENUINE TIGERCAT REPLACEMENT FILTERS IS NOT RECOMMENDED. 65138BENG R0

3.16

CHK REP DRN D/R LUB

HOURS CHECK REPLACE DRAIN DRAIN AND REFILL LUBRICATE

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat Model 845C/L845C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK

REP

•

9.5

•

REP

REMARKS/LUBRICANT QTY

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

CHK

US gal

CAPACITY LITER

COOLING SYSTEM

250 

8

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES AND CAPACITIES

FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT 5 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

• DRN

REP

DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY.

CHK

REP CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

190

REP †

CHK

REP

†† CHK

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

SWING BEARING

SWING PINION

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

CHK

REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THIS MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

D/R

CHK

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

IF THE FILTER BYPASS ICON ON THE COMPUTER DISPLAY TURNS RED BETWEEN SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES, CHANGE THE ELEMENTS.

1.5

FILL WITH 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR, FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

LUB 24HR

10 SHOTS

GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

20 SHOTS

GREASE WHILE SWINGING. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

2 SHOTS

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W-140 SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL UNTIL BOTTLE REMAINS HALF FULL WHEN OIL IS HOT.

D/R

HOIST & STICK BOOM JOINTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

CYLINDERS; HOIST, STICK, TILT

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

LUB

1 SHOT

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

ROOF CYLINDER PINS

LUB

LUBRICATE

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

ATTACHMENT

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

65138BENG R1

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845CH-233

LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELER

3.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

845C-099

GEAR OIL BOTTLE

845C-084

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease. 845C-017

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

The swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Check oil level in the bottle every 8 hours. Oil level in the bottle must be kept at the half full mark at all times. Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil every 250 hours. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the grease fittings. Using a hand grease gun and with the gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 grease to each side of gearbox every 250 hours. Do not over grease. NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. If machine is not warmed up, the lower seal can be damaged. IMPORTANT! Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

3.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CHANGE SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING OIL

Lubrication and Maintenance 8. Lift and rotate the main control valve cover.

NOTE: Change swing drive gearbox oil after 250 hours maximum operation and every 250 hours from then on. 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

845C-257

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Main Control Valve Holding Bracket

9. Prop the bottom of the main control valve cover into the holding bracket (A). A

A B B

845C-258

845C-256

Main Control Valve Cover

Main Control Valve Cover Release Handle

Cover

Cover Hardware (QTY 6)

10. Remove the main control valve upper frame cover.

7. Turn the main control valve cover release handle (A) clockwise.

CAUTION Due to high temperatures in this area the main control valve release handle may be hot. Use caution when handling.

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-149

Drain Manifold

Drain Hose

11. Remove the dust cap from the drain manifold environmental drain plug. 12. Install the drain hose on the drain manifold environmental drain plug. 13. Drain the swing gearbox upper gearing through the drain hose. NOTE: Dispose of the waste oil according to local regulations. 14. Remove and store the drain hose. 15. Install the environmental drain plug dust cap. 16. Install the main control valve cover. 17. Add gear oil to both gear oil bottles. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS SECTION. NOTE: When the oil is hot, only fill the gear oil bottles half full. 18. Close engine enclosure roof and doors.

3.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

Lubrication and Maintenance ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

24 SWING PINION GREASE FITTING

860-096

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL GREASE

SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION AND BEARING GREASE

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging, every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the seat pedestal in the operator’s cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 20 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labeled.

845C-017

To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply 2 shots grease every 250 hours to the lower grease fitting. NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. Do not over grease!

For lubrication schedule, refer to LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE schedule and SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on O-rings and fittings during assembly. A/C System Total Capacities R134a refrigerant

1.36 kg (3 lb)

PAG oil (polyalkylene glycol)

207 ml (7 oz)

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver drier is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. 1. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. 2. Check for dirt and debris on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

845C-246

A/C Condenser Mounting Hardware

A/C Condenser

5. Remove the A/C condenser mounting hardware 6. Rotate the condenser away from the cooler package. 7. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris. Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR and CHARGE AIR COOLER in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

CAUTION If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less. Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

845C-238

Debris Screen

Cooler Package

3. Remove the debris screen from the cooler package. 4. Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

3.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

MOISTURE INDICATOR

A SIGHT GLASS

BINARY SWITCH

875-371 845C-252

Compressor Drive Belt

8. With engine turned OFF, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension. NOTE: Belt tension specifications are 55 ± 2 kgf (121 ± 5 lb).

A/C RECEIVER/DRIER (TOP VIEW)

14. Inspect the sight glass on the receiver drier when the A/C system is ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates the system requires charging.* 15. Check the colour of the moisture indicator: Blue = normal

9. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.*

Pink = moisture in the system

10. Run air conditioning system for 3 to 5 minutes.

NOTE: If the moisture indicator is pink,replace receiver/drier, evacuate and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

11. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* 12. Listen to the compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.

*Indicates these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

13. Check air temperatures exiting the vents in the cab.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL, part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department. IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of five minutes every two weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

3.25

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT OF SERPENTINE BELT

845C-252

Serpentine Belt

All belts should be inspected periodically for signs of incisions, cracks, excessive wear in grooves, and signs of end or surface grinding. Drive belt tensioning is controlled by the automatic tensioner, therefore checking belt tension is not required. Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for inspection/ replacement information.

3.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters. Refer to the appropriate engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals. H845C-49

FUEL FILTER

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

Lubrication and Maintenance IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual. Tier 3 and Tier 4 engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily. When installing a new fuel filter, do not pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure will void warranty by the engine manufacturer. To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

ENGINE OIL FILTER

855C-018

CUMMINS ENGINE OIL FILTER

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance D

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B

E C A

F G

845CH-075

Fuel Fill Cap

Centre Fuel Tank Drain Plug

Fuel Level Sender

Left Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug

Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve

Right Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug

Fuel Return Check Valve

Fuel Tank Strainer

Clean Out Cover

FUEL TANK COMPONENTS Located at the rear of the upper structure the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a left tank, a centre section and a right tank. The fuel filler cap (A) is located on top of the left tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling. The fuel level sender (B) is located on top of the right tank. An electric fuel shut-off valve (C) is located on top of the right tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

The return line (D) on the top of the right tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 1003 L (265 US gal)

FUEL TANK STRAINER A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer (7) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover (5).

3.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FUEL TANK STRAINER A stainless steel 150 micron fuel tank strainer (I) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover (E).

Lubrication and Maintenance 9. Drain the fuel from the left, right and centre fuel tanks into a suitable container. NOTE: the fuel will be reused after the fuel tank strainer has been changed/cleaned.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE FUEL TANK STRAINER:

NOTE: Changing the fuel tank strainer is only required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the fuel tank.

A B C

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

845C-259

860C-001

A Cover Hardware B Clean Out Cover C O-ring

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake.

10. Remove the clean out cover and O-ring. 11. Visually inspect the bottom of the centre fuel tank for debris. Remove and wipe clean any debris found.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

WARNING

4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Remove the dust caps from the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plugs. A

845C-150

Environmental Drain Plug

Drain Hose

8. Install the drain hose on the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plug.

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

A 845C-260

Fuel Strainer

12. Remove the fuel tank strainer. 13. Carefully clean the fuel tank strainer. NOTE: Use caution when cleaning the fuel tank strainer or damage may occur. 14. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe. 15. Reinstall the fuel tank strainer. 16. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with O-ring.

CAUTION

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks. ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank. 17. Refuel and check for leaks.

3.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

REFUELLING PROCEDURE STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

A TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

855D-029

2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank. 8. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

Fuel Fill Cap

9. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank. 10. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket. 11. Inspect fuel tank strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage. 12. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

CAUTION

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks. ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank. 13. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the fuel tank strainer or the full mark on the fuel level gauge if equipped. Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur. 14. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable). 15. Install the fuel fill cap hand tight 16. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 17. Close the power roof.

3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OPTIONAL BOTTOM REFUELLING SYSTEM

The bottom refuelling system is an option that allows for easy refuelling of the machine with a fuel supply from an external fuel pump. 855D-030

On/Off Switch

On/Off Indicator Light

Quick Connect Socket

Quick Connect Plug

The bottom fuelling system uses quick connect couplings which can be reached from the ground. An on/off switch located beside the quick connect socket allows the bottom refuelling system to be easily turned on or off. Pull the switch out to turn on system and push in to turn it off. An on/ off indicator light is used to indicate when the bottom fuel system is on or off. When the bottom refuelling system is on the on/off indicator light will illuminate.

845C-267 845C-264

Fuel Float Switch

Fuel Tank Venting Valve

Fuel Shut Off Valve

A float switch, fuel tank venting valve and fuel shut off valve are part of the bottom refuelling system. The float switch and fuel tank venting valve are located on top of the fuel tank while the fuel shut off valve is located beside the on/off switch. The fuel tank venting and fuel shut off valves open when the bottom refuelling system is turned ON. The fuel shut off valve allows fuel to enter the fuel tank while the fuel tank venting valve allows air to escape the fuel tank. The fuel tank venting and fuel shut off valves will close when: • The on/off switch is pushed to the OFF position • The fuel level in the fuel tank energizes the fuel float switch.

3.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

BOTTOM REFUELLING PROCEDURE IMPORTANT! STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001 855D-032

Do not leave machine unattended while refuelling. 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake.

On/Off Switch

10. Pull the on/off switch into the ON position. 11. The on/off indicator light will illuminate when the bottom fuelling system is ON.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

NOTE: The bottom refuelling system can be turned OFF at any time by pushing the on/off switch.

4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Install a ground strap (if applicable).

12. When the fuel tank is full the fuel float switch will turn OFF the bottom fuelling system.

7. Remove the dust caps from quick connect plug and socket.

13. Turn OFF the external fuel pump.

8. Connect the quick connect plug and socket. 9. Turn ON the external fuel pump.

14. Disconnect the quick connect plug and socket. 15. Install the quick connect plug and socket dust caps. 16. Remove the ground strap (if applicable). 17. Close the power roof. 18. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OPTIONAL BOTTOM REFUELLING SYSTEM POWER PORT A

845C-269 855D-007

Power Port

The bottom refuelling system has the option for a remote port to power an external fuel pump. The remote port is located above the bottom refuelling system on/off switch. NOTE: The bottom refuelling system power port will only be powered if the battery disconnect switch is in the ON position.

3.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use. IMPORTANT! Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to scheduled maintenance in this section.

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss. To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close. NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure. FILTER/ BREATHER

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components. H845C-59

WARNING

Warning, HOT hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns! • Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down. • Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work. • Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

PRESSURE GAUGE. MAX 34.5 KPA (5 PSI)

SCHRADER VALVE ADD 34.5 KPA (5 PSI) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent valve in the open position. During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit. It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS – FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. Air bubbles in the hydraulic system will damage the pumps. After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Check to ensure the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suit the oil being used. Refer to OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure. It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

845C-111

OPEN FITTINGS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

VENTING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

VENT AIR FROM FITTING

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps. NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

H845C-56

COOLING FAN MOTOR VALVE PLUGS

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

H845C-57

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE OPEN FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

845C-098

3.36

FAN DRIVE PUMP

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP – HAND TO TANK THROUGH THE RETURN FILTERS

SUCTION HOSE

HAND FILL PUMP

845C-063

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

To add oil to the hydraulic tank, thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction hose into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank through the return filters. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter. IMPORTANT! Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

If the FILTER BYPASS icon displays RED between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers/strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS – CHANGING OR CLEANING in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS icon will display YELLOW until the oil is brought up to temperature after cold start ups. This is due to the system temporarily interpreting the thick oil as a restriction. Allow oil to warm to operating temperature and the icon should change in colour to GREY. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

There are six replaceable filters (1) mounted on three filter heads beside the hydraulic tank (2). The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION. 845C-085

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are three mesh type reusable diffusers/ strainers, one on the end of each return tube in the hydraulic tank. IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

3.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

Lubrication and Maintenance FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE:

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

855C-035

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when pressure of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

845C-097 845C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank. Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve. Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown). After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

IMPORTANT! Do not use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

7. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

 O-RING GASKET FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER HEAD

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

GASKET

8. Wipe the area around the filter and head clean.

FILTER ELEMENT

9. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

O-RING GASKET INSTALLATION Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

10. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly. 11. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces. Install new gasket on inside lip of filter. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

 SQUARE SECTION GASKET FILTR_SEALS 2

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head.

FILTER HEAD

GASKET

(Approximately 1½ additional turns after gasket contact). 12. Close the air vent valve, push handle UP.

FILTER ELEMENT

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION RETURN MANIFOLD

Remove used gasket and clean groove in head. Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

COUPLER CONNECTION

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

BLEED HOSE

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

WASTE OIL CONTAINER

Tighten filter an additional ¾ turn. S855C-004

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT

13. Attach bleed hose (located in the breather cabinet behind the cab and above the hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold. 14. Route hose to a waste oil container.

3.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

15. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change. 16. As oil is being pumped into the hydraulic tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose. 17. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold. 18. Clean up any spilled oil. 19. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve from a clean air source (ie: compressed air from service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic tank pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). 20. Start the engine and check for leaks. 21. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise. 22. Re-check hydraulic oil level – top-up as needed.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

CHANGING OR CLEANING THE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers/ strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-097 845C-001

860C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

2. Apply the swing brake.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

4. Remove the ignition key.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

845C-085

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors. NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure. 7. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are three reusable diffusers/strainers on the return tubes. The diffusers/strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

3.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance 18. Continue filling hydraulic tank using fill pump. Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

19. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on the sight gauge. 20. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

845C-062

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER

NOTE: Changing diffusers/strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow any air bubbles to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

8. Drain the hydraulic tank using the drain plug in the bottom of the hydraulic tank. 9. Remove the round access cover (1) and O-ring. 10. Before removing the diffusers/strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the hydraulic tank and wipe it clean. 11. Remove the three hydraulic oil return diffusers/ strainers using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the diffusers/strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling). 12. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the diffusers/strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate. 13. Re-install the diffusers/strainers using the hex on end. 14. Re-install the access cover plate with a NEW O-rings. 15. Add hydraulic oil to tank using fill pump. 16. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). 17. Bleed air from the main, attachment and fan pumps by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine. IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a pump or motor major failure or hydraulic oil contamination should these elements be serviced. Always use the correct replacement element.

H845C-59

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

The hydraulic tank breather is located in the compartment at the rear of the operator cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours.

IMPORTANT!

845C-111

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

845C-097 845C-001

H845C-60

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

The other strainer element is located beside the pilot manifold in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

3.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

845C-067

Lubrication and Maintenance The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

845C-070

PRECLEANER OPERATION

How it works 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit. 2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall. 3. Strakes along the interior surface move heavier-than-air debris towards the ejection slot. 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe.

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS

1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged. 2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

SAFETY ELEMENT

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element. 4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

PRIMARY ELEMENT AIR CLEANER

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

The air cleaner on this machine uses TWO filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine. 6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted:

8. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit. Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

OVER SERVICING

Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced. NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING

Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust. Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change. 3.46

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

Lubrication and Maintenance FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

860C-019

H845C-44 H845C-46

This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1500 hours.

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible. Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE ICON

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state. Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

3.47

Lubrication and Maintenance AIR INTAKE BY-PASS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS AIR INTAKE RUBBER COMPONENTS

845C-067

H845C-45

During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. Remove the two bolts and cover to open the by-pass.

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately. Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. NOTE: High-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

3.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance Alternate turning directions. If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning and change directions whenever possible.

PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs. Start every shift with a clean undercarriage. When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate. Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean. Inspect the undercarriage before you start working. In addition to ensuring the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations. Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces. In the event a counter rotation is required some machine operators will carefully push the boom and saw head down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper structure. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear. This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions. Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Don't spin the tracks. Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate. Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage. Watch your speed. There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed. Avoid unnecessary reverse operation. Operating in reverse even at slow speeds compounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.49

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Watch transition areas. Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear. Other factors:

Application refers to the type of work you do. Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear. Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate. Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area. Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment. Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary. Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive! To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business. Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues. Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

3.50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG Too tight track chains significantly shortens bushing Wear life

Lubrication and Maintenance TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT Filling procedures for track sag adjustment will depend on which undercarriage your vehicle is equipped with.

MEASURING TRACK SAG

845-012A1

FILL VALVE

LIFT LEFT TRACK

1. Position saw head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine. 2. Place saw head on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

880-303

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track. 4. Stop engine.

845C-002

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

5. Measure distance between upper surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track guard. 6. This dimension should be between 102 – 152 mm (4 – 6 in) for normal operations. NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

To tighten the track, use a grease gun and add grease at the fill valve. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. NOTE: The track sag fill valve is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.51

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

VALVE COUPLER FILL VALVE

880-303

860C-320

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

TORQUE PROCEDURE

845C-003

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

860C-333

WARNING

TORQUE PROCEDURE

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method. • Provides controlled stretch of the bolt, about 0.3 mm (0.01 in). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

The grease is under very high pressure. Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm.

• Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

• It is not influenced by friction/condition of mating components. •

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.52

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections and final drives. Refer to TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (56174B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinders, Leveler, 7" ID (46067B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist Boom, 140 mm ID, (44882B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinder, Stick Boom, 110 mm ID, L.H. & R.H. (6338B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinders, Roof, 2" ID (5475B) Piston nut Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting Rear bracket to chassis Rear mounting brackets to engine Front bracket to chassis Front mounting bracket to engine Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Mounting plate to bell housing Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolt (F8) Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M52 x 2 M16

3522 197

4775 267

M62 M16

3186 197

4320 267

M75 M14

Note 1 150

Note 1 203

M75 M18

5827 270

7900 367

M58 M14

4160 126

5640 171

3/4" UNF

110

149

7/8" UNC M20

455-500 400

617-678 542

M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75 M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75

675 40 675 40

925 54 925 54

3/8" UNC M10 x 1.5

30 25

41 34

3/4" UNF T/T* T/T* M24 X 12.9 T/T* T/T* M20 X 12.9 T/T* T/T* 7/8" UNC 450 610 M20 380 515 M20 380 515 M12 95 130 M20 380 515 Leveler,forward/backward pivot shaft and housing bolts M24 675 915 *T/T represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. Note 1: Apply black grease to face of piston. Apply blue Loctite to nut and threads and hand torque to 600 lbf-ft (814 Nm). Mark line on nut and rod and rotate nut through 70°. Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

845C TORQUECHART R2

3.53

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 5 BOLTS

GRADE 8 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

METRIC

DRY LUBRICATED COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

5 5

SIZE

CLASS 4.8 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

10.9

9.8

12.9

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

3.54

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

EATON Aeroquip

Lubrication and Maintenance

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft. 10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft. 11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft. Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.55

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port. Flange Port Assembly The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are:

FLANGE HEAD O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.TIFF

1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles. 2. Lubricate the O-ring. 3. Position flange and clamp halves. 4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves. 5. Hand tighten bolts. 6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.TIFF

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification. Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification. Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.56

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE THREAD SIZE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.57

20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple Tan Yellow Grey Brown Green Orange

TIGERCAT WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART APPLICABLE TO ALL PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY TIGERCAT INDUSTRIES INC. FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power (fused and unfused) Ground Engine Control (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion Control (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and Mechanical systems (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) (park brake, alternator excitation) Electrical and electromechanical control (power door motor, backup alarm) Monitors (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Standard Monitor System (logic module to monitor) Lights Electro-Hydraulic Control (pilot solenoids) Accessories (horn, A/C, heater)

COMMON CONVERSIONS TO CONVERT... bar cm3 °C kg kW L mm N•m N

INTO... psi in3 °F lb hp US gal in lbf•ft lbf

MULTIPLY BY 14.5 0.06102 (°C x 9/5) + 32 2.205 1.341 0.2642 0.03937 0.7375 0.22481

TO CONVERT... in3 °F US gal hp in lb lbf•ft psi in Hg in H2O lb

3.58

INTO... cm3 °C L kW mm kg N•m bar psi psi N

MULTIPLY BY 16.39 (°F - 32) / 1.8 3.785 0.7457 25.4 0.4535 1.356 0.06896 0.4912 0.03613 4.4482

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 56 27 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights. 3.59

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Lubrication and Maintenance PART No. JOB No.

ENG. JHS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS EMPLOYEE No.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 60° C (140° F) Summer Oil

60° C (140° F)

COMMENTS

Winter Oil

43° (110° F)

Specification

ENGINE RPM - CUMMINS High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, swing with brake on

RPM

2250 rpm 950 rpm 2200 rpm

High Low

34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low High High

MAIN PUMP Anti-Stall set Point 130 rpm below engine rpm Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF Non-Adjustable 34 bar (500 psi) Margin pressure 20 bar (290 psi) To set Margin pressure: Set Head Tilt Cylinder Back speed as below, set Head Tilt Back to 2,400psi, adjust Margin Pressure while holding Head Tilt Backwards lever. Re-check/re-adjust Head Tilt Cylinder speed as required to settings listed below.

High Low High

MAIN VALVE Main Relief Non - Adjustable Load sense relief (measured at 'P' port) 314 bar (4550 psi) Boom port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Stick port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt restrictor (pump pressure) 55-69 bar (800-1000 psi) Wrist port reliefs Standard Torque (if applicable) 228 bar (3000 psi) Full Flow @ 'P' port Wrist port reliefs High Torque (if applicable) 248 bar (3600 psi) Full Flow @ 'P' port Shear port reliefs (if applicable) 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port

High Low Low Low Low High High Low

SWING Speed Swing Plate relief Crossline reliefs - Motor

High High High

**Set speed before pressures** (measured at 'LS' port) Full Flow @ 'LS' port

Page3.60 1 of 5

7.0 rpm 207 bar (3000 psi) 248 bar (3600 psi)

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued

FINAL DRIVE Left Final Drive Crossline relief (Rexroth Only) Motor Start of regulation Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

COMMENTS

345 bar (5000 psi) See Manual

Low Low

Y1 69 bar (1000 psi)

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-35 bar (400 - 500 psi)

Low

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

Low - FH400 High - FH400

10 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

345 bar (5000 psi) See Manual

Low Low

Y1 69 bar (1000 psi)

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-35 bar (400 - 500 psi)

Low

L845C (Linde Motors)

R.H. Final Drive Crossline relief (Rexroth Only) Motor Start of regulation Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

Low - FH400 High - FH400

10 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in to contact, then set max disp. by turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low)

3.61

Page 2 of 5

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Lubrication and Maintenance

No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued

SAW PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

ENG. JHS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

COMMENTS

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

248 bar (3600 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

(FULL FLOW)

297 bar (4300 psi)

Low

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1200 rpm

High High

Tigercat DT5301 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

Tigercat ST5401 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

Tigercat ST5702 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

207 bar (3000 psi) 35 bar (500 psi)

High Low

(Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable) (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable)

276 bar (4000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi)

High High High

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main Relief SAW MOTOR (check appropriate box) Tigercat DT5003 Start of regulation Speed

ATTACHMENT PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure ATTACHMENT VALVE Main relief Clamp arm port reliefs Accumulator arms port reliefs

3.62

Page 3 of 5

Tigercat Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued No.

COMMENTS

FAN PUMP Max pressure Stand-by pressure

186 bar (2700 psi) 19 bar (280 psi)

DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 psi)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet. Comments

3.63 Page 4 of 5

High Low

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

3.64

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 4 – HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTENTS – SECTION 4

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS...........................................................................................................................................4.7 FILTER/BREATHER - HYDRAULIC OIL TANK.............................................................................................................4.6 FILTERS, HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER/BREATHER..................................................................................................................................................4.8 FILTER/BREATHER - VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................................4.8 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL.......................................................................................4.10 RETURN, HYDRAULIC OIL....................................................................................................................................4.10 HAND FILL PUMP ADDING OIL TO THE HYDRAULIC TANK..............................................................................................................4.11 HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE........................................................................................................................4.33 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND........................................................................................................................4.11 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4.6, 4.15 FILTER/BREATHER..................................................................................................................................................4.8 FILTER/BREATHER - VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................................4.8 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH.......................................................................................................4.10 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE................................................................................................................................4.10 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND....................................................................................................................4.11 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS......................................................................................................................................4.10 VACUUM PUMP SWITCH.........................................................................................................................................4.8 HYDRAULIC PUMPS ATTACHMENT PUMP.................................................................................................. 4.14. SEE ALSO SECTION 18 FAN PUMP................................................................................................................... 4.14. SEE ALSO SECTION 10 MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER.....................................................................................................................4.14, 4.31 MAIN PUMP WEAR TEST..................................................................................................................................4.13 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATION ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................................4.4 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................4.20 COOLING FAN CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................4.5 FLOW ON DEMAND AND LOAD COMPENSATION..............................................................................................4.20 HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP ADDING OIL TO THE HYDRAULIC TANK:......................................................................................................... 4.11 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATION TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................4.4 MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................4.3 BOOM....................................................................................................................................................................4.3 LEVELING.............................................................................................................................................................4.4 SWING..................................................................................................................................................................4.3 TRACK DRIVE......................................................................................................................................................4.4 MARGIN PRESSURE.............................................................................................................................................4.14 MARGIN PRESSURE, SET....................................................................................................................................4.31 PILOT CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................................4.4 LOAD SENSING BASIC DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................................4.16 BASIC PRINCIPLES...............................................................................................................................................4.15 OPERATING TIPS...................................................................................................................................................4.18 SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE........................................................................................................................4.33 SET MARGIN PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................4.31 MAIN CONTROL VALVE/MANIFOLD CONTROL SPOOL SECTIONS..............................................................................................................................4.22 CONTROL VALVE SECTIONS................................................................................................................................4.23 CONTROL VALVE SPOOL OPERATION................................................................................................................4.25 HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE....................................................................................................4.30 MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................4.22 PORT RELIEF AND ANTI-CAVITATION VALVE......................................................................................................4.24 ADJUSTING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................4.24 SWING AND DRIVE MOTOR SPOOL SECTIONS.................................................................................................4.22

4.1

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OIL FILL - HYDRAULIC...............................................................................................................................................4.11 OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES........................................................................................................................................4.9 PILOT AND SERVO HOSE CONNECTIONS - MAIN PUMP LOAD SENSING..........................................................4.18 PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL FILL - HAND......................................................................................................................4.11 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS LOAD SENSING (FLOW ON DEMAND).................................................................................................................4.15 LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM....................................................................................................4.19 MAIN PUMP............................................................................................................................................................4.12 MAIN VALVE WITH HIGH PRESS. LIMITING CONTROL......................................................................................4.22 VACUUM SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL TANK................................................................................................................4.8

4.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATION

The main control valve sections are pressure and flow compensated. The control valves are mounted on a common base manifold. A single 'P' (pressure) port on the side of the manifold receives supply oil from the main pump. Return oil from the main control valves exits the base manifold through two return ports, one on the top and one on the bottom of the base manifold. From there the oil passes through the oil cooler and on to the return filters and then to the hydraulic tank. A 1.7 bar (25 psi) bypass valve is incorporated into each return filter head. The top return manifold on the main valve base manifold also includes a 6.9 bar (100 psi) bypass valve for the oil to bypass the oil cooler during cold weather startup and provide a bypass in the event the oil cooler is plugged.

The hydraulic system consists of the following basic circuits: • Variable displacement main hydraulic circuit with load sensing ('LS') for the boom, swing, track drive, wrist and tilt functions. Also, when applicable, the main pump provides hydraulic pressure and flow for the leveling functions. • Variable displacement circuit with 'LS' to activate the pump for the saw motor via the saw valve. • Variable displacement hydraulic pump for the saw head clamp/accumulator arms known as the attachment circuit. • Variable displacement with electro‑hydraulic pressure control pump for cooling fan hydraulic circuit.

BOOM CYLINDERS The boom hydraulic circuits are incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system. All hoist and stick cylinders have cushions at both ends. All cylinder rods are ground, heat treated, chrome plated and polished.

• The main pump and saw pump provide oil via a pressure reducing valve for the pilot system.

THE MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SWING SYSTEM The swing hydraulic circuit is incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system. It utilizes a piston motor incorporating two relief valves and anti-cavitation valves. The motor is connected to a double reduction planetary gearbox. Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. A rotary manifold facilitates the hydraulic connection to the undercarriage of the vehicle and permits continuous 360° swing. The swing drive motor incorporates a wet, multidisc brake. The swing brake is controlled by a switch on the instrument panel. The brake is spring-applied, hydraulicly-released and will automatically apply whenever the pilot oil supply is shut off. For a detailed description of the SWING system, refer to SECTION 15 of THIS MANUAL.

This is a closed centre circuit utilizing a variable displacement axial-piston pump with load sensing and horsepower limiting control. The load sensing system ensures that the pump will deliver only the amount of oil that is required by an individual boom, swing, track function or a combination of functions. This feature improves fuel economy and reduces heat generation because power is not wasted on excessive pump flow that is not being used. Refer to LOAD SENSING in THIS SECTION. The horsepower limiting control ensures that the engine will not lug down below a predetermined rpm by reducing the output from the main hydraulic pump. For a detailed description of ENGINE ANTI-STALL, refer to SECTION 7 of THIS MANUAL.

4.3

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM The track drive hydraulic circuit is incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system and utilizes high-torque, axial-piston or bent-axis hydraulic motors. The motors are mounted to a three stage planetary drive gearbox and each is completely housed within the width of the track shoes. The gearboxes include wet, multiple-disc, spring-applied, hydraulicly-released brakes which automatically release when driving and apply when stationary. Independent control of each track permits counter rotation. For a detailed description of the Track drive SYSTEM, refer to SECTION 11 of this manual.

SAW CIRCUIT

LEVELING SYSTEM (L845C ONLY) Two leveling cylinders are used to operate the leveling function. Each cylinder is equipped with a counterbalance valve or pilot operated check valve for load holding.

For a full description of the SAW circuit, refer to SECTION 17 of THIS MANUAL.

This is a closed-centre circuit with a variabledisplacement, load sensing ('LS'), pressurecompensated piston pump and a solenoid activated saw motor control valve. The control valve consists of a steel valve body into which are housed a solenoid control valve cartridge, a relief valve cartridge and a pilot operated check valve. The valve controls the flow of oil from the saw pump to the saw motor. The 'LS' controlled pump provides only the amount of oil that is required to the saw motor via the saw valve. The return oil from this circuit is returned to tank via the return filters.

PILOT CIRCUIT

Pilot oil is provided by the main pump and saw pump. The oil pressure is controlled by a remote pilot pressure reducing valve located between the main pump outlet port flange block and the pilot manifold 'P' port. This pressure reducing/relieving valve controls and provides pilot oil at 34.5 bar (500 psi) to the 'P' port of the pilot manifold.

Electro-hydraulically operated leveling control valves are operated by the IQAN control system. For a detailed description of the leveling system refer to SECTION 13 of THIS MANUAL.

The pilot manifold is a distribution centre, directing pilot oil to pilot operated functions on the machine. A pilot shut-off valve installed in the pilot manifold controls the flow of pilot oil into the manifold. When this pilot shut-off valve is energized, pilot oil is made available to outlet pressure ports (P1– P4) and eight solenoid valves (TS1–TS8). When the pilot shut-off valve is de-energized, pilot oil from the pilot supply valve is blocked, preventing pilot oil from entering the manifold, thereby rendering these pilot functions inactive. Refer to PILOT SYSTEM RESET in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. For a full description of the PILOT MANIFOLD and the PILOT CIRCUIT, refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

4.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

COOLING FAN CIRCUIT

The fan operation is controlled by the cooling fan switch, fan service mode and the MD3 computer. For a full description of the COOLING FAN circuit operation refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL, and for adjustment procedures, refer to SECTION 10 of THIS MANUAL.

The circuit consists of the following components:

• Fan variable displacement Pump, MD3 Computer controlled. • Fan Motor • Fan Directional Control Valve • Fan Pump Case Balance Strainer – on machines S/N 845*2017 to 845*2500 The fan motor is a fixed displacement gear motor. The fan is coupled directly to the motor output shaft. The fan direction is controlled by the fan directional control valve.

845C-118

'LS'

'P'

'P1' 'P1'

COMP

'G2'

'P' 'P'

'T'

J G H

'LS'

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE

'P'

'PT'

'PS'

'X'

'LS' 'LS' 'P'

DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

A B C D E F

Main Control Valve Pilot Distribution Manifold Attachment Valve Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve Saw Valve Fan Pump

TO FAN MOTOR

Hydraulic System Pumps And Valves G H I J K

4.5

Saw Pump Attachment Pump Fan Control Valve Leveling Valve Main Pump

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

1. HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 2. RETURN FILTERS 3. DIFFUSERS 4. FILTER/BREATHER

845C-001 845C-097

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

FILTER/BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

AIR VENT EXHAUST

3 845C-097 845CH-076

PRESSURE GAUGE

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

IMPORTANT!

Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL and SECTION 3 for additional information.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM Before servicing the hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank using the air vent valve. FILTER/

Located on the left side of the machine behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 190 L (50 US gal). All return oil entering the tank passes through six spin-on hydraulic oil filters (2) and is screened prior to entering the tank by passing through reusable diffusers (3) attached to the ends of the return tubes at the bottom of the tank.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

Handle perpendicular to valve (shown) = Closed Handle parallel to valve = Open After service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details. 4.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a pump or motor major failure should these elements be serviced. Always use the correct replacement element. Case drain return oil from the pumps and motors passes through two spin-on hydraulic strainer elements and returns to tank.

845C-133

845C-114

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

The other strainer element is located beside the pilot manifold in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the saw head.

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

One element is located in the pump compartment and services all pump case drains.

4.7

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FILTER/BREATHER, HYDRAULIC TANK

NOTE: If the machine is running (key in the RUN position), the vacuum system will not be energized if the vacuum switch is engaged. Conversely, the machine cannot be started if the vacuum switch is already engaged.

FILTER/ BREATHER AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

NOTE: The vacuum pump will not be powered if the battery disconnect switch is in the OFF position. HYDRAULIC TANK

H845C-82

When changing filters use only the ball valve (Air Vent Valve) to release pressure from the hydraulic tank. Use of the vacuum system while changing filters creates the risk of introducing much more air into the hydraulic tank. It is OK to run the vacuum system when replacing the case drain strainers.

REAR VIEW OF HYDRAULIC TANK

The air space in the top of the hydraulic tank is vented to atmosphere via a spin-on filter located in the top storage compartment behind the cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours. During the inhalation cycle, the filter media blocks the water vapour from entering the hydraulic tank. During the exhalation cycle, the media allows the moisture in the hydraulic tank air to exit.

FILTER/ BREATHER

HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH – FILTER/BREATHER (OPTIONAL)

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

VACUUM PUMP SWITCH

845C-063 845CH-084

FILTER/BREATHER VACUUM SYSTEM

IMPORTANT! If the case drain system is serviced with the use of the vacuum system, all pump and motor cases must be bled. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL prior to engine start-up in order to prevent damage to pumps and motors.

Some machines may be equipped with a vacuum pump to 'hold' the oil in the hydraulic tank when work is being done on the hydraulic system. This eliminates the need to drain the hydraulic tank before servicing pumps and other hydraulic components. Use of the vacuum system minimizes the volume of oil spilled on the machine and on the ground.

4.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES

RETURN DIFFUSERS There are three return diffusers located inside the hydraulic tank that act as a final backup for preventing foreign material from entering and contaminating the hydraulic system.

845C-062

Two sight gauges (1) are used to indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the tank with HIGH and LOW level limits. Also incorporated into the sight gauges are level switches. These gauges are accessible through the left side door. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for additional information.

RETURN FILTERS

CLEAN OUT COVER

IMPORTANT! Always keep the hydraulic oil level up to within 5 cm (2 in) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level will result in severe damage to pumps.

DIFFUSERS 845C-079

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK AND DIFFUSERS

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination. For instructions on changing these diffusers, refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS in SECTION 3 of this MANUAL.

4.9

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

RETURN FILTERS - HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER HEAD

RETURN FILTERS

RETURN MANIFOLD

855C-035

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

855C-035

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable diffusers, one on the end of each return tube in the hydraulic tank.

IMPORTANT!

NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

The bypass valves built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before these valves are activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when an oil pressure in excess of 1.7 bar (25 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash. IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level or replacing filters at regular intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are normal.

FILTER/DIFFUSER SERVICE NOTE:

The filters should be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

IMPORTANT!

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

4.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP TO TANK THROUGH THE RETURN FILTERS

Hydraulic System 8. When the oil in the oil level gauge is between fluid level low and fluid level high stop pumping. Return the handle to the upright position. 9. Allow the hose to drain. 10. Install the suction tube plug. 11. Return the suction tube to the stored position. 12. Close the hand fill pump shut-off valve.

HAND FILL PUMP

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

WARNING

SUCTION TUBE

845C-063

HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

The hydraulic hand fill pump is used to add hydraulic oil to the hydraulic tank. It is located inside the hydraulic tank and filter service compartment behind the cab on the left side of the machine. It can be accessed by opening the service compartment door.

• Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down. • Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

Adding oil to the hydraulic tank: 1. Release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve.

• DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Open the hand fill pump shut-off valve. 3. Remove the suction tube from the stored position. 4. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube. 5. Remove the suction tube plug from the suction tube. 6. Insert the suction tube into a storage tank,pail or barrel. NOTE: The storage tank, pail or barrel should be anchored to prevent tipping in both the full and empty conditions. 7. Operate the hand fill pump by pushing and pulling the handle. NOTE: The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass the oil filter. 4.11

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MAIN PUMP

SAW PUMP

ATTACHMENT PUMP (CLAMP & ACCUMULATOR ARMS)

FAN PUMP

845C-127

845C-114

HYDRAULIC PUMPS

HYDRAULIC PUMPS All hydraulic functions are powered by four pumps. Three are mounted one behind the other on the flywheel housing of the engine and the fourth is mounted on the engine.

When all of the control valves on the main valve are in the neutral position the pump is destroked and the output is just sufficient to maintain a standby pressure of approximately 14 – 41.4 bar (200 – 600 psi) in the pump output line.

The first pump, the main pump, is a piston pump with load sensing and horsepower limiting controls used for the main hydraulic circuit (travel, swing, boom, wrist, tilt and if equipped leveling). Driven off the power take-off (PTO) of the main pump is the saw pump. It is an axial-piston, variable displacement, pressure compensated pump. Driven off the PTO of the saw pump is the attachment (clamp and accumulator arms) pump. It is a variable displacement, pressure compensated piston pump. Mounted on the engine is the fan pump. It is a variable displacement with electro‑hydraulic flow control piston pump for the cooling fan hydraulic circuit.

MAIN PUMP

The main pump is an axial-piston, variabledisplacement pump with load sensing, and horsepower limiting controls.

845CH-077

4.12

MAIN PUMP SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MAIN PUMP WEAR TEST 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Hydraulic System 7. Plumb a flow measuring device to the line connecting the main pump case drain to tank. 8. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

12. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle .

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

13. Close and latch the front door.

WARNING

CAUTION

The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

14. Hold the left hand joystick in the stick out position and the left hand joystick in the full swing right or left position. 15. Have an assistant record the hydraulic oil flow coming out of the main pump case drain. Normal/acceptable case drain leakage rates for the main pump under the above conditions is 19 – 30 L/min (5 – 8 gpm). With case drain leakage rates greater than 34 L (9 gpm), the pump will still operate properly but should be considered for replacement. 16. Turn OFF the engine. 17. Remove the ignition key.

3. Apply the swing brake.

18. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

4. Turn OFF the engine.

19. Remove the flow measuring device.

5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

4.13

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MARGIN PRESSURE LOAD SENSE PRESSURE MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE MARGIN PRESSURE)

'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE PRESSURE)

H845C-83

At this point the 'LS' control valve spool shifts back to its previous condition and the swashplate control piston will be balanced with the pump output remaining constant until the pressure at the 'LS' port changes. This is a dynamic condition with the swashplate angle changing constantly in response to the load fluctuations. The 'LS' pressure is always equal to the highest work port pressure. NOTE: If the machine controls are not responding as they should, i.e. boom is jerky or sluggish, the margin pressure setting may be out of adjustment.

MAIN PUMP CONTROL VALVE

Refer to ENGINE ANTI-STALL in section 7 of THIS MANUAL. 845C-110

When a function control lever is moved, for example a joystick, to activate a boom or swing function, load sense ('LS') pressure increases to the point where it is equal to the work port pressure and it shifts the 'LS' control valve spool in the main pump controller.

SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD 'P' PRESSURE PORT

'LS' PORT

'XLS' TEST PORT

'XP' TEST PORT

'LS' PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE PRESSURE) MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE MARGIN PRESSURE)

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE LOAD SENSE PRESSURE. PORT (UNDERSIDE OF BLOCK)

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER H845C-013

('LS' CONTROL)

The pump then adjusts its output volume until the pump output pressure exceeds the 'LS' pressure by a small amount. This difference is known as margin pressure (differential pressure or Delta P). Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in THIS SECTION.

The pump is protected by a system over pressure control relief and an 'LS' pressure relief that provide high pressure limiting control. The relief valves are installed in the bottom of the main control valve manifold. Refer to high pressure limiting control in THIS SECTION.

SAW PUMP & ATTACHMENT PUMP The saw and attachment pumps are variable displacement piston pumps driven off the back of the main pump. For information on these pumps, refer to SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

FAN PUMP For the operation and adjustments of this pump refer to SECTION 10 of THIS MANUAL.

4.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

LOAD SENSING BASIC PRINCIPLES

Figures 1 and 2 – Early hydraulic systems used a fixed displacement pump, with valves to control or adjust flow rates or speeds. This throttling or restricting pump flow to achieve control over the functions causes excess oil to flow over the relief valve. This results in wasting power and at the same time creates heat. See Figs. 1 and 2.

FLOW

853SM18

PRESSURE

FIG. 1

FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP

FIG. 2

853SM16

=CO ANT NST

The power wasted in the horsepower control system is still considerable and still requires constant "throttling" by the operator if he wants the speeds to remain as selected.

FLOW

Figures 5 and 6 – The load control system was developed to address the problems outlined above. This system combines the energy saving benefits of flow on demand with load compensation at each work port. The compensator eliminates the need for operator flow adjustments (throttling). See Figs 5 and 6.

USED

Figures 3 and 4 – In an attempt to recover some of the wasted energy, variable displacement pumps evolved. These pumps are power regulated or horsepower controlled and since they reduce the pumps output to maintain a constant system hp, oil flow over the relief valve is less, therefore reducing the wasted power losses and heat generation. See Figs. 3 & 4.

WASTED

USED 853SM19 FIG. 3

HP REGULATED PUMP

PRESSURE 853SM16

FIG. 4

= HP

FLOW

T TAN NS

∆p LS W USED PRESSURE

853SM17 FIG.5

LOAD SENSING (FLOW ON DEMAND) 4.15

FIG.6

853SM16

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LOAD SENSING BASIC DESCRIPTION OPEN CENTRE VS. CLOSE CENTRE Open centre system:

853SM21 853SM20

With the control valve in neutral all of the oil from the pump “bypasses” through the open centre passage directly to tank. There is no back pressure created by the control valve to force oil into the work port (the work port is actually blocked off when the spool is in neutral, and unblocked when the spool begins to move).

If the oil flowing to the motor or cylinder meets variable loads, this will upset the balance of oil going to the tank and the load. This causes the speed of the function to change with load changes.

853SM21

853SM20

When the control valve lever is moved to actuate a cylinder or motor, the open centre passage is blocked off in proportion to the amount the lever is moved. This creates back pressure forcing oil into the valve work port to move the load.

This type of system exhibits the following characteristics; 1. If the load against the cylinder or motor changes, the speed of the function will change. 2. If the load increases on a boom cylinder, the boom will slow or stop. Moving the lever further will increase the pressure against the load, and when high enough, the load will begin to move again. 3. The maximum speed of the function is determined by the maximum flow of the pump.

853SM20

When the control valve lever is fully shifted to the maximum flow position the open centre passage is completely blocked, and all of the pump flow is forced against the load.

4.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

Closed centre system: Load sensing systems use variable flow pumps and only flow oil when required. Unlike the open centre system, the control valve does not have an open centre passage. When in neutral, no oil flows through the control valve to tank and the pump output flow is zero. The pump’s output flow is controlled by a “stroking piston” which is connected to the pump output, and to the valve’s work port or “load”. This sense line to the actual working load defines the system as load sensing.

Changing the control valve lever changes the size of the opening in the valve and upsets the balance of the stroking piston. The stroking piston then adjusts the flow of the pump to find a new balance point. The stroking piston will change the pump’s flow until pump pressure is 17.2 bar (250 psi) higher than load pressure. In the figures below, note that even though the load pressure may change, (as illustrated by the extra restriction) the flow remains constant. This is because the difference in pressure, or differential pressure, between the pump and load pressures can be maintained by the stroking piston regardless of load. It is important to remember the pump is really responding to the pressure differential resulting from flow through the valve, not the actual load pressure level.

The key component in the system below is the spring in the stroking piston. The pump’s output pressure must be 17.2 bar (250 psi) higher than the load pressure to compress the spring and reduce the flow of the pump. This 17.2 bar (250 psi) is the differential or margin pressure.

853SM22

In the figure above the valve is closed blocking the pump from the load. With the load at zero the pump will maintain 34.5 bar (500 psi) of standby pressure and pump flow is zero.

The following are key differences from open centre systems;

853SM22

When the control valve lever is moved to actuate a cylinder or motor, the control valve opens the pump to the load. In this case the load is zero and the pump output pressure falls as the oil escapes through the valve. The 17.2 bar (250 psi) that was holding the spring in the compressed state is reduced and the spring moves the pump to increase flow. Flow will increase to a level that requires 500 psi. to force the oil through the valve opening. At this point the load pressure combined with the spring force will be high enough to oppose the pump output pressure, and the stroking piston will stop moving.

1. The load sensing valve’s maximum flow is not equal to the pumps maximum flow as with the open centre system. The valves maximum flow is determined by the maximum size of opening or “orifice” it provides. 2. The speed of the load does change as the load changes. If the load increases on a boom cylinder the pump pressure will increase automatically to maintain the load’s original speed. If the load stops, it is because the load is too heavy for the boom to lift. Moving the lever further will not increase the lifting force. 3. A load sensing system provides the speed the operator selects with the lever, and automatically adjusts the pressure to match the load. The open centre system requires the operator to adjust the pressure to match the load and the speed is determined by the load.

4.17

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OPERATING TIPS When using the controls on a load sensing system think of what the system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes (up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can. Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

SUPPLY TO PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in THIS SECTION. Another feature of this system is that the maximum flow of each function, in each direction, can be tuned to your requirements. This is easily done by changing the flow adjusting screws on each control valve. Take the time to set up your machine, as this greatly reduces operator fatigue. Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM or SWING sections of THIS MANUAL. When operating the swing function move the lever slowly. Operating the swing harshly or quickly reversing direction wastes power and generates excessive heat, as oil is dumped over the crossline reliefs.

FROM SAW VALVE 'G2' PORT

TO PILOT MANIFOLD

SERVO PRESSURE FOR PUMP CONTROLLER

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE TO CASE DRAIN STRAINER

PILOT SUPPLY TO ANTI-STALL CONTROLLER 'LS' FROM LEVELING VALVE (IF EQUIPED) 'LS' FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE 845C-117

MAIN PUMP LOAD SENSING, PILOT AND SERVO HOSE CONNECTIONS

4.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE

'XP' TEST PORT

'XLS' TEST PORT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 'LS' 'P' PRESSURE PORT

'LS' 'P'

MAIN PUMP (PRESSURE COMPENSATED) 'COMP'

'A'

SAW VALVE

ATTACHMENT VALVE

ATTACHMENT PUMP

'LS'

'LS' SIGNAL TO MAIN PUMP 'LS' ('PL') TEST PORT

845C-122

SAW 'P' PUMP TEST PORT

'LS'

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 4.19

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MAIN HYDRAULIC (LOAD SENSING) CIRCUIT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The main hydraulic circuit includes the components for the stick and hoist booms, wrist, tilt, swing and travel functions. The main pump, an axial piston, swashplate controlled pump supplies oil for the main hydraulic system. A load sensing ('LS') signal is sent back from the control valve manifold ('LS' port) to the main pump regulator ('LS' port) to control the pump output pressure. Oil flow for each function is supplied by its own control valve section on the manifold. When the control valves are in neutral, there is no flow through the valves, therefore the system is closedcenter. When all control valves are in neutral, the pump will only supply enough oil to make-up for leakage in the system and the pressure remains at a low level (approx. 14 – 41.4 bar / 200 – 600 psi). The control valve sections trap oil in their circuits when the spools are in neutral. Oil returning to the hydraulic tank from the control valve sections must open back pressure check valves in the control valve manifold before flowing to the hydraulic tank via the oil cooler. This creates a small positive pressure in the manifold to prevent cavitation in the cylinders. All oil returning to the hydraulic tank is filtered. The leveling control valve (if equipped) is also supplied by the main pump. A load sensing signal is sent back from the leveling control valve ('LS' port) to the main pump regulator ('LS' port) to control the pump output pressure. Refer to SECTION 13 for more complete information about the leveling circuit.

FLOW ON DEMAND AND LOAD COMPENSATION The combination of control valves and pump used in this system provides flow on demand and load compensation. Flow on demand means that only the required quantity of oil will be delivered to a function by the pump. This will save energy and reduce heat generation in the hydraulic system. Load compensation means that all functions will continue to receive oil regardless of their pressure and without further movement of the control levers. Without this system, an operator moving control levers halfway on the boom up and stick out controls would find that the lowest pressure function would move and the other would not move. To make both functions move the operator would have to move the high load lever much more than the low load lever. In other words, the operator would have to restrict oil flow to one function while opening up the valve fully to the other. This is what the load compensation system does automatically as will be explained further below. With the load compensation on this unit the operator does not need to continually adjust the control lever to move two or more functions because of pressure differences. Valves inside of the main control valve spools will automatically adjust flow according to the pilot pressure applied to the spool to move functions independent of load pressure.

4.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

55309B01 NOTE: ON MACHINES 845*1861 TO 845*2013.

LHD

HOIST

RHD

XLS

BOTTOM VIEW A

PILOT

PC1

STICK

'LS' Pressure Control Relief

TILT

WRIST SWING

FRONT VIEW

TOP VIEW

REAR VIEW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

845C-123

'LS' Pressure Control Relief

59517B01 NOTE: ON MACHINES 845*2014 TO 845*2500.

XLS

RHD LHD

STICK

HOIST

PC1 G

TILT

REAR VIEW

WRIST SWING

845C-101

PILOT

PC1

BOTTOM VIEW

ADAPTER PLATE

TOP VIEW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

4.21

FRONT VIEW

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FRONT VIEW 845C-102

BOTTOM VIEW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE – FRONT AND BOTTOM VIEW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION The main control valve consists of seven individual valve sections (eight sections on telescopic boom machines), a high pressure limiting relief valve and a non-adjustable safety relief. The relief valves are installed in ports in the manifold and the valve sections are fastened to the front and rear of the control valve manifold. The manifold contains five common passages for all valves. The five passages are (refer to fig. below): 1. Centre passage for pump pressure. 2. Two return passages (connected internally). 3. Two for load sense (connected internally). CONTROL VALVE SECTIONS

The spools are pilot actuated and returned to neutral by centering springs. An air bleed plug is provided on the top pilot cap. If a hesitation is noticed when actuating a function, air should be bled from the pilot caps. Spool travel stop screws are fitted in the pilot end caps and are used to limit the spool travel so that maximum speed can be adjusted for each individual function. The screws can also be turned in to lower the boom or stick when the engine or pump will not operate. The swing and drive spools have return pilot checks in the end caps which allow pilot oil to enter quickly, but restrict the flow out, thus dampening the movement of the control spool for smoother control of the function. SWING AND DRIVE MOTOR SPOOL SECTIONS The swing and drive valve sections have make-up valves for anti-cavitation. See FIG. 90919. HOIST BOOM, STICK BOOM AND WRIST ROTATE SPOOL SECTIONS These functions have relief and anti-cavitation valves. See FIG. 90744 with spool in no-flow position and FIG. 90744-2 with spool in FLOW position.

psi

3 1

855C-030

845C-110

MANIFOLD/VALVE SECTION SCHEMATIC WITH RELIEF 4.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MAKE UP OR ANTICAVITATION VALVE

Hydraulic System MAKE UP OR ANTICAVITATION VALVE

WORK PORTS

PILOT CHECK PILOT END CAP

SPOOL TRAVEL STOP (ADJUSTABLE)

AIR BLEED PLUG

BALL AND SPRING

LOAD SENSING 'LS'

COMPENSATOR VALVE PUMP 'P' RETURN 'T'

RETURN 'T'

LOAD SENSING 'LS'

CONTROL VALVE SECTION – TYPICAL FOR MOTOR OPERATED SWING AND DRIVE FUNCTIONS

90919

WORK PORTS

ANTICAVITATION RELIEF VALVE

MAX. FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN CONTROL SPOOL COMPENSATOR RETURN 'T'

PUMP 'P'

RETURN 'T'

90744

CONTROL VALVE SECTION – TYPICAL FOR CYLINDER OPERATED FUNCTIONS (SHOWN IN NO-FLOW POSITION)

90744-2

CONTROL VALVE SECTION – TYPICAL FOR CYLINDER OPERATED FUNCTIONS (SHOWN IN FLOW POSITION) 4.23

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PORT RELIEF AND ANTI-CAVITATION VALVE OPERATION During normal operation, oil pressure in the work circuit is less than the circuit relief valve setting and the circuit relief valve remains closed. During relief operation, the relief valve will open in three steps.

MEDIUM SYSTEM PRESSURE

RELIEF AND ANTICAVITATION POPPET 'B'

PILOT POPPET 'D'

HOLLOW PISTON 'C'

WORK PORT

(Step 1) The pilot poppet 'D' is opened; Flow restriction through the hollow piston 'C' causes the pressure in the cavity behind the main poppet 'B' to decrease.

ORIFICE 'A'

NORMAL OPERATION

90744-4A

(Step 2) The piston seats against the poppet. This further reduces oil flow into the cavity and greatly decreases the pressure against the back side of the main poppet.

RETURN

HIGHEST SYSTEM PRESSURE

MEDIUM SYSTEM PRESSURE

(Step 3) The main poppet 'B' opens. When the relief valve again closes, the piston and the pilot poppet move together until the pilot poppet is seated. Oil flows into the cavity through the clearance between the piston and the main poppet to move the piston away from the pilot poppet. This permits flow into the cavity through the piston to seat the main poppet.

WORK PORT

RETURN 90744-6A

During anticavitation operation the main poppet 'B' will retract to allow oil to flow from the return passage into the work circuit.

RELIEF OPERATION LOW WORK PORT PRESSURE

ADJUSTING PROCEDURE 1. Loosen locknut. WORK PORT

2. Turn the adjusting screw to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge. 3. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw making sure adjusting screw does not turn.

RETURN

4. Re-check pressure gauge reading.

90744-5A

5. Refer to SET MAIN BOOM, STICK AND PORT RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 12 of THIS MANUAL for more complete details.

PORT RELIEF VALVE

MAIN VALVE BODY

90744-4

4.24

ANTICAVITATION OPERATION LOCKNUT • 17MM WRENCH

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hydraulic System

CONTROL VALVE SPOOL OPERATION To achieve load sensing compensation, each control spool has two compensator valves and two 'LS' check valves. These compensator valves can be either in the form of a shuttle valve or a ball, depending on the function being controlled. PILOT END CAP

CENTERING SPRING

SHUTTLE VALVE

LOAD SENSING PASSAGE 'LS'

COMPENSATOR VALVE

COMPENSATOR CONTROL VALVE SPOOL

WORK PORT 'A' SUPPLY RETURN PASSAGE 'P' PASSAGE 'T'

SHUTTLE VALVE

LOAD SENSING WORK PASSAGE 'LS' PORT 'B' RETURN PASSAGE 'T'

PILOT END CAP

CENTERING SPRING

(A) CONTROL VALVE SECTION – IN NEUTRAL

853SM25

(A) Each work port ('A' & 'B') has a compensator valve and shuttle valve. Each valve section also has two return passages ('T') and two load sensing ('LS') passages. Each valve section has only one supply passage ('P'). With the control valve spool held in neutral by the centering springs in both pilot caps, the pump discharge is blocked. Therefore, the control valves are closed center. Pump discharge, work port, return, and load sensing passages are all blocked by the spool. Oil in the work ports is trapped. With all control valve spools in neutral, pump discharge or "standby" oil pressure is approximately 28 – 41 bar (400 – 600 psi). PILOT OIL

LS PORT JUST OPENED

SHUTTLE VALVE

CONTROL SPOOL

(B) CONTROL VALVE SECTION – • CONTROL SPOOL STARTING TO MOVE TO RIGHT • LS PORT JUST OPENED 853SM26

• ONLY SPOOL ACTUATED

(B) Whenever a single function is operated, pilot oil flows to a control valve end cap. Pilot oil will start to move the spool against the centering spring on the opposite end of the spool. The load sensing ('LS') port is the first port to open. When the 'LS' port is opened, the shuttle cavity is at 'LS' pressure. Since this is the first function being operated, there is no 'LS' pressure in the manifold and the shuttle does not move.

4.25

Hydraulic System PILOT OIL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SHUTTLE VALVE

COMPENSATOR VALVE

CONTROL SPOOL

WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED

• CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT • WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED • HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

853SM27

(C) The second port to open is work port 'A' (port 'B' if the control spool moves to the left). The left compensator valve stays to the right as in the neutral condition and the shuttle valve moves to the left directing work port pressure to the area behind the compensator valve to hold it shut until it can be opened by pressure in the ‘P’ port. In this mode, the compensator valve is functioning as a load check valve would in a conventional valve. PILOT OIL

(5) SHUTTLE (6) COMPENSATOR VALVE VALVE MOVES LEFT

(4) OIL FLOWS TO 'LS' PASSAGE

CONTROL SPOOL

(3) PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY

(D) CONTROL VALVE SECTION –

TANK PORT 'T' (RETURN)

(1) ANGLED VENT PORT OPENS

(2) WORK PORT 'B' OPENS

• CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT

• PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY 853SM28

• HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

(D) The next port to open is the angled vent port (1) on the right side of the control spool which connects to the tank port, 'T'. This connects all passages in the compensator spool to return pressure. There is no movement at this time but as soon as the work port 'B' opens (2) and oil flows, the returning oil will push the compensator valve to the right and connect ‘B’ to 'T'. The pressure port in the control spool is the last port to open (3). When it opens, pump discharge pressure flows through the passage in the compensator spool and through the shuttle cavity to the load sense passage (4). The load sensing pressure increases causing the pump to increase its displacement and further increase the pressure. The compensator valve keeps the work port passage closed until the pump discharge pressure is higher than the work port pressure (load check feature). Once the pump discharge pressure is higher, the shuttle valve moves to the right (5) and connects load sensing pressure to the cavity behind the compensator valve. The compensator valve moves to the left (6) allowing oil to flow to the work port. With the compensator valve open, the cavity to the right of the compensator valve assumes approximate work port pressure and this pressure flows through the passage to the shuttle cavity allowing work port pressure to control load sensing pressure. As the control spool moves further, in response to pilot pressure, the compensator valve and shuttle valve positions remain the same. 4.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PILOT OIL

(1) COMPENSATOR VALVE

SHUTTLE VALVE

Hydraulic System

CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT

WORK WORK LOAD SENSING LOAD SENSING PORT 'A' PORT 'B' PASSAGE 'LS' PASSAGE 'LS' SUPPLY PASSAGE 'P' RETURN RETURN (PUMP DISCHARGE) PASSAGE 'T' PASSAGE 'T'

(E) CONTROL VALVE SECTION –

853SM29

• CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT • HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

(E) In this figure, pump discharge pressure is slightly higher than work port pressure because the compensator valve (1) is open. When using just one function both the compensator valve and the shuttle valve are moved to the end of their bores. The load sensing pressure is always the same as the highest work port pressure and as a result is always lower than pump discharge pressure. There are two factors that establish this pressure difference between pump discharge and work port pressure, the load sensing valve and the orifice effect of the passages in the control valve between the pump discharge port and the work port. There are three openings the pump discharge oil must flow through to get to the work port. Each time the oil flows through a passage there is a pressure drop, that is, there is an orifice at each passage. The smaller the opening the smaller the oil flow due to the constant load sensing pressure. There is a passage from the work port to the load sensing passage and this is the pressure sensed at the pump regulator; since the flow is very small there is virtually no pressure drop from the work port to the 'LS' port on the pump. Load sensing pressure is the same at both ends of all the control spools because the two passages in the control valve manifold are joined together in the manifold. LOAD SENSING – TWO OR MORE FUNCTIONS IN USE Load compensation comes into effect whenever two or more functions are actuated at the same time. The following is an explanation of the function of the valve components whenever a spool with a lower working pressure is activated when a higher working pressure spool is fully shifted. PILOT OIL

'LS' PORT JUST OPENED

COMPENSATOR (2) SHUTTLE VALVE MOVES TO VALVE RIGHT

(F) CONTROL VALVE SECTION – 853SM30

(1) CONTROL SPOOL STARTS TO MOVE

CENTERING SPRING

• CONTROL SPOOL STARTING TO MOVE TO RIGHT • LS PORT JUST OPENED • LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(F) Pilot oil will start to move the control spool against the centering spring on the opposite end of the spool. The 'LS' port is the first to open and load sensing pressure is applied to the shuttle valve. The shuttle valve moves to the right to the end of its bore and then 'LS' pressure flows into the cavity at the left end of the compensator valve. 4.27

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SHUTTLE VALVE

PILOT OIL

COMPENSATOR VALVE

CONTROL SPOOL

WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED

(G) CONTROL VALVE SECTION –

• CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT • WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED

853SM31

• LOWER WORK PORT PRESSURE (G) As the control spool continues to move, the work port is the next to open. The work port oil pressure passes through compensator valve port and is applied to the end of the shuttle valve but since this work port pressure is lower than 'LS', the shuttle does not move. PILOT OIL

SHUTTLE VALVE

OIL FLOWS TO 'LS' PASSAGE

(4) COMPENSATOR VALVE MOVES LEFT THEN RIGHT (5)

(3) PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY

(H) CONTROL VALVE SECTION – 853SM32

CONTROL SPOOL

TANK PORT 'T' (RETURN)

(1) ANGLED VENT PORT OPENS

(2) WORK PORT 'B' OPENS

• CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT

• PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY • LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(H) As the control spool continues to move, the angled vent port opens (1), then work port 'B' opens (2) allowing oil to flow and shift the right side compensator valve connecting port 'B' to 'T'. The pressure port 'P' is next to open (3) and supply pressure passes into the cavity to the right of the compensator valve causing it to shift to the left (4) since the supply pressure is somewhat greater than 'LS' pressure. As it shifts to the left (4) oil can travel into work port 'A' and in doing so it causes pressure in the cavity to drop which results in 'LS' pressure pushing the compensator valve back to the right (5). The compensator finds a position where the pressures are balanced and some oil flows into work port 'A'.

4.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PILOT OIL

(2) COMPENSATOR VALVE SETTLES IN A BALANCE POSITION

LOAD SENSING PASSAGE 'LS'

(1) CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT

WORK WORK PORT 'A' PORT 'B' RETURN SUPPLY PASSAGE 'P' PASSAGE 'T' (PUMP DISCHARGE)

(I) CONTROL VALVE SECTION –

853SM33

Hydraulic System

LOAD SENSING PASSAGE 'LS' RETURN PASSAGE 'T'

• CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT • LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(I) As the control spool continues to move (1), the compensator spool continues to move in response to the pressure variations and it settles in a position of balance (2) as shown in the figure with the spool fully shifted. As the loads vary in the work ports, the valve components continue to modulate and compensate for the load variations and maintain movement of the selected functions. This valve system performs the functions automatically that are performed by an operator using a conventional system as explained in the third paragraph above. If the second valve being operated had a higher work port pressure than the one already selected, the operation would be the same up to the point where the work port was opened. At this point the 'LS' would change to the new higher work port pressure and the new valve would act in the same way as the first valve selected and described above. The first valve selected would then have the internal spool components take the same positions as the lower work port pressure valve described above.

4.29

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING ('HPL') CONTROL VALVE

845C-110

SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

The main pump is protected by two relief valves that are installed in the bottom of the main control valve. These two valves provide High Pressure Limiting Control for the main pump in the following form:

MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD 'P' PRESSURE PORT

The first relief valve limits 'LS' pressure to approximately 296 bar (4300 psi). (gauge at 'LS' test port) which in turn limits the pump output pressure to 314 bar (4550 psi) (gauge at 'P' test port). The 17 bar (250 psi) differential is known as margin pressure. See SET MARGIN PRESSURE in THIS SECTION.

'LS' PORT

Margin pressure is the difference between 'P' port pressure and 'LS' port pressure, observed while a function is operating.

'XLS' TEST PORT

'XP' TEST PORT

'LS' PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

The second relief is a system relief valve (over pressure control) which limits the pump output pressure to 60 bar (870 psi) above 'LS' pressure, this relief is non-adjustable. 855C-030

psi

3 1 1. CENTRE PASSAGE FOR PUMP PRESSURE SUPPLY. 2. TWO RETURN PASSAGES (CONNECTED INTERNALLY). 3. 'LS' SIGNAL PRESSURE.

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

4.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SET MARGIN PRESSURE

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. IMPORTANT Margin pressure is set at the factory to 20 bar (290 psi). The margin pressure can be adjusted from 17.2 - 20.7 bar (250 - 300 psi), however the flow stops on the valves must be reset in order to maintain the same speed of the functions.

Hydraulic System 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 845C-110

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

'XLS' TEST PORT

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

'XP' TEST PORT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 845C-105

860C-001

‘P’ TEST PORT

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

‘LS’ TEST PORT

MAIN PUMP 'LS' AND 'P' TEST PORTS 7. Connect one side of the differential pressure gauge to the 'LS' gauge port and the other side of the gauge to the pressure 'P' gauge test port. NOTE: Margin pressure can be measured at the gauge ports on the main control valve or the main pump.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

4.31

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 12. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 13. Close and latch the front door.

17. Allow a short time for pressure reading to stabilize then tighten locknut on adjusting screw. Repeat above procedure to verify the differential pressure setting is still correct. 18. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 19. Turn OFF the engine. 20. Remove the ignition key. 21. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 22. Remove pressure gauges.

14. Pull and hold the left or right trigger switch to rotate the wrist.

'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE PRESSURE) MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE MARGIN PRESSURE) 845C-036

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE LOAD SENSE PRESSURE PORT

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER

15. Loosen the margin pressure adjusting screw locknut on main pump controller. 16. Adjust the margin pressure adjusting screw until the pressure gauge reading on the differential pressure gauge meets margin pressure specifications. NOTE: This is a sensitive adjustment, significant changes in pressure will be noticed with only a small movement of the adjusting screw.

4.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

Hydraulic System 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 845C-110

SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD 'P' PRESSURE PORT

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 'LS' PORT

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

'XLS' TEST PORT

'XP' TEST PORT

'LS' PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) gauge to 'P' gauge test port on main control valve. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 12. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 13. Close and latch the front door. 14. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

4.33

Hydraulic System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

15. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER ADJUSTMENT MENU - COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. 16. Have an assistant hold the left joystick lever in the stick out position 17. Loosen the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 18. Adjust the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw until the pressure gauge reading on the 'P' meets 'LS' pressure relief valve specifications. 19. Tighten the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 20. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 21. Turn OFF the engine. 22. Remove the ignition key. 23. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 24. Remove pressure gauges.

4.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 5 – PILOT SYSTEM CONTENTS - SECTION 5

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ACCUMULATOR (IF EQUIPPED).............................................................................................................. 5.4 CHARGING.............................................................................................................................................5.4 CHECKING THE PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE....................................................................................... 5.4 C

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION, HYDRAULIC................................................................................................... 5.10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM, HYDRAULIC.......................................................................................................... 5.13 E

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS - PILOT SYSTEM...................................................................................... 5.8, 5.9 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS PILOT SUPPLY....................................................................................................................................... 5.2 PILOT SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 5.13 P

PILOT MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.......................................................................................... 5.5 PILOT PRESSURE TESTING/SETTING PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE - SETTING............................................................................ 5.11 PILOT SYSTEM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................. 5.10 PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS ACCUMULATOR.................................................................................................................................... 5.4 CHARGING......................................................................................................................................... 5.4 CHECKING THE PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE................................................................................... 5.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................... 5.2 JOYSTICKS AND FOOT PEDALS......................................................................................................... 5.6 OPERATING DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................. 5.6 PILOT CIRCUIT SUPPLY....................................................................................................................... 5.2 PILOT MANIFOLD.................................................................................................................................. 5.3 PILOT MANIFOLD SCHEMATIC............................................................................................................ 5.5 PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE................................................................................................ 5.2 PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................... 5.3 PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS............................................................... 5.7, 5.8, 5.9 PILOT SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT.................................................................................................. 5.13 PILOT SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC............................................................................................ 5.14 S

SCHEMATICS PILOT MANIFOLD, HYDRAULIC........................................................................................................... 5.5 PILOT SYSTEM, ELECTRICAL, IQAN COMPUTER MODULES.................................................. 5.8, 5.9 PILOT SYSTEM, HYDRAULIC............................................................................................................. 5.14 PILOT SYSTEM ON/OFF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS.............................................................................. 5.7

5.1

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PILOT MANIFOLD

SAW VALVE

10 MICRON FILTER

SYSTEM PRESSURE

PILOT PRESSURE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

SAW PUMP

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

MAIN PUMP

845C-125

PILOT CIRCUIT SUPPLY

PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 10 MICRON HIGH PRESSURE FILTER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION Pilot system oil is supplied by the main pump and saw pump. The pressure reducing valve receives this oil directly from the main pump and via the 'G2' port on the saw valve. The pilot pressure reducing valve reduces and maintains the pressure of the oil at 34.5 bar (500 psi) for the pilot system. The pilot oil at 34.5 bar (500 psi) is then supplied to the pilot manifold. Pilot oil is distributed by the pilot manifold to the various pilot actuated functions of the machine. Solenoid valves, on the pilot manifold, control the flow of pilot oil to various valve sections on the main control valve. Joysticks and foot pedals also distribute oil to shift spools in their corresponding valve sections on the main control valve.

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING 845CH-208 VALVE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE The pilot pressure reducing valve is located in the pump compartment mounted below and to the rear of the saw valve. The reducing valve is adjustable and is set at 34.5 bar (500 psi). There is a 10 micron high pressure pilot filter located on the inlet of the pilot pressure reducing valve to filter the oil before it enters the pilot system. The pilot filter has to be removed and reverse flushed every 1000 hours as part of scheduled maintenance.

5.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Pilot System

PILOT MANIFOLD 845C-126

PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE SV1 PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE

SOLENOID VALVES TS1 TO TS8

T4 P4

T3 P3

T2 P2

T1 P1

'SV1' PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE

xxxxx

ACCUMULATOR

PILOT MANIFOLD - BOTTOM VIEW H845C-210

The pilot manifold is located in the valve service compartment beside the hydraulic oil tank directly behind the cab. Pilot oil enters the manifold at the inlet port 'P' and is then distributed to the various pilot functions of the machine.

PILOT MANIFOLD

The pilot shut-off solenoid valve is mounted on the pilot manifold. All pilot oil must flow through this valve before reaching any other solenoid valve. When the pilot shut-off solenoid valve SV1 is energized (front door closed and latched and pilot reset 'ON' switch momentarily pressed), pilot oil is supplied to the outlet pressure ports P1 to P4, the solenoid valves and the accumulator.

The manifold distributes oil to the following circuits through the ports listed below: • P1 – 'LS' Port on Bottom of Main Control Valve and supplies the Attachment Valve

The swing brake will be applied if the swing brake switch in the cab has been left in the ON position. The swing brake will be released when the switch is in the OFF position.

• P2 – Right Joystick Pressure • P3 – Left Joystick Pressure • P4 – To Track Speed Control Valve

When the pilot shut-off valve is de-energized by either opening front door or momentarily pressing the pilot OFF switch, all pilot actuated functions (electrical and hydraulic) are disabled. The swing brake is also applied at this time due to the lack of pilot pressure. The accumulator is drained at this time.

Tank ports T1 to T4 drain oil to the tank. Solenoids TS1 to TS8 control oil flow to ports C1 to C8 respectively. They operate the following functions: • C1 – Wrist Rotate (CCW) • C2 – Wrist Rotate (CW) • C3 – Not Used • C4 – Not Used • C5 – Swing Brake • C6 – Track Low Left • C7 – Track Low Right • C8 – Track Brake Release

5.3

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATOR (IF EQUIPPED)

CHARGING THE ACCUMULATOR The accumulator can be charged with the proper charging and testing device. A detailed instruction sheet is provided with the charging and testing device.

ACCUMULATOR

WARNING Hydraulic circuits with accumulators store hydraulic oil under pressure and may remain pressurized after the engine is turned off.

WARNING

845CH-203

There is one accumulator used on this machine for the pilot system. It is a diaphragm type and is installed pre-charged with nitrogen gas to 22.4 bar (325 psi).

The accumulator must not be altered in any way. Do not weld or machine the pressure vessel. Use only NITROGEN for charging accumulators, never use oxygen or air due to risk of explosion.

The accumulator in the pilot system makes sure that controls remain responsive by maintaining optimum pilot pressure. This also prevents the pilot pressure from dropping when several functions are activated at the same time. GAS VALVE GUARD

CHECKING THE PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE After the accumulator has been put in service, the pre-charge pressure should be checked every 2000 hours with the proper accumulator charging and testing device. A detailed instruction sheet is provided with the charging and testing device.

GAS VALVE

If the gas pre-charge pressure is low, investigate the cause and correct it. Possible causes of lost pre-charge pressure are a leaking or damaged gas valve, or a damaged diaphragm.

BODY

IMPORTANT! Accumulators cannot be shipped by air when pre-charged. When installing a new accumulator, do not assume that it is charged. Always check the pre-charge pressure before installation.

DIAPHRAGM

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION 875-011

VALVE GUARD POPPET (SEATS AGAINST OIL PORT AFTER OIL EVACUATION)

ACCUMULATOR

5.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SWING BRAKE C5

TRACK LOW R.H. C7

BRAKE RELEASE C8

TS7

TRACK LOW L.H. C6

WRIST CCW C1

TS6

Pilot System

WRIST CW C2

TS2

C4 TS4

69 bar (1000 psi) P

TS8

TS5

TS1

TS3

T P1

22.4 bar (325 psi)

P4 - TO TRACK SPEED CONTROL VALVE

ACCUMULATOR

P3 - LEFT JOYSTICK PRESSURE P2 - RIGHT JOYSTICK PRESSURE P1 - ATTACHMENT VALVE AND ‘LS’ PORT ON BOTTOM OF MAIN CONTROL VALVE

845C-127

PILOT MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 5.5

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

JOYSTICKS AND FOOT PEDALS

OPERATING DESCRIPTION The joysticks and foot pedals operate on pilot pressure oil, 34 bar (500 psi), supplied from the pilot control valve. The joysticks have four valves paired together and operate two functions of the main boom each.

These pilot valves are manually operated, directional control valves and operate on the same principle as a direct operating pressure reducing valve. Both the joystick and foot control valves (pedals) use similar spool arrangements.

When moving the right joystick in the forward and reverse directions the hoist boom will move down and up respectively. When moving the right joystick left and right the head will tilt forward or backward respectively.

When moving the left joystick in the forward and reverse directions the stick boom will move out and in respectively. When moving the left joystick left and right the upper structure will rotate left or right respectively.

Each of the four valves in the joystick work the same way. When a joystick direction is activated the handle (1) presses down on one of the four plungers (5). The valve moves against the return (4) and regulating springs (3) and opens the valve (2) which allows pilot oil to move through it. The oil is directed to that hydraulic function’s valve section on the main hydraulic control valve. The pilot oil acts on one end of the function’s spool valve which in turn moves and allows main oil to flow from the main valve section to the actuator (a cylinder or motor).

4 3 2

RR-14

JOYSTICK PILOT VALVE

Operated by hand or foot these valves direct pilot oil to the main control valve sections end caps and acts to move the spool from its centre position.

As an example: When the left joystick is moved to the right the operator wants the upper structure to rotate to the right. Valve four in the joystick opens and sends pilot oil to an end cap on the swing section valve of the main hydraulic control valve. The oil in the end cap forces the spool in the swing section to move which in turn allows main function oil, up to 310 bar (4500 psi), to flow through the swing section valve and out to the swing drive motor.

4 3

The foot pedals operate in the same manner except they only work one function. The foot pedals also run on pilot oil pressure 34 bar (500 psi). The left foot pedal operates the left track and the right foot pedal operates the right track. The foot pedals have only two valves.

'P' PORT AU013-1 AU013-2

As an example: When the forward direction on the left foot pedal is selected, valve one is opened by the pedal allowing pilot oil to flow through it and out to the main control valve section for the left track drive motor. The pilot oil acts on the section valve spool which moves to allow main hydraulic oil, up to 310 bar (4500 psi), to flow to the left track motor.

WORK PORTS 1, 2, 3 OR 4

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT

5.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Pilot System

PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

Whenever the front door is opened the door limit switch opens interrupting the voltage to the function lockout relay coil, this opens the contacts of the function lockout relay and de-energizes the pilot shut-off solenoid valve and shuts down the pilot system. This prevents pilot oil from reaching the controls. The pilot ON icon will change to YELLOW on the MD3 display.

With the engine running, the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is not energized until the front door is closed and latched and the pilot ON reset switch (green button) is momentarily pressed. When the pilot reset switch is pressed, the coil on the function lock-out relay is energized closing the circuit between wires RED 489 and TAN 105B. Wire TAN 105B connects to the front door switch. When this switch is closed (door closed) current flows through wires TAN 107 and GRN 11 to energize the coil on the pilot shut-off solenoid valve which opens and supplies oil to the pilot circuit via the pilot manifold. The pilot ON icon will be activated (GREEN) on the MD3 display. At the same time current flows through wire GRN 11A back to the function lock-out relay coil and latches the function lock out relay in the energized position and remains energized after the pilot reset switch has been released.

A second pilot shut-off switch is in the same circuit as the front door switch. If an emergency situation should arise, pressing the pilot OFF switch (RED button) located in the cab will have the same effect as opening the front door.

CIRCUIT "ON" FROM ‘RUN’ RELAY

TO ‘START’ RELAY TAN 490

RED 02

PILOT RESET

TAN 105

RED 87a 489

RED 489 30 86

TAN 105B

87 85

GRN 11C

GRN 11A

PILOT DOOR SWITCH

TAN 107

PILOT OFF GRN 11F

GRN 11

FUNCTION LOCK OUT RELAY

BLK G11

PILOT ON/OFF SOLENOID

PILOT SHUT-OFF VALVE

TO SAW SWITCH

BLK G11A

PILOT ON SIGNAL

IQAN XS2

CIRCUIT "OFF" FROM ‘RUN’ RELAY

TO ‘START’ RELAY TAN 490

RED 02

PILOT RESET

TAN 105

RED 87a 489 RED 489 30 87

TAN 105B

FUNCTION LOCK OUT RELAY

845C-128 845C-129

GRN 11C

GRN 11A

PILOT DOOR SWITCH BLK G11A

TAN 107

PILOT OFF GRN 11F

TO SAW SWITCH

GRN 11

ON PILOT SHUT-OFF VALVE

PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 5.7

PILOT ON SIGNAL

IQAN XS2

BLK G11

PILOT ON/OFF SOLENOID

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1 RED 20

RED 351C

IQAN MD3

BATTERY POWER SHEET 1 BLK G283

C1-1

-BAT

VIN-A

C2-1

GRN 443

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 40, SHEET 9

BLK 285

C1-2

CAN-A-L

VIN-B

C2-2

GRN 258

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO SHEET 2 J1939

BLK 399

2A RED 648

620 ohm

C1-3

CAN-B-L

VIN-C

C2-3

GRN 257

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

C1-4

CAN-C-L

VIN-D

C2-4

GRN 446

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

C1-5

RS232 DATA IN

-VREF

C2-5

BLK

N/U

C1-6

RESERVED

USB D-

C2-6

WHT

USB D+

C2-7

+VREF

C2-8

RED 612

N/U

VIN-E

C2-9

GRN 383

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

RED 647

C1-7

+RTC

N/U

C1-8

RS232 DATA OUT

N/U

C1-9

CAN-C-H

GRN

TO SHEET 2 J1939

RED 398

C1-10

CAN-B-H

VIN-F

C2-10

GRN 382

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 26, SHEET 9

RED 284

C1-11

CAN-A-H

VIN-G

C2-11

GRN 252

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

RED 283

C1-12

+BAT

DOUT-A

C2-12

TAN 50

XS2 MODULE LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 442

VIN A

DOUT A

TAN 673

SPARE

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 256

VIN B

DOUT B

TAN 609

IQAN SHUTDOWN CONTROL (SHEET 1)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 253

VIN C

DOUT C

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 445

VIN D

DOUT D

TAN 175

A/C OFF RELAY (SHEET 6)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 381

VIN E

DOUT E

TAN 610

RED WARNING LIGHT (SHEET 10)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 380

VIN F

DOUT F

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 251

VIN G

ANTI STALL, SHEET 3

GRN 364

VIN H

DOUT L

TAN 672

SPARE

TO JOYSTICKS, SHEET 7

RED 614

+VREF

DIN T

YEL 650

LEFT TRACK PEDAL PRESSURE SWITCH (SHEET 10)

BLK 615

-VREF

DIN S

YEL 651

RIGHT TRACK PEDAL PRESSURE SWITCH (SHEET 10)

TO IQAN XA2 #1 SHHET 11

BLK 401

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #1 SHEET 11

RED 400

CAN-H

TO IQAN MD3 SHEET 8

BLK 285

CAN-L

TO IQAN MD3 SHEET 8

RED 284

CAN-H

RUN RELAY SHEET 1 RED 02

845CH-212

10A

RED 240

+BAT

BLK G240

-BAT

N/U

DOUT K

TAN 671

SPARE

DIN R

TAN 16B

KEY, START SIGNAL (SHEET 1)

DIN Q

RED 354B

DOUT J

KEY, "ON" SIGNAL (SHEET 1)

TAN 670

SPARE

DIN P

GRN 11C

PILOT ON (SHEET 1)

DIN O

GRN 21

TRACK LOW (SHEET 3)

DOUT I

DIN N

TAN 254

FAN CLEAN (SHEET 6)

DIN M

TAN 384

FAN FULL ON (SHEET 6)

DOUT H

N/U

TAN 654

DEFROST RELAY (SHEET 6)

DIN L

GRN 617

DEFROST "ON" (SHEET 6)

DIN K

ORG 30A

A/C "ON" (SHEET 6)

DOUT G

DIN J

GRN 35A

SAW ON/PUMP 1 (SHEET 1)

DIN I

TAN 439

N/U

ADDRESS TAG

N/U

PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 5.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Pilot System

XA2 #1 MODULE (XA2-A0) TO IQAN XA2 #2, SHEET 13

BLK 453

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #2, SHEET 13

RED 454

CAN-H

TO IQAN XS2, SHEET 9

BLK 401

CAN-L

TO IQAN XS2, SHEET 9

RED 400

CAN-H

XA2 #2 MODULE (XA2-A1) N/U

YEL 784

VIN A

DOUT A

GRN 721

TRACK LOW LH (SHEET 10)

SAW/HARVESTER PRESSURE (SHEET 10)

YEL 630

VIN B

DOUT B

GRN 722

TRACK LOW RH (SHEET 10)

AIR INTAKE RESTRICTION (SHEET 10)

YEL 602

VIN C

DOUT C

GRN 725

TRACK BRAKE RELEASE (SHEET 10)

AUXILARY SENSOR 1 (SHEET 10)

YEL 580

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 719

COOLER BYPASS (SHEET 12)

N/U

YEL 579

VIN E

DOUT E

TAN 48

N/U

YEL 544

VIN F

DOUT F

823

ENGINE RED STOP (SHEET 5)

YEL 709

D IN G

AUXILARY SENSOR 2 (SHEET 10)

YEL 785

VIN H

TO SHEET 10

RED 631

+VREF

TO SHEET 10

BLK 632

-VREF

822

D IN

TAN 102

ENGINE RPM UP (SHEET 5)

D IN

TAN 103

ENGINE RPM DOWN (SHEET 5)

N/U

TO SHEET 12

788

CRET E-

786

WARM UP / WRIST CCW (SHEET 12)

CRET E+

787

PUMP 2 / WRIST CW (SHEET 12)

COUT D

791

TO SHEET 12

CRET D-

789

TELESCOPIC IN (SHEET 12)

CRET D+

790

TELESCOPIC OUT (SHEET 12)

COUT C

652

CRET C-

CRET C+

653

COUT B

TO SHEET 12 N/U TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL (SHEET 12)

TAN 634

TO SHEET 12

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

BLK 453

CAN-L

CRET B-

GRN 274

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

RED 454

CAN-H

CRET B+

GRN 275

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

TAN 633

TO SHEET 12

N/U

CAN-L

CRET A-

GRN 277

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

N/U

CAN-H

CRET A+

GRN 278

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

RED 450

+BAT

ADDRESS TAG

COUT A ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1 15A

BLK G450

845CH-209

N/U

D OUT

COUT E

RED 20

MOTION ALARM, SHEET 4

-BAT

PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CONTINUED 5.9

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PILOT SYSTEM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

845CH-205

The pilot manifold is a distribution centre, directing pilot oil to pilot operated functions on the machine. A pilot shut-off solenoid valve installed on the manifold controls the flow of pilot oil into the manifold. When the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil is made available to outlet pressure ports and eight solenoid valves. When the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is de-energized, pilot oil from the pilot pressure reducing valve is blocked, preventing pilot oil from entering the manifold, thereby rendering these pilot functions inactive. Refer to PILOT SYSTEM RESET in section 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

'SV1' PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE

'G' TEST PORT

'ACC' 'G1' TEST PORT

SOLENOID VALVES

ACCUMULATOR

The accumulator 'ACC' outlet pressure port is connected to the pilot accumulator that maintains a constant pressure source of 34.5 bar (500 psi), ensuring that the controls remain responsive during heavy duty cycles.

PILOT MANIFOLD - FRONT VIEW

Movement of the joystick levers or the foot pedals will direct pilot oil to the pilot end caps of the main control valve sections to operate the various machine functions such as lifting the boom or driving the machine. A gauge test port 'G' located on the pilot manifold is provided for use when testing the pilot system pressure. NOTE: The manifold has test ports before, test port 'G' and after test port 'G1', the shut-off solenoid valve. A secondary relief is also added as a safety precaution.

5.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Pilot System

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE – SETTING

845CH-213

'G' TEST PORT

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED 'SV1' PILOT SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

ACCUMULATOR

860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

PILOT MANIFOLD - FRONT VIEW 7. Connect a 0-70 bar (0-1000 psi) pressure gauge on 'G' test port on the pilot distribution manifold. 8. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 12. With the aid of an assistant, start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 13. Close and latch the front door.

WARNING

NOTE: If required refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL for setting and testing main pump pressure.

Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

5.11

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845CH-208

PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 14. Loosen the pilot pressure reducing valve adjusting screw locknut. 15. Turn the adjusting screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'G' meets pilot supply pressure specifications. 16. Tighten the pilot pressure reducing valve adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 17. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 18. Turn OFF the engine. 19. Remove the ignition key. 20. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 21. Remove pressure gauges.

5.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Pilot System

'Y3' G

PC1

RIGHT JOYSTICK

LEFT JOYSTICK

'Y1'

'Y4'

SWING

WRIST

'X1'

'X4'

TILT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

'X3'

LEFT FOOT PEDAL 3

RIGHT FOOT PEDAL

FOOT PEDAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE 1

'Y6'

'Y2'

'Y7'

PILOT MANIFOLD RHD T4 P4

T3 P3

T2 P2

T1 P1

xxxxx

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

HOIST

STICK

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

LHD

'X8'

'LS'

'X7'

'X6'

'T2' TO TANK

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

LEGEND

'Y8'

'TP'

TO TANK 'P1' 'PS'

'P' 'P1'

SAW VALVE 'P1'

ATTACHMENT VALVE 'T' LEVELING VALVE SAW PUMP ATTACHMENT PUMP

'T1'

'P'

'PSV'

'PS' 'X'

FAN PUMP

845C-130

MAIN PUMP

FAN CONTROL VALVE

PILOT SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 5.13

Pilot System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

JOYSTICK , L.H.

REV.

FWD.

TRACK LOW R.H. C7

BRAKE RELEASE C8

TS7

TRACK LOW L.H. C6

WRIST CW C2

WRIST CCW C1

TS6

TS5

FWD.

RIGHT FOOT PILOT VALVE

LEFT FOOT PILOT VALVE

SWING BRAKE C5

JOYSTICK, R.H.

TS2

TS8

TRACK SPEED

TS4

TS1

TS3 (1000 psi)

PILOT MANIFOLD

22.4 bar (325 psi)

ACCUMULATOR

SAW VALVE

MAIN PUMP MAX DISPL. 200 CC/REV STANDBY PRESSURE 200-600 psi

STANDBY PRESSURE 300 psi SAW PUMP 3600 psi

MARGIN PRESSURE 290 psi

ENGINE SAW PUMP

RETURN MANIFOLD IN

OUT

INLINE FILTER

HYDRAULIC TANK

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

RETURN STRAINER

845C-133

PILOT SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 5.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 6 – ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERS CONTENTS – SECTION 6

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................ 6.49 ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................. 6.52 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE .................................................................................................................. 6.39 CLAMP ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................... 6.45 CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................................ 6.48 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................... 6.53 WRIST ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................... 6.40 WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................................. 6.44 BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG .................................................................................................... 6.7 BATTERY COMPARTMENT ..................................................................................................................... 6.7 BATTERY COMPARTMENT, DISCONNECT RELAY ............................................................................... 6.7 CAB ELECTRICAL PANEL ....................................................................................................................... 6.9 CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL .............................................................................................................. 6.8 COMPUTER ...........................................................................................................................................6.23 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE .................................................................................................................. 6.39 ADJUSTMENT MENU ........................................................................................................................ 6.28 COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE ................................................................................................... 6.29 OIL GRADE SELECTION ............................................................................................................... 6.29 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................ 6.40 ACCUMULATOR ............................................................................................................................. 6.49 AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS ....................................................................................... 6.30 CLAMP ............................................................................................................................................6.45 LEVELER ........................................................................................................................................6.53 WRIST .............................................................................................................................................6.40 ADJUST MENU .................................................................................................................................. 6.33 MACHINE PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 6.34 TIMED PURGE INTERVAL ..................................................................................................................6.34

ALERT MESSAGES ........................................................................................................................... 6.84 CLAMP EXAMPLE .............................................................................................................................. 6.39 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 6.13 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS .......................................................................... 6.13 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................ 6.64 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE ............................................................................................................. 6.44 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................................... 6.63 ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................ 6.38 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE .................................................................................. 6.26 ENGINE MENU ................................................................................................................................... 6.25 UNITS OF MEASURE ..................................................................................................................... 6.25 ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................ 6.26 BATTERY VOLTAGE ....................................................................................................................... 6.26 CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE ...................................................................................................... 6.26 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ............................................................................................ 6.26 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE .............................................................................. 6.26 ENGINE LOAD % ........................................................................................................................... 6.26 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ............................................................................................................... 6.26 ENGINE SPEED ............................................................................................................................. 6.26 FUEL RATE ..................................................................................................................................... 6.26 TURBOCHARGER BOOST PRESSURE ....................................................................................... 6.26

6.1

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE ...................................................................................................... 6.26 FUEL GAUGE ..................................................................................................................................... 6.27 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE ....................................................................................... 6.32 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART .......................................... 6.44, 6.61 INFORMATION MESSAGES .............................................................................................................. 6.93 INFORMATION MODE ....................................................................................................................... 6.31 INFORMATION MODE MENU ENGINE HOURS ............................................................................................................................. 6.31 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL % ............................................................................................................. 6.31 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................................................. 6.31 MACHINE HOURS .......................................................................................................................... 6.31 MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP LOAD SENSE PRESSURE ................................................................. 6.31 TOTAL FUEL USED ........................................................................................................................ 6.31 TRIP FUEL FUNCTIONS ................................................................................................................ 6.31 MAIN MENU .......................................................................................................................................6.24 MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU AUTO-ACCUMULATE ..................................................................................................................... 6.33 HYDRAULICS

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART ............................................ 6.44, 6.61

LEVELING .......................................................................................................................................6.36 MACHINE PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 6.34 MAIN MENU PAGE - PREFERENCES MENU LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................... 6.66 MAIN MENU SCREEN ....................................................................................................................... 6.33 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY ................................................. 6.23 MD3 MESSAGES ............................................................................................................................... 6.69 MEASURE MENU ............................................................................................................................... 6.62 MESSAGES ........................................................................................................................................ 6.69 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) ..................................................................................................... 6.84 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED) ........................................................................................................ 6.70 ERROR MESSAGES (RED) ........................................................................................................... 6.76 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE) ............................................................................................. 6.93 MESSAGES - ALERT ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH ............................................................................................................... 6.89 ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW ................................................................................................................ 6.89 HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT ...................................................................................................... 6.88 HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN .......................................................................................................... 6.88 HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT ...................................................................................................... 6.88 HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN .......................................................................................................... 6.88 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3 ............................................................................................................. 6.87 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 .............................................................................................................. 6.87 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2 .............................................................................................................. 6.87 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW ........................................................................................................ 6.86 MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT ................................................................................ 6.91 MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT ..................................................................................... 6.90 MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT ................................................................................. 6.92 MESSAGES - CRITICAL .................................................................................................................... 6.70 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW ................................................................................................... 6.74 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH .................................................................................. 6.74 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL ........................................................................... 6.75 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW ...................................................................................................... 6.75 ENGINE STOP ................................................................................................................................ 6.71 HARDWARE FAULT - ENGINE ....................................................................................................... 6.73 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3 ............................................................................................................. 6.73 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 .............................................................................................................. 6.73 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2 .............................................................................................................. 6.73 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL EXTREMELY LOW ................................................................................. 6.71 6.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH ....................................................................................... 6.72 INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH .................................................................................. 6.75 MESSAGES - ERROR CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) ........................................................................................... 6.78 DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) ....................................................................................................... 6.78 DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) ............................................................................................... 6.78 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR .................................................................................................. 6.79

MD3 MODULE BLANK SCREEN ........................................................................................................6.80 XA2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR ..............................................................................................6.82 XS2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR ..............................................................................................6.81

MODULE VREF ERROR ................................................................................................................ 6.77 VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) ..................................................................................................... 6.78 MESSAGES - INFORMATION FAN FULL ON ................................................................................................................................. 6.94 PREFERENCES MENU ..................................................................................................................... 6.63 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................... 6.64 SELF WARMUP MODE ...................................................................................................................... 6.28 WARMUP MODE ................................................................................................................................ 6.28 COMPUTER MODULES XA2 MODULES .................................................................................................................................. 6.19 XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS .................................................................................................. 6.19 XA2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................... 6.19 XS2 MODULE ..................................................................................................................................... 6.17 XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS .................................................................................................. 6.17 XS2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................... 6.17 CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ...................................................................................... 6.101 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE ................................................................................................................. 6.44 DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE ............................................................. 6.98

ELECTRICAL COMPONENT LOCATIONS ............................................................................................ 6.12 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION - CAB ..................................................................................................... 6.11 ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................. 6.95 ELECTRICAL PANEL - CAB .................................................................................................................... 6.9 ELECTRICAL PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT ................................................................................... 6.10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS ................................................................................................................6.111 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, LEVELING CYLINDERS LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS ........................................................................................................ 6.35 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL .................................................................................. 6.75 FUSE AND RELAY REAR PANEL ............................................................................................................ 6.5 FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB ..................................................................................................................... 6.8 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART .............................................. 6.44, 6.61 ID-TAG ....................................................................................................................................................6.22 ADDRESSING .................................................................................................................................... 6.22 TERMINATING ................................................................................................................................ 6.22 ASSEMBLING OF THE ID–TAG ......................................................................................................... 6.22 SELECTING APPROPRIATE ID-TAG ................................................................................................ 6.22 IQANRUN 2 ............................................................................................................................................6.99 ADJUST ............................................................................................................................................6.107

6.3

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ................................................................................... 6.101 IQANRUN 2 QUICK SUMMARY ......................................................................................................... 6.99 ADJUST ........................................................................................................................................6.100 CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ................................................................................. 6.99 GET CLONE .................................................................................................................................... 6.99 GET SETTINGS .............................................................................................................................. 6.99 LOGIN .............................................................................................................................................6.99 LOGS ............................................................................................................................................6.100 MEASURE (GRAPH) .................................................................................................................... 6.100 SEND CLONE ................................................................................................................................. 6.99 SEND SETTINGS ........................................................................................................................... 6.99 SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................ 6.100 UPDATE .......................................................................................................................................... 6.99 LOGIN ...............................................................................................................................................6.102 LOGS ................................................................................................................................................6.109 MEASURE/GRAPH .......................................................................................................................... 6.108 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT AND INFORMATION ................................................................................ 6.99 SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ......................................................................................... 6.99 SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................... 6.110 UPDATE APPLICATION ................................................................................................................... 6.103 GET CLONE FILE ......................................................................................................................... 6.103 GET SETTINGS FILE ................................................................................................................... 6.104 UPDATE APPLICATION TO MD3 ................................................................................................. 6.105 IQAN SOFTWARE ................................................................................................................................. 6.97 APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES FOR PRODUCT SERVICE BULLETINS ........................................................................................ 6.98 DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE ......................................................... 6.98 SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ......................................................................................... 6.99 MD3 COMPUTER .................................................................................................................................. 6.23 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY .................................................... 6.23 MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY ........................................................................................................ 6.24 MD3 DISPLAY MODULE SCHEMATIC .................................................................................................. 6.16 MD3 MAIN DISPLAY .............................................................................................................................. 6.23 MODULES MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY ...................................................................................................... 6.15 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC ............................................................................................................ 6.16 XA2 MODULES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS ................................................................................................ 6.20, 6.21 XS2 MODULE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC ............................................................................................................ 6.18 OIL GRADE SELECTION ....................................................................................................................... 6.29 REAR COMPARTMENT ELECTRICAL PANEL ..................................................................................... 6.10 RELAYS AND FUSES, CAB ..................................................................................................................... 6.8 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................... 6.64 SELF WARMUP MODE .......................................................................................................................... 6.28 SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2 ............................................................................................ 6.99 SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS ................................................................................................... 6.12 UPDATE APPLICATION ....................................................................................................................... 6.103 XA2-A0 ENGINE FRAME MODULE SCHEMATIC ................................................................................ 6.20 XA2-A1 ENGINE FRAME MODULE SCHEMATIC ................................................................................ 6.21 XS2-A0 CAB MODULE SCHEMATIC .................................................................................................... 6.18

6.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MAIN FUSE AND ELECTRICAL BOX

The fuses in the main fuse and relay electrical box protect the following circuits:

The main fuse and relay electrical box is located in the upper enclosure on the left side of the machine. Installed in the main fuse and relay electrical box are three 60 amp (A), one 40 A and two 125 A fuses. The fuses prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

• Start relay (40 A) • Key switch run/accessories (60 A) • Cab power (60 A) • Work lights (60 A) • Roof pump (125 A) • Grid heater (125 A) 54545BENG

FUSES

REPLACE FUSES WITH SAME VALUES AS INDICATED

20A

6. 7.

10A

ENGINE ECM RELAY

20A

30A

10.

11.

10A

12.

10A

13.

15A

14.

30A

WORK LIGHT RELAY

START RELAY

15. 5.1K 17.

16. 40A

H860C-409

A 125 amp Fuse B 60 amp Fuse

Fuse and Relay Panel – Engine Compartment C 40 amp Fuse

6.5

19.

18.

20.

21.

60A

SERVICE LIGHT RELAY

60A

7.5A

60A

15A

POWER ROOF RELAY

125

20. 21.

GRID HEATER RELAY

FUEL HEATER RELAY

STARTER LOCKOUT RELAY

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

ROOF SERVICE LIGHTS PUMP AREA SERVICE LIGHTS SPARE SPARE ENGINE PRE-HEAT (OPTIONAL) SPARE BATTERY DISCONNECT FUEL HEATER WORK LIGHT RELAY ENGINE STOP LAMP FUSE PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT ROOF HALOGEN WORK LIGHTS ENGINE ECM ENGINE STOP LAMP RESISTOR STARTER RELAY POWER ROOF RELAY KEY SWITCH RUN/ACC POWER CAB SWITCHED BATTERY POWER CAB WORK LIGHT POWER GRID HEATER RELAY

125

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses in the fuse, relay and electrical panel in the cab protect the cab electrical components. If a fuse blows (silver coloured band inside the fuse is broken or melted) it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse blows again, the circuit in question must be inspected for a possible short circuit.

6.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This jumper connector is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. If standard jumper cables are used the negative connection can be made anywhere on the upper structure as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BATTERY COMPARTMENT Two 12 volt batteries with 950 cold cranking amps are connected in series to provide a 24 volt electrical power supply.

BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper structure, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

A 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for • Service lights • MD3 computer real time clock (RTC) • Webasto • Battery disconnect relay When an AMEREX fire suppression system is installed, a 10 amp in-line fuse is used to protect the suppression system. The fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

BATTERY DISCONNECT RELAY 10A FSS FUSE

60A MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225A 860C-225B

BATTERY COMPARTMENT 6.7

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB Cab electrical controls, fuse and relay panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. MD3 computer fuses are located here. The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

H845C-62

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION H845C-137

6.8

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TERMINAL RAIL

Electrical and Computers

XS2 CAB MODULE

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

TERMINAL BLOCK

CAPACITOR

HARNESS

RELAY

845CH-095

CAB ELECTRICAL PANEL 6.9

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

RELAY

FUSE

RELAY

HARNESS

FUSE AND RELAY MODULE FUSE

845CH-094

REAR COMPARTMENT ELECTRICAL PANEL 6.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TERMINAL RAIL

Electrical and Computers

XS2 CAB MODULE

REAR PANEL SYSTEM FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTROL PANEL

STEREO RADIO

CONTROL PANELS

ANTENNA

PILOT SHUT-OFF LIMIT SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR

MD3 COMPUTER

845CH-098

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION – CAB 6.11

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

N AA O

Z Y

X P Q W

R P

U T

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N

Roof Pump 24v Relay Horn Leveller Valve Power Roof Manifold Pilot Supply Valve Saw Valve Filter Pressure Switch Limit Switch Starter Air Filter Sensor Alternator Sensor Motion Alarm

Switch, Sensor And Electrical Component Locations O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA

6.12

Fuel Shut Off Valve Light Fluid Level Sender Positive and Negative Cable Main Valve Sensor Module Oil Heater Fluid Level Warning Switch Temperature Sensor Fuse and Relay Panel Vacuum Pump Fuel Shut Off Valve Solenoid Valve

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM The MD3 computer control system is part of a network of components. The system is made up of the following components: • MD3 Computer and Display Module • XS2-A0 Module (Cab) • XA2-A0 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) (Also referred to as XA2 #1 module) • XA2-A1 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) (Also referred to as XA2 #2 module) • Engine Electronic Control module (ECM) • Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown

The ECM provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via J1939 CAN BUS links. This information is displayed on the MD3 computer display. NOTE: The MD3 computer control system is software-based. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of ongoing product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

The MD3 computer is the main controller in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for certain machine functions.

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE

CAB XS2-A0 MODULE

9 PIN ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 880-105

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A0 MODULE

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A1 MODULE

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

6.13

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XA2-A1 XA2-A0

H845C-55

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE

H845C-85

XS2-A0

H845C-137

XS2-A0 CAB MODULE

6.14

XA2 ENGINE FRAME MODULES

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY 1

Electrical and Computers MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY REPLACEMENT

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE

H845C-55

1. Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. MD3-BACK

REAR OF MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY

The back of the MD3 Module consists of the following.

1. Tag with serial number and part number. 2. Connector C2 (VIN inputs, USB communication and alarm output).

3. Connector C1 (voltage supply, CAN communication J1939 and expansion modules).

MD3 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT

A B C D

MD3-WIREASSIGN

Remove back cover fasteners (QTY 3) Remove mounting bracket fasteners (QTY 4) MD3 mounting bracket MD3 computer

2. Remove back cover from the MD3 computer. 6

DIN-A / VIN-A DIN-B / VIN-B DIN-C / VIN-C DIN-D / VIN-D -VREF USB-D-

USB-D+ +VREF DIN-E / VIN-E DIN-F / VIN-F DIN-G / VIN-G DOUT-A

5 8

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 12 11 10 9

4 9 1 2 3 12 11 10

1 2 3 4 5 6

5 8

7 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6

-BAT CAN-A-L CAN-B-L CAN-C-L/Diag RS232 DATA IN Reserved

7 8 9 10 11 12

+RTC RS232 DATA OUT CAN-C-H/Diag CAN-B-H CAN-A-H +BAT

NOTE: Refer to the MD3 DISPLAY MODULE SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION or MACHINE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

3. Disconnect the wiring harness at the module C1 and C2 connectors. 4. Remove the MD3 from the mounting bracket. 5. Install module in reverse order as removed. NOTE: Refer to IQANRUN 2 – APPLICATION UPDATE in THIS SECTION for procedure to update the application in an MD3 computer. When replacing an MD3 computer the machine serial number information will need to be reset. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – SYSTEM for more information regarding access and maintenance of logs using IQANrun 2.

6.15

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1 RED 20

BATTERY POWER SHEET 1

RED 351C

RED 648

IQAN MD3 BLK G283

C1-1

-BAT

VIN-A

C2-1

GRN 443

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 40, SHEET 9

BLK 285

C1-2

CAN-A-L

VIN-B

C2-2

GRN 258

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO SHEET 2 J1939

BLK 399

620 ohm

C1-3

CAN-B-L

VIN-C

C2-3

GRN 257

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

C1-4

CAN-C-L

VIN-D

C2-4

GRN 446

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

C1-5

RS232 DATA IN

-VREF

C2-5

BLK

N/U

C1-6

RESERVED

USB D-

C2-6

WHT

RED 647

USB D+

C2-7

+VREF

C2-8

RED 612

N/U

VIN-E

C2-9

GRN 383

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

C1-7

+RTC

N/U

C1-8

RS232 DATA OUT

N/U

C1-9

CAN-C-H

GRN

TO SHEET 2 J1939

RED 398

C1-10

CAN-B-H

VIN-F

C2-10

GRN 382

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 26, SHEET 9

RED 284

C1-11

CAN-A-H

VIN-G

C2-11

GRN 252

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

RED 283

C1-12

+BAT

DOUT-A

C2-12

TAN 50

N/U

1-RED 2-WHT 3-GRN

USB PORT

4-BLK N/U

DRAIN

PANEL HORN

56512BR0S8

MD3 DISPLAY MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.16

BLK G50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

XS2 MODULE

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yellow) Error code

Error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

1:1

Output error

1:2

Input errora

1:3

Vref errora

2:1

Voltage High/Low errora

2:2

Low/High temperaturea

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master, see also on screen warnings. b. FRAM memory error.

Xs2 Module Led Indicators

A Green, Power ON LED B Yellow/Red, Status LED

XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS If there is an error detected, the MD3 computer will display a message. The XS2 module also indicates error status through the red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred. a. Green, Power ON LED

Internal diagnostics in the MD3 computer can be used to get more information about the XS2 module. The following values are monitored: • Internal temperature (°C) • Power supply (V) • Reference voltage (V) • CAN address voltage (V) XS2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT

◦◦ LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON. ◦◦ LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. b. Yellow/Red, Status LED ◦◦ LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: 1. One red primary flash and one, two or three secondary yellow flashes indicates an error controlled by the MD3 computer. 2. Two red primary flashes in a row and one or two yellow secondary flashes indicates an error controlled by the MD3 computer. 3. Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates the fault is related to the CAN-bus. 4. Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates the fault is related to the address. 5. Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error.

ADDR-H DOUT-G DOUT-H DOUT-I DOUT-J DOUT-K DOUT-L DOUT-A DOUT-B VIN-A/DIN-A VIN-B/DIN-B VIN-C/DIN-C VIN-D/DIN-D ADDR-L

42 28 14

29 15 1

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

-BAT DIN-I DIN-K DIN-M DIN-O DIN-Q DIN-S DOUT-C DOUT-D VIN-E/DIN-E VIN-F/DIN-F CAN2-H CAN-H +BAT(+12V, +24V)

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

-VREF DIN-J DIN-L DIN-N DIN-P DIN-R DIN-T DOUT-E DOUT-F VIN-G/DIN-G VIN-H/DIN-H CAN2-L CAN-L +VREF

The XS2 module is equipped with eight voltage inputs (VIN-A to VIN-H) which may be configured as digital inputs (DIN-A to DIN-H). The function of these inputs is determined by the machine program. NOTE: Refer to ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

6. Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

6.17

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XS2 MODULE LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 442

VIN A

DOUT A

TAN 673

SPARE

DOUT B

TAN 609

IQAN SHUTDOWN CONTROL (SHEET 1)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 256

VIN B

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 253

VIN C

DOUT C

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 445

VIN D

DOUT D

TAN 175

A/C OFF RELAY (SHEET 6)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 381

VIN E

DOUT E

TAN 610

RED WARNING LIGHT (SHEET 10)

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 380

VIN F

DOUT F

LEFT JS, SHEET 7

GRN 251

VIN G

ANTI STALL, SHEET 3

GRN 364

VIN H

TO JOYSTICKS, SHEET 7

RED 614

+VREF

DOUT L

TAN 672

SPARE

-VREF

DIN T

YEL 650

LEFT TRACK PEDAL PRESSURE SWITCH (SHEET 10)

DIN S

YEL 651

RIGHT TRACK PEDAL PRESSURE SWITCH (SHEET 10)

BLK 615

BLK 401

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #1 SHEET 11

RED 400

CAN-H

TO IQAN MD3 SHEET 8

BLK 285

CAN-L

TO IQAN MD3 SHEET 8

RED 284

CAN-H

RUN RELAY SHEET 1 RED 02

56512BR0S9

10A

RED 240

+BAT

BLK G240

-BAT

N/U

DOUT K

TAN 671

SPARE

DIN R

TAN 16B

KEY, START SIGNAL (SHEET 1)

DIN Q

RED 354B

KEY, "ON" SIGNAL (SHEET 1)

DOUT J

TAN 670

SPARE

DIN P

GRN 11C

PILOT ON (SHEET 1)

DIN O

GRN 21

TRACK LOW (SHEET 3)

DOUT I

DIN N

TAN 254

FAN CLEAN (SHEET 6)

DIN M

TAN 384

FAN FULL ON (SHEET 6)

DOUT H

TO IQAN XA2 #1 SHHET 11

N/U

TAN 654

DEFROST RELAY (SHEET 6)

DIN L

GRN 617

DEFROST "ON" (SHEET 6)

DIN K

ORG 30A

A/C "ON" (SHEET 6)

DOUT G

DIN J

GRN 35A

SAW ON/PUMP 1 (SHEET 1)

DIN I

TAN 439

N/U

ADDRESS TAG

N/U

XS2-A0 CAB MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

XA2 MODULES

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yellow) Error code

Error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

1:1

Output error

1:2

Input errora

1:3

Vref errora

2:1

Voltage High/Low errora

2:2

Low/High temperaturea

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master, see also on screen warnings. b. FRAM memory error.

Xa2 Module Led Indicators

A Green, Power ON LED B Yellow/Red, Status LED

XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS If there is an error detected, the MD3 computer will display a message. The XA2 module also indicates error status through the red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred. a. Green, Power ON LED

Internal diagnostics in the MD3 computer can be used to get more information about the XA2 module. The following values are monitored: • Internal temperature (°C) • Power supply (V) • Reference voltage (V) • CAN address voltage (V) XA2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT

LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. b. Yellow/Red, Status LED

42 28 14

LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct. LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: 1. One red primary flash and one, two or three secondary yellow flashes indicates an error controlled by the MD3 computer. 2. Two red primary flashes in a row and one or two yellow secondary flashes indicates an error controlled by the MD3 computer. 3. Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates the fault is related to the CAN-bus. 4. Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates the fault is related to the address. 5. Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error. 6. Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ADDR-H COUT-A/DOUT-G COUT-B/DOUT-H COUT-C/DOUT-I COUT-D/DOUT-J COUT-E/DOUT-K COUT-F/DOUT-L DOUT-A DOUT-B VIN-A/DIN-A

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

11 12 13 14

VIN-B/DIN-B VIN-C/DIN-C VIN-D/DIN-D ADDR-L

25 26 27 28

29 15 1

-BAT CRET-A+/DIN-I CRET-B+/DIN-K CRET-C+/DIN-M CRET-D+/DIN-O CRET-E+/DIN-Q CRET-F+/DIN-S DOUT-C DOUT-D VIN-E/DIN-E/FIN-A DFIN-A+ VIN-F/DIN-F/DFIN-ACAN2-H CAN-H +BAT(+12V, +24V)

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

-VREF CRET-A-/DIN-J CRET-B-/DIN-L CRET-C-DIN-N CRET-D-/DIN-P CRET-E-/DIN-R CRET-F-/DIN-T DOUT-E DOUT-F VIN-G/DIN-G/FIN-B DFIN-B+ VIN-H/DIN-H/DFIN-BCAN2-L CAN-L +VREF

XA2-WIREASSIGN

The XA2 module is equipped with eight voltage inputs (VIN-A to VIN-H) which may be configured as digital inputs (DIN), frequency inputs (FIN) or directional frequency inputs (DFIN). The XA2 module is also equipped with six double proportional outputs (COUT-A to COUT-F) which may be configured as digital outputs (DOUT) and digital inputs (DIN). See wiring pin assignment diagram above for details. The function of these inputs are determined by the machine program. NOTE: Refer to ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION 6 for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

6.19

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XA2 #1 MODULE HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE (SHEET 10)

YEL 389

VIN A

DOUT A

TAN 402

FAN REVERSE (SHEET 6)

N/U

YEL 657

VIN B

DOUT B

TAN 622

SAW/PUMP1 (SHEET 12,15)

FUEL LEVEL (SHEET 10)

YEL 49

VIN C

DOUT C

701

LS SENSOR (SHEET 10)

YEL 543

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 739

N/U

ROOF SENSOR (SHEET 10)

YEL 478

VIN E

DOUT E

820

N/U

FILTER BYPASS (SHEET 10)

YEL 67

VIN F

DOUT F

821

N/U

HYD LOW LEVEL (SHEET 10)

YEL 52

VIN G VIN H COUT F

HYD. EXTREMLY LOW LEVEL (SHEET 10)

YEL 53

TO SHEET 10

RED 620

+VREF

TO SHEET 10

BLK 621

-VREF

TAN 586

CRET F-

817

CRET F+

GRN 585

COUT E

TO IQAN XA2 #2, SHEET 13

BLK 453

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #2, SHEET 13

RED 454

CAN-H

TO IQAN XS2, SHEET 9

BLK 401

CAN-L

TO IQAN XS2, SHEET 9

RED 400

CAN-H

RED 20

15A

TAN 440

CRET E+

GRN 392

COUT D

56512BR0S11

RED 386

+BAT

-BAT

N/U

FAN SPEED, (SHEET 4)

N/U

ANTI STALL (SHEET 12)

TAN 390

CRET D-

CRET D+

GRN 391

COUT C

TAN 629

N/U

CRET C-

GRN 395

N/U

CRET C+

GRN 394

N/U

TAN 628

N/U

CRET B-

GRN 397

N/U

CRET B+

GRN 396

N/U

COUT A

TAN 627

N/U

CRET A-

GRN 263

N/U

CRET A+

GRN 262

N/U

ADDRESS TAG

BLK G386

N/U N/U

CRET E-

COUT B

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1

STARTER / LOCKOUT RELAY (SHEET 1)

1 14

XA2-A0 ENGINE FRAME MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

XA2 #2 MODULE (XA2-A1) N/U

YEL 784

VIN A

DOUT A

GRN 721

TRACK LOW LH (SHEET 10)

SAW/HARVESTER PRESSURE (SHEET 10)

YEL 630

VIN B

DOUT B

GRN 722

TRACK LOW RH (SHEET 10)

AIR INTAKE RESTRICTION (SHEET 10)

YEL 602

VIN C

DOUT C

GRN 725

TRACK BRAKE RELEASE (SHEET 10)

AUXILARY SENSOR 1 (SHEET 10)

YEL 580

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 719

N/U

YEL 579

VIN E

DOUT E

TAN 48

N/U

YEL 544

VIN F

DOUT F

823

ENGINE RED STOP (SHEET 5)

YEL 709

D IN G

AUXILARY SENSOR 2 (SHEET 10)

YEL 785

VIN H

TO SHEET 10

RED 631

+VREF

D OUT

822

TO SHEET 10

BLK 632

-VREF

D IN

TAN 102

ENGINE RPM UP (SHEET 5)

D IN

TAN 103

ENGINE RPM DOWN (SHEET 5)

COUT E

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

RED 454

CAN-H

N/U

CAN-L

N/U

CAN-H

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1

RED 20 15A

56512BR0S13

RED 450

+BAT

BLK G450

-BAT

N/U

TO SHEET 12

788

786

WARM UP / WRIST CCW (SHEET 12)

CRET E+

787

PUMP 2 / WRIST CW (SHEET 12)

COUT D

791

TO SHEET 12

CRET D-

789

TELESCOPIC IN (SHEET 12)

CRET D+

790

TELESCOPIC OUT (SHEET 12)

652

CRET C-

CRET C+

653

COUT B

BLK 453

N/U

CRET E-

COUT C

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

COOLER BYPASS (SHEET 12) MOTION ALARM, SHEET 4

TO SHEET 12 N/U TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL (SHEET 12)

TAN 634

TO SHEET 12

CRET B-

GRN 274

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

CRET B+

GRN 275

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

COUT A

TAN 633

TO SHEET 12

CRET A-

GRN 277

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

CRET A+

GRN 278

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

ADDRESS TAG

XA2-A1 ENGINE FRAME MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.21

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ID–TAG

ADDRESSING Each module has a specific address, enabling the MD3 computer to communicate with it through the CAN-bus. Practically, the system distinguishes between different modules through firstly verifying the module type and then, secondly, through the modules having a unique addresses Example If a system has an XS2 module with address 0, the system will denote this one as XS2-A0, The letter “A” refers to CAN-bus A. In order to assign any XS2 module a unique CANaddress, an Id-Tag will have to be connected to the positions ADDR-H and ADDR-L.

ADDR-L, POS. 14

ADDR-H, POS. 1

ID-TAG

CONNECTING ID-TAG (XS2 OR XA2)

Terminating To eliminate interference in communication, through the CAN-bus, the CAN-bus must be terminated. Because the MD3 computer is located at the beginning of the bus, it is provided with an internal termination. If an XA2 module is located at the end of the CAN-bus then use an Id-tag having a combined address and terminating function. This is denoted with a 'T' for terminating, after the appropriate address such as; 0T, 1T or 2T SELECTING APPROPRIATE ID-TAG • Check the address number of the module.

ASSEMBLING ID-TAG (XS2 OR XA2)

• If the module is located at the end of the CANbus then select the appropriate Id-Tag denoted with a “T”. ASSEMBLING OF THE ID–TAG MODULE MD3

ID – TAG No tag

RESISTANCE (Ω) –

XS2–A0

287

XA2–A0

287

XA2–A1

590

The Id-Tag is placed in the connector in order to address/terminate the module. The Id-Tag is mounted under the connector casing. Bend the IdTag’s cables towards the opposite side, where the other cables enter the connector.

6.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

TRACK SPEED CONTROL ARROW (SCROLL) UP OK (ENTER) ARROW (SCROLL) DOWN

845C-092

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL & MAIN DISPLAY

On other screen pages displayed the up and down arrow navigation buttons buttons are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

The MD3 computer and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 computer is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5" backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

• OK button . Pushing this button equals ‘enter’ and saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

The front of the MD3 display consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right side of the display. • F1 through F4 function buttons, , .

• Main Menu button

• Up and down arrow buttons

Always brings up the Main Menu page. It is not programmable.

• Esc or BACK button

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input. .

On this Main Display page the up and down arrow buttons are used to control track drive speed, which limits maximum pressure of pilot oil to the track pedals. Pressing speed.

ESC (BACK)

to returns the system to full

6.23

Electrical and Computers 1

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 7

21 20 19

845C-093

MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY

13. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select

1. PILOT RESET ON/OFF

14. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select

2. ENGINE ANTI-STALL ON/OFF

15. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

3. TRACK DRIVE LOW SPEED

16. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select

4. ENGINE HOOD/DOOR OPEN

17. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE & ICON

5. COOLING FAN MODE - (AUTO shown)

18. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

6. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BYPASS

19. TRACK CREEP SPEED ICON

7. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

20. TRACK DRIVE SPEED

8. ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

21. OIL GRADE INDICATOR

9. WATER IN FUEL

23. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE

10. SAW MOTOR PRESSURE

24. TIME AND DATE

22. TRACK FAST SPEED ICON

11. SAW ATTACHMENT ICON 12. ENGINE TACHOMETER rpm

6.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ENGINE MENU

Electrical and Computers The engine functions on display are as follows: Charge Air Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Coolant Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Speed

rpm

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

bar or psi

Engine Oil Pressure

psi or bar

Engine Load

Voltage

Fuel Rate

L/h or gph Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

Press the back button to return to the main display.

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

6.25

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ENGINE FUNCTIONS

ENGINE SPEED

RPM

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE (°C OR °F)

This display indicates the charge air cooler temperature reading.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (°C OR °F)

This display indicates the current engine coolant temperature.

This display indicates engine speed in rpm. NOTE: Engine speed can also be monitored using the engine tachometer gauge shown on the Main Display and the one on the Engine Menu display.

If temperature rises above 104°C (219°F), alarm will sound, check the following: Plugged debris screens

Refer to THROTTLE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

Plugged radiator. DO NOT continue to operate machine Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES CRITICAL – ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES CRITICAL in THIS SECTION for more information.

TURBOCHARGER BOOST PRESSURE (BAR OR PSI)

This display indicates air intake manifold boost pressure in bar. This reading is an absolute value and includes atmospheric pressure.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

(BAR OR PSI)

This display indicates engine oil pressure.

If oil pressure falls too low, an alarm will sound. NORMAL OPERATION (WHITE ICON)

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION. NOTE: Coolant temperature can also be monitored using the engine coolant temperature gauge shown on the Main Display.

Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES CRITICAL – ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES CRITICAL in THIS SECTION for more information.

ENGINE LOAD

The display shows the current load on the engine in percentage.

BATTERY VOLTAGE

(VOLTS)

This display indicates battery voltage levels. Normal operating range for the electrical system is between 27 and 28 volts when the engine is running. If engine voltage goes outside the normal range, an alarm will sound. Refer to COMPUTER MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

OVERHEAT (RED ICON)

In the event of an engine coolant overheat the engine coolant temperature icon will illuminate (red) on the main gauge display in addition to the alarm.

A reading in excess of 30 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator. A reading less than 22 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

FUEL RATE

(L/H OR GPH)

This display indicates the current, instantaneous, rate of fuel consumption.

6.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUEL GAUGE

The fuel level gauge is shown on the Main Display.

ICON FLASHES YELLOW WHEN FUEL LEVEL IS LOW

The fuel level icon will flash yellow when the fuel level falls below 10% of full. Refer to FUEL TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for tank capacities.

ICON ILLUMINATES YELLOW WHEN WATER IN FUEL IS DETECTED

The water in fuel icon illuminates yellow when water in fuel is detected by the engine computer system. Refer to engine MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine.

6.27

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WARMUP MODE

ADJUSTMENT MENU

As the hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase and the MD3 displays an Information dialogue box that shows the progress of the Warmup Mode in percentage outstanding. This dialogue box closes when hydraulic oil has reached operating temperature.

From the Main Display press the F2 button to go to the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The warmup mode operates automatically on cold starts within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings. This feature functions mainly with straight weight hydraulic oil. For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use. IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load. Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warmup period.

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed. The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections are displayed. The adjustment selections are as follows: • Fan Service Mode

- press F1

• Oil Grade Adjustments

- press F2

• Auto Accumulation Mode Status F3 •

6.28

- press

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE

Press the F1 button to select FAN SERVICE MODE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The fan service mode menu appears. Two choices are given, ON or OFF. Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection. This mode is for when a mechanic has to be in the engine compartment. This mode will run the fan in the clean direction and will adjust the speed according to the requirements of the cooling system so the mechanic doesn’t get blasted with hot air. The A/C will be switched off as well.

OIL GRADE SELECTION

Press F2 button to select OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The oil grade menu will appear. • ISO22 • ISO32 • MULTI • ISO46 • ISO68 Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete. This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature messages for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade. Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the Main Display below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message. Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

6.29

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS

Press the F3 button to select the accumulator arms AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu appears. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection. Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

6.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

INFORMATION MODE SELECTION

Press the F3 button to access the information menu.

The information menu displays the following information: • Main Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Pressure (bar or psi) • Engine Hours • Machine Hours

(h) (h)

• Hydraulic Oil Temperature • Hydraulic Oil Level

(°C or °F)

• Total Fuel Used (L or US gal) • Trip Fuel Functions

(since last reset)

▪▪ Trip Fuel Used (L or US gal) ▪▪ Trip Time (h) ▪▪ Trip Average Fuel Rate (L/h or US gph Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure. Press the F2 button to reset trip fuel used, trip time and trip average fuel rate functions. Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

6.31

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

INFORMATION FUNCTIONS MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP LOAD SENSE PRESSURE (BAR OR PSI)

This display indicates the main pump load sense pressure reading.

ENGINE HOURS

(h)

This display indicates the total number of hours the engine has run.

MACHINE HOURS

(h)

This display indicates the total number of hours the machine has run.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (°C OR °F)

This display indicates the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the main hydraulic tank. If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system CLEAN function using the fan switch. If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop engine and check the following: • Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system • Low hydraulic oil level in tank • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection • If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

NOTE: Hydraulic oil temperature can also be monitored using the hydraulic oil temperature gauge shown on the main menu. In addition the color of the hydraulic oil temperature icon is an indicator of hydraulic oil temperature state (cool, normal, warm or overheat) for the type of hydraulic oil in use. The alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu of the computer display, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system. Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message.

TOTAL FUEL USED (L OR US GAL)

This display indicates the total fuel used during the life of the machine.

TRIP FUEL FUNCTIONS (SINCE LAST RESET) • Trip Fuel Used

(L or US gal)

This display indicates the total fuel used since last reset. • Trip Time (h) This display indicates the time since last reset. COOL (BLUE)

• Trip Average Fuel Rate (L/h or US gph)

NORMAL (WHITE)

This display indicates the average fuel consumption rate for the machine since last reset.

WARM (YELLOW)

OVERHEAT (RED) ALARM

6.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MAIN MENU

Press the menu button menu.

ADJUST MENU

to go to the main

The Main Menu page displays the following selections: • Adjust – Select F1 • Measure – Select F2 • Preferences – Select F3

From the Main Menu page press the F1 button to access the Adjust menu.

This menu is an alternate method of accessing the adjustment menu to make machine adjustments. Refer to ADJUSTMENT MENU earlier in this section for details. The Main menu appears and the following menu items can be selected.

• Info – Select F4

• Machine Parameters • Hydraulics • Leveling • AUTO-ACCUMULATE Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the Machine Parameters menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

6.33

Electrical and Computers MACHINE PARAMETERS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher TIMED PURGE INTERVAL

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the TIMED PURGE INTERVAL menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

In the Machine Parameters menu the following items can be selected: • Oil Grade • Auto Accum Status • Fan Service Mode • Timed Purge Interval • Tree Counter State • TRACK LOW LOGIC

OIL GRADE

The hydraulic oil grade selection can also be MADE from this menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE SELECTION in THIS SECTION. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

Range can be adjusted between 15 to 240 minutes. This parameter adjusts the frequency of the auto clean cycle. Refer to FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION for more information.

TREE COUNTER STATE

To track the amount of trees harvested, the position of either the clamp arms or the accumulating arms can be set to count in either the OPEN or CLOSE position. • CLAMP CLOSE • CLAMP OPEN • ACCUMULATOR CLOSE

AUTO- ACCUM STATUS

• ACCUMULATOR OPEN

This menu allows the choice of three accumulation modes: • NORMAL • AUTO-ACCUMULATE • SIMULTANEOUS

FAN SERVICE MODE ON or OFF

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE and FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

6.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher TRACK LOW LOGIC

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the TRACK LOW LOGIC menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Electrical and Computers Use the back button Menu.

to return to the Adjust

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the Hydraulics menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This option allows the choice between INDEPENDENT and BOTH REQUIRED options with regards to use of the foot pedals in the cab. The independent option is recommended for travel on steep slopes providing more hydraulic braking power which provide better steering capability. The both required option is recommended for travelling on level ground providing better feel/ control of the vehicle. After using the up or down arrow buttons to select the option you require press the OK button to confirm the selection and return to the Machine Parameters menu.

6.35

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULICS

LEVELING

In the Hydraulics Menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected:

In the Leveling menu the following functions can be adjusted depending on working conditions:

NOTE: These functions in the Hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

• Leveler Stop Ramp • Leveler Start Ramp • Forward Leveling Speed

• Accumulator Open/Close - COUT

• Rear Leveling Speed

• Clamp Open/Close - COUT

• Right Level Cylinder

• Wrist/ROT/Pump2/LVL R(LX) - COUT • Wrist (860/870) • Teles/Grapple/LVL L (LX) • Fan Speed - COUT - LOCKED

• Left Level Cylinder Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to confirm the selection.

• Pump Horsepower Limiter - COUT • Track Speed Control - COUT • Right Level Cylinder - COUT • Left Level Cylinder - COUT • Track Brake Release Delay Off - COUT Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the Adjust menu. Select the Leveling option and press OK to confirm the selection.

6.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

AUTO-ACCUMULATE

In the AUTO-ACCUMULATE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required: • Accumulator Close Timeout • Clamp Open Start - Locked • Clamp Open Duration - Locked • Accumulator Close Delay Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

6.37

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION

• Start Slope This is the amount of time in ms that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the ADJUST MENU of the MD3 computer control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions.

NOTE: If the ms setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

Refer to COMPUTER – (ADJUSTMENT) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders.

• Stop Slope This is the amount of time in ms that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed.

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system: • WRIST – CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

NOTE: If the ms setting is set at 0 ms then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

• CLAMP ARM – PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions. • ACCUMULATING ARM – PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions. Within the three groups (Wrist, Clamp and Accumulator) that can be adjusted there are four adjustments that can be made through the MD3 to customize the operation of each function. The four adjustments are: • Min Current This is the minimum amount of current that causes the function to just begin to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. • Max Current This is the current that controls the maximum speed of the function. A higher setting will cause the function to move faster.

6.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CLAMP EXAMPLE (DEFAULT SETTINGS) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings showing the following defaults: • Min mA = 300 • Max mA = 750

Electrical and Computers CLAMP EXAMPLE (SLOPE SETTINGS ADJUSTED)

Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings shown after an adjustment has been made to the Start and Stop Slopes. • Min mA = 300

• Start Slope = 0 ms

• Max mA = 750

• Stop Slope = 0 ms

• Start Slope = 500 ms • Stop Slope = 500 ms

NOTE: The graph reflects the default settings and as the Start and Stop Slopes are set to 0 ms there is no ramp up or down showing the clamp will travel immediately at max. speed once the button is activated.

NOTE: The graph reflects the adjustments made to the start and stop slopes. This will affect the clamp operation in three ways. The overall time it takes for the clamp to open or close will be longer. The initial movement of the clamp will be slower when the button is activated and the final movement of the clamp will also be slower when the button is deactivated.

6.39

Electrical and Computers ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE:

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher WRIST ADJUSTMENT

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values. For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical components some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference. 1. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 2. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

3. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 4. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 5. Close and latch the front door. 6. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

6.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Push the F3 button to access the CCW (Counterclockwise) adjust section and press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Wrist/ ROT/Pump2/LVL R(LX) and push OK.

6.41

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the CCW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CCW and CW on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Refer to SECTION 18 for information on setting wrist speeds.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CCW wrist adjustment is now complete.

Press the F4 button to access the CW (Clockwise) adjust section and press OK twice.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 6.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting will determine how the Wrist will start in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the CW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CW and CCW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CW wrist adjustment is now complete.

6.43

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

ACCUMULATOR ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE -Min current 0 to 750 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 CLAMP ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 WRIST -CW / +CCW 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 1000 +Min current 0 to 1000 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp 0 to 2000 Leveler Start Ramp 0 to 2000 Forward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 Backward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current TRACK BRAKE RELEASE DELAY OFF Range 0 to 1000

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

500

6.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

CLAMP ADJUSTMENT

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Clamp Open/Close and push OK.

6.45

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Push the F3 button to access the Clamp + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp close and Clamp open on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Refer to SECTION 18 for information on setting clamp open/close speeds.

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp + Min setting so the Clamp just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 6.46

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp + Close adjustment is now complete.

Electrical and Computers

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp - Min setting so the Clamp just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Clamp - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp open and Clamp close on the joystick to set this adjustment. 6.47

Electrical and Computers Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting will determine how the clamp will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Clamp - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp - Open adjustment is now complete. 6.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK. Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Accum Open/Close and push OK. Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

6.49

Electrical and Computers

Push the F3 button to access the Accum + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the Accum + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the Accum + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Min setting so the accumulator just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 6.50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator + Close adjustment is now complete.

NOTE: When in the Accum - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Min setting so the accumulator just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Accum - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice. NOTE: When in the Accum - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment. 6.51

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Accum - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator - Open adjustment is now complete. 6.52

WARNING Using aggressive settings will cause added wear and stress to boom components

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LEVELER ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds, start/stop ramps and cylinder tracking for the leveler functions. Min = MINIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

A = Current range min current

Min current A Lever position

Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

Electrical and Computers START RAMP This is the amount of time in ms that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the ms setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on. STOP RAMP This is the amount of time in ms that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed. Note that if the ms setting is set at 0ms then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings. Current [mA] Max current

Min current

The Min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to creep. NOTE: Use the default setting of 300 mA when setting the Min Current. Max = MAXIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

B = Current range max current

Max current B Min current

Lever position

Start slope

Stop slope

t [ms]

NOTE: The start and stop ramps adjust both the left and right cylinders to the same value. FORWARD LEVELING SPEED This adjusts both the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA+(cylinder extend) settings. REAR LEVELING SPEED This adjusts the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA-(cylinder retract) settings.

Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate at. Increasing this value will increase the travel speed of the cylinder. NOTE: The mA +(extend) and mA- (retract) settings for the left and right cylinders need to be set separately to avoid one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other.

6.53

Electrical and Computers ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/ MAX SETTINGS.

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher The Adjust Menu appears.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) menu item and press OK.

6.54

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Press the F3 button to access the Plus + (cylinder extend) selection and press OK.

Electrical and Computers

Activate and hold the Tilt Left function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Max mA setting. Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed. For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Minus (Retract) menu and then press OK twice.

6.55

Electrical and Computers

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) and repeat the procedure to set the Min and Max settings for the RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER. The left and right (+extend and -retract) cylinder speeds have been set and now need to be checked to ensure the cylinders extend and retract at the same rate. To check this activate the Tilt Forward and Tilt Back functions on the joystick and ensure the cab tilts forward and back evenly. Both Tilt Forward and Tilt Back cylinders extend and retract at the same speed. If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the Right (+Extend) Max current reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed and vice versa.

Activate and hold the Tilt Right function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Max mA setting. Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed. For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Right Level Cylinder Min and Max settings have now been set. 6.56

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS Adjustment of the start and stop ramps will affect how the function begins to move once activated and how it stops once deactivated. The start ramp is the time (ms) that it takes for the current to climb from the Min current to the Max current when a function is activated. The stop ramp is the time (ms) that it takes for the current to drop from the Max current to the Min current when a function is deactivated.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

860C-529

NOTE: The adjustment of the start and stop ramps will apply to both the left and right cylinders

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

6.57

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEVELER START RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEVELER STOP RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the LEVELER START RAMP ms setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab begins to tilt when the function is activated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the LEVELER STOP RAMP ms setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab comes to a stop when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

6.58

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) Typical Cylinder Cycle Times Recommended values Direction

Level – Forward Level – Backward

Cylinder Cycle Times Cycle Time 8 sec. 8 sec.

Full Extend Full Retract

The Forward and Back leveling speed adjustment is used to adjust the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES. The cylinder extend and retract speeds will be adjusted proportionally to the Max mA settings described earlier in this section. NOTE: The side to side speeds will also be a product of these settings Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to FORWARD LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

6.59

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the FORWARD LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to REAR LEVELER SPEED and press OK.

The leveler adjustments are now complete. NOTE: The default setting for the Forward and Rear leveling speed is 100% so if the Cylinder Cycle Time cannot be achieved then further adjustment of the Max Current of the Left and Right Level Cyl OL may be required. See the previous pages for more detail.

6.60

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default. Below is a table showing all the leveler default settings.

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

500

6.61

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MEASURE MENU

The following menu items can be selected. • Inputs

From the Main Menu press the F2 button to access the measure menu.

• Outputs • Hydraulics • Engine Parameters • IQAN Status • I/O • Fault Information • DM1 (Display Module 1) Information • BAM Messaging • DM1 (Display Module 1) Frame • Sensors • Anti-stall Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. This menu is used by Tigercat Service technicians to view measured values on the MD3 display. Refer to SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 – MEASURE/GRAPH in THIS SECTION for more information about graphing and exporting measured values for service diagnostics.

6.62

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) and the Preferences menu page is displayed.

Electrical and Computers DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F1 the Display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected: RETURN TO MAIN MENU – Select F1 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT – Select F2 SCREEN SAVER – Select F3 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT

The following menu items can be selected. • Display • Date/Time • Language

After selecting F2 the backlight adjustment screen opens. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100. When the desired setting is selected press the OK button. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit. Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

6.63

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

Select F3 to access the screen saver adjustment options. Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

Press F2 to select the DATE/TIME adjustments in the PREFERENCES menu.

• SCREEN SAVER – Off • SCREEN SAVER – Dimmed Timeout – 5 seconds Dimmed light – 80 • SCREEN SAVER – Black Timeout – 5 seconds

The DATE/TIME menu screen opens. Two choices are available for adjustment: • DATE – select F1 • TIME – select F2

After making a selection press the OK button to set the selection and press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

6.64

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

DATE ADJUSTMENT

Press F1 to select DATE. Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year. Press OK to set the year selected.

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up or down arrow buttons to change the month. Press OK to set the month selected.

When the month has been set, the display will highlight the DAY. Use the up or down arrow buttons to change the day. Press OK to set the day selected.

The display will return to the DATE TIME menu.

6.65

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TIME ADJUSTMENT

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

Select F2 Time adjustment from the DATE/TIME display screen.

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language selection screen.

The Time display screen will open. Use the up or down arrow buttons to change the HOUR. Press the OK button to set the selection. The display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The languages available for selection will be shown. Use the up or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language. Press OK to confirm the selection. The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen. Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to change the minute. Press OK to set the selection. The display will return to the DATE/TIME menu screen. Press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen. Select F3 to choose your Language preference. Press OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

6.66

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INFO MENU

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the Info menu page appears.

Electrical and Computers MODULES

Press F1 to select the modules menu. This menu provides information on the following machine modules: • MD3 (Computer Module) • Cab XS2 • Frame Module 0 XA2 • Frame Module 1 XA2 • Cummins Engine ECM

The following menu items can be selected. • Modules – Select F1 • Logs – Select F3 The Machine ID information will be displayed on the screen along with the part number of the MD3 program installed. Shown above, the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen. This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

6.67

Electrical and Computers LOGS

Press F3 from the info menu page to select logs. This menu will list all system fault occurrences of messages the system has encountered and the number of records within each log. Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to view the selection and sort the information in a variety of ways.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

This menu is used by Tigercat Service technicians to view logs on the MD3 display. Refer to IQANrun 2 – LOGS in THIS SECTION for more information regarding access and maintenance of logs using IQANrun 2. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

6.68

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MD3 MESSAGES ALARM LIGHT MASTER ALARM

MD3 COMPUTER

H845C-55

The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. There are different types of Messages, they all appear on the screen as a block message. The types of messages are: • CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED • ERROR MESSAGE - Colour RED • ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW • INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK). All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer. In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message. Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

BLOCK MESSAGE

IMPORTANT! When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any message it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen). This will greatly reduce troubleshooting time.

6.69

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)

Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred. Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety. When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: • Engine Stop

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

• Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

• Hydraulic Oil Level Extremely Low.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

• Hardware Fault – XA2

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

• Engine Fault Code Messages – Critical

• Hardware Fault – MD3 • Hardware Fault – Engine • Hardware Fault – XS2 • Engine Coolant Temperature High • Engine Coolant Level low • Engine CAC Temperature High • Engine Oil Pressure Low

Critical messages flash the critical symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive. Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

6.70

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ENGINE STOP

Electrical and Computers HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL EXTREMELY LOW

Engine Stop

Hydraulic Oil

Critical engine fault active - contact service.

Level Extremely Low.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the engine stops while the ignition switch is in the RUN position and/or when critical engine alarms are activated. Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the main hydraulic tank oil level is extremely low. Stop the engine immediately when this alarm is activated. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail. When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks. Repair leaks and refill the main hydraulic tank to FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart engine and inspect for leaks. Note the hydraulic oil level icon illuminates RED when a hydraulic oil level extremely low critical message has been activated.

6.71

Electrical and Computers HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH

Hydraulic Oil Temperature High.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE SELECTION in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use. If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system CLEAN function using the fan switch. If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop engine and check the following: • Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system • Low hydraulic oil level in tank • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine. This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system. Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

6.72

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

HARDWARE FAULT – XS2

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XS2 Cab module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

HARDWARE FAULT – ENGINE

HARDWARE FAULT – XA2

Hardware Fault - Engine

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the Engine has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XA2 Front Chassis module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

No contact error is an example of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

6.73

Electrical and Computers ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW

SPN: 110 FMI: 0

SPN: 111 FMI: 1 1 of 1

Engine coolant temperature high Below normal, severe.

Engine coolant level low Below normal, severe.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the coolant level drops below a safe operating level. The sensor is located in the surge tank.

When this alarm is activated check for:

If this message is displayed when the engine is running, stop the engine immediately and correct the fault. With engine running, top up radiator using correct solution of coolant antifreeze.

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged radiator. DO NOT continue to operate machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING

Do not remove the radiator fill cap when the engine is hot, release of pressurized coolant can cause serious burns. Turn off the engine. Only remove the engine radiator fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen radiator fill cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

6.74

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH

Electrical and Computers ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL

SPN: 105 FMI: 0 1 of 1

SPN: 612 FMI: 2 1 of 1

Intake manifold temperature high Above normal, most severe

Crankshaft speed/position signal lost Erratic or intermittent

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine charge air cooler temperature exceeds recommended temperatures.

Critical engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

When this alarm is activated check for:

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged charge air cooler. DO NOT continue to operate machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW

Critical engine fault codes are higher priority messages than alert level engine fault code messages. Critical messages can be hidden but immediate action must be taken, STOP machine operation and service engine immediately to resolve the cause of the fault. An example of a critical engine fault message is shown above.

SPN: 100 FMI: 1 1 of 1 Engine Oil Pressure Low Below normal, most severe

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information. Refer to engine MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure falls below 0.7 bar (10 psi). Stop the engine when this alarm is activated. Check engine oil levels. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION for more information.

6.75

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ERROR MESSAGES (RED)

Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred. Error messages are computer system generated and are generally activated by computer system error and fault related conditions. Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

• Module VREF Error • Voltage Input Error (VIN) • Digital Input Error (DIN)

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

• Digital Output Error (DOUT) • Current Output Error (COUT) • Module No Contact Error

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

NOTE: Not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem. However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur! Messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall active messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden. Error messages flash the Critical symbol Alert

or the

above the F4 button when active

messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive. Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

6.76

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MODULE VREF ERROR

XS2-A0 MD3

CAB XS2

Display

VREF error

XA2-A0

The module VREF message will be displayed to indicate a problem related to the 5 V reference signal coming from the module.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2

The module is identified on the display screen.

VREF error

This message indicates a problem with a sensor, connecting wires or the 5V reference signal itself. Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 VREF error

6.77

Electrical and Computers VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) Frame XA2-A0 Pin C1:12

Fuel Level Sensor VIN Low error

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) Digital output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital output signal from a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error. The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

Voltage input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a voltage input signal to a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error. An example of a voltage input error message is shown above. DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) Digital input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital input signal to a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) Current output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a current output signal from a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error. The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above. Once acknowledged these message will be replaced with a hardware failure message for the corresponding module when active faults recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAILURE in THIS SECTION.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

6.78

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR

J1939-B0 XS2-A0

CUMMINS QSL 9.0

Cab Module

No contact

XA2-A0

The module no contact error message will be displayed to indicate a loss of communication with or power to a module. The module is identified on the display screen.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

When a module goes loses contact all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all messages associated with that module are activated. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

XA2-A1

Note that if the MD3 display module has a loss of power or other malfunction the screen may go blank and all machine functions controlled by the computer system will be affected.

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 No contact

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

6.79

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MD3 MODULE BLANK SCREEN The MD3 module is the central unit in the control system, which works as both a master and a display unit. Faults or failure in this unit will affect all other components. Likely causes are: • Power - Fuse (MD3 module) • Ground • LCD display settings too light to read • Faulty MD3 module

6.80

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

XS2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR

B A

XS2-A0

CAB XS2 No contact

XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS 2. Check module status indicators The XS2 module also indicates error status through the yellow/red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

Expect all machine functions controlled by this module to cease and all alarms associated with this module to be activated. 1. Check for other error/alarm messages on screen

(A) Supply Voltage LED (green). LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON.

Press OK to acknowledge each error message. Note that module no contact errors will be followed by other alarm messages associated with the module(s) which is (are) out of contact.

LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. (B) Status indicator LED (yellow/red).

If XS2-A0 MODULE NO CONTACT is the only module is NO CONTACT error message the likely causes are: • Power - Fuse (XS2 MODULE) • Address (ID-Tag) If the XS2-A0 MODULE NO CONTACT is followed by an XA2-A0 and XA2-A1 NO CONTACT error the likely cause is:

• Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

• CAN wire connection

• Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Flash

• Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates the fault is related to the address.

Normal operation (yel.)

Error code

Error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

1:n

See note a

2:n

See note

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: • One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

• Ground

Status

LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct.

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

• Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error. • Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error. Internal diagnostics in the master (MD3) can be used to get more information about the XS2 module. The following values are supervised:

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master. b. FRAM memory error.

• Internal temperature (°C) • Power supply (V) • Reference voltage (V) 6.81

• CAN address voltage (V)

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XA2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR

B A

XA2-A0

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS 2. Check module status indicators The XA2 module also indicates error status through the yellow/red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

Expect all machine functions controlled by this module to cease and all alarms associated with this module to be activated. 1. Check for other error/alarm messages on screen

(A) Supply Voltage LED (green). LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON.

Press OK to acknowledge each error message. Note that module off line errors will be followed by other alarm messages associated with the module(s) which is (are) out of contact.

LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. (B) Status indicator LED (yellow/red). LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct.

NOTE: The XA2-A1 module is the terminal module in the series connection. Therefore failure of this module alone will not affect any other modules in the series.

LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: • One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

If XA2-A0 or XA2-A1 MODULE NO CONTACT is the only module is NO CONTACT error message the likely causes are:

• Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

• Power - Fuse (XA2 MODULE) • Ground

• Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

• Address (ID-Tag) • CAN wire connection If the XA2-A0 NO CONTACT error is followed by a XA2-A1 NO CONTACT error the likely cause is:

Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates the fault is related to the address.

• CAN wire connection If the XA2-A1 MODULE NO CONTACT error is not the only module no contact error message check other affected modules in order from the MD3 connection. Refer to MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR for each module for more detailed information.

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yel.)

Error code

Error

1:n

See note a

2:n

See note a

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master. b. FRAM memory error.

6.82

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

6.83

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised. Alert messages have the third highest level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine. All alert message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary. Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine. Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide). Alert computer system generated messages are generally activated by computer system error and fault related conditions. When a system generated alert message is displayed the master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive. NOTE: If both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it. NOTE: Active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

There are two types of alert messages: Alert programmed messages generally activated by machine function related conditions. When an alert message is displayed, the master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

6.84

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

A list of ALERT MESSAGES is as follows: • Charge Filter Restricted (Swing) • Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted • Hydraulic Oil Level Low • RH Joystick Interlock • LH Joystick Interlock • Starter Disengaged • Hardware Fault - MD3 • Hardware Fault - XS2 • Hardware Fault - XA2 • Hardware Failure - VIN • Hardware Failure - DIN • Hardware Failure -DOUT • Hardware Failure -COUT • Engine Voltage

Low

• Engine Voltage

High

• Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert Some types of computer system generated alert messages are listed below: • Module High Temperature - Alert • Module High Supply Voltage - Alert • Module Low Supply Voltage - Alert NOTE: Not all system generated alert messages are shown.

6.85

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

AIR FILTER RESTRICTED

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW

Air Filter

Hydraulic Oil

Restricted. Service Machine.

Level Low.

This message will be displayed when a signal is received from the engine air filter restriction sensor on the engine air cleaner. The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates YELLOW when service to the filter is required. The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state. When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service. Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

This message will be displayed when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low. When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks. Repair leaks and refill tank to the FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart the engine and inspect for leaks. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail. NOTE: The hydraulic oil level icon illuminates YELLOW when a hydraulic oil level low alert message has been activated and RED when a hydraulic oil level critically low critical message has been activated.

6.86

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

Electrical and Computers HARDWARE FAULT – XS2

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XS2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

HARDWARE FAULT – XA2

Hardware Fault - XA2 Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to an XA2 module has been hidden. To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on. High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

6.87

Electrical and Computers HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT

Hardware Failure - VIN

Hardware Failure - DOUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when a voltage input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a digital output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN

HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT

Hardware Failure - DIN

Hardware Failure - COUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when a digital input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a current output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

6.88

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW

Electrical and Computers ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT

SPN: 168 FMI: 18 1 of 1

SPN: 110 FMI: 16 1 of 1

Engine voltage low Below normal, severe

Engine coolant temperature high Above normal, severe

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected. When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH

Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit. They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available). Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault. An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

SPN: 168 FMI: 16 1 of 1 Engine voltage high Above normal, severe

Note: some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information. Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected. When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

6.89

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2

MD3

High temperature

High temperature Value: 75 °C Value: 75 °C XA2-A0

Module high temperature alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected high temperature readings in a system module.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High temperature

The module is identified on the display screen. The temperature reading value is also displayed.

Value: 75 °C

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High temperature

Value: 75 °C

6.90

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2

MD3

High supply voltage

High supply voltage Value: 36 V Value: 35 V XA2-A0

Module high supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected high supply voltage readings in a system module.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen. The voltage reading value is also displayed.

Value: 35 V

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High supply voltage

Value: 35 V

6.91

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2 Low supply voltage

MD3 Low supply voltage

XA2-A0

Module low supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected low supply voltage readings in a system module.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 Low supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen. Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 Low supply voltage

6.92

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 Low supply voltage

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

A list of the INFORMATION MESSAGES is as follows: • Hydraulic Oil Self Warmup - Begin Warmup ?

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

• Self Warmup - Engaged • Fan Full ON

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged. Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed. Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again. Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

6.93

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FAN FULL ON

Fan Full ON Switch Activated

This message will be displayed when the fan switch is in the FULL ON position. The fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control. Refer to CAB CONTROLS – FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

6.94

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS

•

ID-TAG ‘0T’ (AN071) (6) This is a replacement address/terminating tag. Refer to ID-TAG in this section for more detailed information.

This kit includes a variety of electrical connectors, tools, cable, IQAN components, diagnostic breakout harnesses and service harnesses (Tigercat part number 20045B).

•

SELECTED ITEMS FROM KIT 20045B:

DEUTSCH 2 POLE SERVICE HARNESS (24860B) (7) This harness is used to bypass a wiring harness while troubleshooting electrical problems. This will identify or eliminate the wiring harness as a cause.

•

AMP 2 POLE SERVICE HARNESS (24859B) (8) This harness is used to bypass a wiring harness while troubleshooting electrical problems. This will identify or eliminate the wiring harness as a cause.

ADDITIONAL CABLES/ITEMS REQUIRED: •

630C-211

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS •

This cable is used to connect the IQAN MD3 (via the machine USB port) to an isolated USB hub plugged into a PC/Laptop.

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS DEUTSCH CONNECTOR - CURRENT (20036B) (1)

IMPORTANT! Connecting the USB cable directly to the USB port on a PC/Laptop is not recommended. Using an isolated USB hub will protect your PC/Laptop USB port and the MD3 module from ground loops which can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop and MD3 module.

This harness is used to check current (amps) flow to a component with a Deutsch connector and verify outputs. •

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS DEUTSCH CONNECTOR - VOLTAGE (20037B) (2) This harness is used to check voltage (volts) to a component with a Deutsch connector and verify inputs.

•

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS AMP CONNECTOR - CURRENT (20038B) (3) This harness is used to check current (amps) flow to a component with a Amp connector and verify outputs.

•

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS AMP CONNECTOR - VOLTAGE (20039B) (4) This harness is used to check voltage (volts) to a component with an Amp connector and verify inputs.

•

USB CABLE (TYPE A-B) (AN154) (9)

ID-TAG ‘0’ (AN068) (5) This is a replacement address tag. Refer to ID-TAG in this section for more detailed information.

6.95

USB HUB (4 PORT, TYPE A, ISOLATED (AN155) (10)

)

This isolated USB hub is used to protect your PC/Laptop and the MD3 module from ground loops which can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop or module.

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SELECTED ITEMS FROM KIT 20045B

TWISTED PAIR WIRE REPAIR HARNESS

ADDITIONAL ITEMS 9

SERV DIAG KIT 2

ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS - SELECTED ITEMS 6.96

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

IQAN SOFTWARE IQAN Active Studio software can be downloaded from the Tigercat Dealer Website. All software required for PC/Laptop use is included in this download. A user’s manual in PDF format is also included. Some of the software requires a software key (available from Tigercat). Contact Tigercat Customer Service for more information about specific hardware requirements for PC/Laptop.

6.97

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES FOR PRODUCT SERVICE BULLETINS Machine program updates are available on the Tigercat dealer website. The latest version of the application can be run on any machine provided that all applicable Product Service Bulletin updates have been completed.

DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM THE TIGERCAT DEALER WEBSITE

NOTE: The following downloading instructions apply to the Tigercat dealer website format at the time of printing. If you experience difficulty due to changes on the website contact Tigercat Customer Service for assistance.

3. Select the folder you wish to save the program in. 4. Click on Save. 5. The IQAN program vfile has now been downloaded.

1. Click on the IDA to the right of the file you wish to download.

2. Click on Save.

6.98

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2

IQANRUN 2 QUICK SUMMARY

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT & INFORMATION

CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2

• PC/Laptop

Servicing the computer system requires a PC/ Laptop, the use of IQANrun 2 software, a USB hub and a USB cable. Refer to CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 in THIS SECTION for details.

• MD3 SERVICE KIT (40705B) ▪▪ IQAN Active Studio software,Tigercat part number DG047. Refer to IQAN SOFTWARE in THIS SECTION for dealer website download information. ▪▪ USB hub (4 port, Type A, isolated Tigercat part number AN155

Some service operations require username and password access. Refer to LOGIN in THIS SECTION for details.

▪▪ USB cable (Type A-B), Tigercat part number AN154

UPDATE

• Service Password. Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain passwords and additional information.

Most commonly used operation. Use to update the MD3 to a newer program or program revision. Does not overwrite settings. Refer to UPDATE APPLICATION in THIS SECTION for details.

GET SETTINGS

Gets and saves the existing settings from the MD3. Recommended as a backup prior to tuning or updating the application. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET SETTINGS in THIS SECTION for details.

SEND SETTINGS

Sends a previously saved settings file to the MD3. Overwrites factory default, adjustable and stored values. Only to be used under the direction of Tigercat Customer Service or Engineering. Refer to important notes on the use of settings files at the end of IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET SETTINGS in THIS SECTION.

GET CLONE

Gets and saves the existing application, settings and machine ID from the MD3. Recommended as a backup prior to tuning or updating the application. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET CLONE in THIS SECTION for details.

SEND CLONE

Sends a previously saved clone file to the MD3. Overwrites the application, factory defaults, adjustable values, stored values and machine ID. Only to be used under the direction of Tigercat Customer Service or Engineering. Refer to important notes on the use of settings files at the end of IQAN RUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET CLONE in THIS SECTION.

6.99

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUST

Allows access to adjustment groups. In addition to adjust groups normally accessible on screen additional adjust groups that require sufficient rights restricted by username and password login. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – ADJUST in THIS SECTION for details.

MEASURE (GRAPH)

Allows the user record, graph and measure group channel readings during machine operation, testing or setup procedures. These recordings can be saved or printed. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – MEASURE (GRAPH) in THIS SECTION for details.

LOGS

Allows the user to access to logs for service troubleshooting, maintenance documentation or clearing. Some log operations require sufficient rights to perform. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – LOGS in THIS SECTION for details.

SYSTEM

Allows the user to access system information including machine serial number information. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – SYSTEM in THIS SECTION for details.

6.100

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2

GREY INDICATES, NOT CONNECTED TO MD3

4. Connect the other end of the USB A/B Cable to the MD3 USB connector. Exact location of the connector will vary between machine models.

1. Turn on PC/Laptop and launch IQANrun by double clicking the shortcut on your desktop. IQANrun is part of the IQAN Active Studio.

2. Turn the machine key switch to the ‘ON’ position, so the MD3 has power. Do not start machine. GREEN INDICATES, CONNECTED TO MD3

5. IQANrun will now indicate that it is online. Proceed with service operations and login if required. Refer to LOGIN in THIS SECTION.

3. Connect the USB Hub into the PC/Laptop USB jack. Then connect the USB cable into the hub.

NOTE: If the MD3 does not contain an application (replacement module), the application will have to be Updated, before a user can login. Refer to UPDATE APPLICATION and LOGIN in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT! Connecting the USB cable directly to the USB port on a PC/Laptop is NOT recommended. Using an isolated USB hub will protect your PC/Laptop USB port and the MD3 module from ground loops which can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop and MD3 module. 6.101

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

1. Press the Login button on the left.

LOGGED IN USERNAME

4. The Login status at the bottom of the screen now indicates the login username.

NOT LOGGED IN

2. A dialogue box will appear, asking for a username and Password. Contact the Tigercat Service Department for the username and Password.

NOTE: Each username and password combination comes with access rights appropriate for that user’s function. If a user has insufficient rights to perform an operation (or is not logged in when login is required) a dialogue box will pop up to inform the user that this operation is not possible without the correct login and password.

3. A dialogue box will appear to confirm a successful login. Click OK to continue.

NOTE: Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain passwords and additional information.

NOTE: After a successfully login, Windows provides the option to save the password. If Yes is selected, only the username will be required at the next login.

6.102

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher UPDATE APPLICATION

Electrical and Computers GET CLONE FILE

Before updating an application, it is recommended that a Clone file and Settings file are taken from the MD3 and saved. • Get Clone file and save (*.irc). A Clone file contains the application, machine ID, the settings and logs from the MD3. It is a good record of exactly what was in the machine before the update. • Get Settings file and save (*.isa). A Settings file contains only the settings (factory defaults and adjustable values) from the MD3.

GET CLONE

• Update application. Application programs (*.ida) are available on the Tigercat dealer website. Refer to DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM THE TIGERCAT DEALER WEBSITE in THIS SECTION.

1. Click on the Get Clone button on the left. A dialogue box will appear prompting the user to select whether or not to get the logs with the clone. 2. Click on Yes to continue.

3. IQANrun will now get a clone. This might take several minutes.

6.103

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GET SETTINGS

1. A dialogue box will appear prompting selection of a suitable folder and file name to save the Clone file (.irc). The file name by default is the machine ID (serial number). It is recommended to use the serial number followed by the date for the file name.

GET SETTINGS FILE 3. Click on the Get Settings button on the left. 4. A dialogue box will appear prompting selection of a suitable folder and file name to save the Settings file (.irs). The file name by default is the machine ID. It is recommended to use the serial number followed by the date for the file name.

2. Press Save to continue. IMPORTANT! A Clone file should rarely be used. It should only be used if updating the application and/ or settings file is not successful in returning a machine’s performance to a previously acceptable state. A Clone file may be date sensitive and should only be used on the day they were taken.

5. Press Save to continue.

A Clone should NOT be used on a machine different than that which it was taken from, as machine specific configurations may differ and cause the machine to function improperly.

IMPORTANT! A Settings file should rarely be used. It should only be used if manually adjusting machine settings is not successful in returning a machine’s performance to a previously acceptable state. Settings files may be date sensitive and should only be used on the day they were taken. If a Settings file is used on a machine different than that which it was taken from, all adjustments must be reviewed in IQANrun to ensure machine specific parameters (such as options, pump/motor currents, hour counters) are correct. If this is not done the machine may function improperly.

6.104

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

UPDATE APPLICATION TO MD3

UPDATE

11. IQANrun 2 will provide warning to ensure the machine is not moving and the engine is shut down (keyswitch in the run position to power the MD3, engine not running). Ensure that a Clone file and Settings file are saved as a backup prior to Update. Refer to GET CLONE FILE and GET SETTINGS FILE in THIS SECTION.

12. Press OK to continue, if the machine is inactive.

6. Click on the Update button on the left. 7. A dialogue box will appear, prompting the selection of an MD3 application file (.ida). Select the appropriate application file for the machine. 8. Click on Open to continue.

13. IQANrun will now send the application to the MD3.

9. IQANrun 2 will request confirmation the application being loaded is correct. 10. Click on Yes to continue, if the application is correct.

6.105

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

14. Once the application is loaded successfully, the dialogue box will indicate the application was successfully sent.

The MD3 will restart and show the Main Display screen of the application. The Update is now complete.

6.106

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

ADJUST

1. Click on the Adjust button on the left. ADJUST

LOCK SYMBOL INDICATES PIN REQUIRED

EXAMPLE ADJUST SCREEN WITHOUT LOGIN ACCESS

2. The adjust groups available will be shown on the right. 3. Double click an adjust group to adjust channels in that group. NOTE: A lock symbol to the left of an adjust group indicates that a PIN/password is required to access that group. Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain password information.

EXAMPLE ADJUST SCREEN WITHOUT LOGIN ACCESS

NOTE: Some adjust groups are accessible through the MD3 menus unrestricted during normal operation. Other service related or owner/supervisor use related adjust groups are restricted by passwords on screen or available only through IQANrun 2 with username and password restrictions. Some adjust groups are only visible on screen for users with the appropriate username and password login rights.

6.107

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MEASURE/GRAPH

1. Click on the Measure button on the left. STOP

START

PAUSE

STOP

MEASURE EXPAND MEASURE GROUP

USER DEFINED MEASURE GROUPS

+ADD

COMMENT ZOOM OUT

-DELETE

2. All of the predefined measure groups available will be shown on the right.

DONE

9. User defined measure groups can be customized with the available channels in the existing groups.

Each group can be expanded to view the channels in the groups. 3. To graph the channels in a measure group, double click the measure group and the graph will appear. (A single channel can also be chosen for graphing by double clicking on that channel.)

It is not possible to add and delete measure groups or items while you are measuring. Click on the red square to stop measuring and enable the +Add and -Delete buttons. Click the +Add button on screen to add a New measure group. Click on the New measure group, then right click to rename the new measure group appropriately. Available channels can then be dragged and dropped into the New measure group.

4. Click on the red square to stop measuring. Click on the green arrow to start measuring. Click on pause to pause the graph illustration while continuing to measure.

To delete User defined measure groups or items in a group click on the group or item you wish to remove then click the - Delete button.

5. Click on Comment to add comments to the measure file at any time. The measure file data must be saved (*.irm) retain comments for later viewing. 6. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access the zoom function. Select an area of the graph to zoom in an view in more detail. Click on Zoom Out to return to the full graph view. 7. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access save function. Click on Save to save the measure data as a *.irm file. 8. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access print function. Click on print to print the graph and data recorded.

6.108

NOTE: User defined measure groups are automatically saved on your PC. These groups are application program specific and will be available the next time the same application is in use on any machine using the same application program.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

LOGS

1. Click on the Logs button on the left.

LOGS

2. Logs available to view and/or clear will be shown on the right. NOTE: User name and password access level rights determine whether the logs can be viewed and/or cleared. Some log items are restricted to higher level users only. 3. Double click on the log you wish to view or click on a log and click on Select to view the records in the log. Click on Done to return to the logs screen. 4. Click on Add Record to add a comment to the system log. For example to record a filter change or other service event in the log. Entries are restricted to 250 characters. 5. Click on Clear log to clear log entries for the selected log. NOTE: This function is rights restricted. 6. Click on Get Log to get the log information and save as a *.irf file. 7. Click on Print to print the log being viewed. 8. Click on Save to save the log file as *.irl file.

6.109

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SYSTEM

1. Click on the System button on the left.

SYSTEM

System info is on the right including the application program name and the Machine ID (Serial Number).

3. The Machine ID (Serial Number) is factory set. However, in the event the MD3 is replaced, this information would need to be configured for the new module. Updating Machine ID information requires a Login with sufficient rights. Click on the Machine Id button. Enter the correct Serial Number. Click Set. If the update is successful a dialogue box will pop up. Click OK to acknowledge the update. A restart of the module will be requested. Follow the on screen instructions to restart the module before continuing. If further service work is being performed you will need to login to IQANrun 2 again.

6.110

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Electrical and Computers

(OPTIONAL)

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 1 OF 19

56512BR0 1

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 1 OF 19 6.111

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 2 OF 19

56512BR0 2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 2 OF 19 6.112

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 3 OF 19

56512BR0 3

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 3 OF 19 6.113

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 4 OF 19

56512BR0 4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 4 OF 19 6.114

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 5 OF 19

56512BR0 5

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 5 OF 19 6.115

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 6 OF 19

56512BR0 6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 6 OF 19 6.116

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 7 OF 19

56512BR0 7

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 7 OF 19 6.117

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 8 OF 19

56512BR0 8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 8 OF 19 6.118

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 9 OF 19

56512BR0 9

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 9 OF 19 6.119

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 10 OF 19

56512BR0 10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 10 OF 19 6.120

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 11 OF 19

56512BR0 11

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 11 OF 19 6.121

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 12 OF 19

56512BR0 12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 12 OF 19 6.122

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 13 OF 19

56512BR0 13

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 13 OF 19 6.123

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 14 OF 19

56512BR0 14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 14 OF 19 6.124

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 15 OF 19

56512BR0 15

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 15 OF 19 6.125

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 16 OF 19

56512BR0 16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 16 OF 19 6.126

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 17 OF 19

56512BR0 17

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 17 OF 19 6.127

Electrical and Computers

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 18 OF 19

56512BR0 18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 18 OF 19 6.128

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERIAL NUMBERS 845*1861 TO 845*2000

SHEET 19 OF 19

56512BR0 19

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SHEET 19 OF 19 6.129

Electrical and Computers

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

6.130

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 7 – ENGINE AND ANTI-STALL CONTENTS - SECTION 7

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM – ANTI-STALL......................................................................................................... 7.12 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM – LOAD SENSING.................................................................................................. 7.10 COMPUTER MD3 CONTROLLED ANTI-STALL DESCRIPTION.............................................................. 7.9 E

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................... 7.7 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - START CIRCUIT.................................................................................. 7.6–7.7 F

FLEX DRIVE HUB AND ELEMENT INSTALLATION............................................................................... 7.13 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. 7.13 H

HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC – MAIN PUMP................................................................................................ 7.9 M

MD3 COMPUTER ANTI-STALL........................................................................................................... 7.7–7.8 HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL – GENERAL DESCRIPTION............................................. 7.7–7.8 S

STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINE........................................................................................ 7.2–7.3 COLD WEATHER STARTING......................................................................................................... 7.3–7.4 RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL.......................................................... 7.4–7.5 STARTING THE ENGINE................................................................................................................ 7.2–7.3 STOPPING THE ENGINE............................................................................................................... 7.5–7.6

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINE

9. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the engine bearings and allow the engine oil pressure to stabilize.

STARTING THE ENGINE

If the engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and REPEAT STEPS 1 to 5.

1. Ensure that PRE-START CHECKS have been performed. 2. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE – PRE-START CHECKS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load. Check all measured values on the MD3 display often during the warm-up period. Refer to COLD WEATHER STARTING in this section.

3. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

CAUTION

4. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Do not attempt to START the engine by shorting across starter terminals as personal injury could occur. START the engine only from operator’s seat.

5. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position. NOTE: The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater) located in the engine intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF.

WARNING Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a electrical starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

6. Then turn the ignition key switch to the start position to crank the engine. 7. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the RUN position. NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system. 8. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

7.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall

COLD WEATHER STARTING

temperature increases. The warmup mode operates automatically on cold start-ups within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

WARNING Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a electrical starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

• Do not activate pilot system. • Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off before proceeding to Step 2.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

• Check that the proper hydraulic oil grade is set in the computer selection. • Engine coolant temperature must reach 60°C (140°F) before proceeding to Step 2.

NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater. Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

• Hydraulic Oil temperature must reach • -7°C (20°F) before proceeding to Step 2. • Check that cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 2. NOTE: At -18°C (0°F) starting temperature it will take approximately 30 minutes to complete step 1. 2. Increase engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements. • Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off. • Operate main boom to raise attachment off ground. • Operate stick boom slowly in and out.

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS

• Operate telescopic boom if applicable IN and OUT and check that it is operating correctly.

Remove the air intake by-pass cover to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. Remove the two bolts and cover to open the by-pass.

• Rotate the harvesting head and check that it is operating correctly. Refer to manufacturer's manual for more information.

H845C-45

3. Swing the upper structure 360° to the left then 360° to the right.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

4. Place travel speed switch in LOW position and drive machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. Do not exceed ½ pedal position. 5. Monitor hydraulic oil temperature, it must reach 10°C (50°F) before any work may begin. 6. Increase engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F). Cutting may begin but work very slowly. The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up. Avoid operating the boom functions quickly until the hydraulic oil is above 32°C (90°F). Work the machine for 30 minutes at 1500 rpm.

1. Start the engine. • Warm up mode limits engine rpm and applies the anti-stall so the system can be warmed gradually from a cold start. Engine rpm will increase automatically as hydraulic oil 7.3

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL

9. If the engine fails to start after 20 seconds, let go of the key. Wait for two minutes before trying again.

If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following:

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to the starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15–20 seconds. Wait two minutes between each attempt to START the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

1. Fill the fuel tank completely. 875-337 875-232

HAND PRIMER PUMP GASKET

VENT PLUG

FUEL FILTER/

GASKET

BOWL

FUEL BOWL HEATER WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR 2. Loosen the metal vent plug on the filter head. 3. Turn the ignition key to the on position to energize the fuel supply shut-off valve. 4. Prime filter by operation the hand primer pump until fuel spills out the metal vent plug. 5. Close the vent plug. 6. Check for leaks. 7. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

WARNING Do not use ether! The engine is equipped with an electrical starting aid. Using ether may cause an explosion and severe injury. 8. Turn the ignition key to the start position. Do this until the engine starts. As soon as it does, let go of the key.

7.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall

STOPPING THE ENGINE

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool. Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are: • Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems. • Reduced risk of post shutdown fires. • Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces. 1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the saw. This should be done before leaving the cutting area. 2. Find a clear and level area at least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine. 3. Park the machine and lower the felling head onto firm ground. 4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , deactivate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine. 5. Open power roof and place fan switch in Full ON position. 6. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off. 7. Place fan switch in AUTO position. 8. Stop the engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position. 9. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

7.5

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRICAL BOX BAT + UNSWITCHED POWER ECM BATTERY DISCONNECT RELAY

RED 418A

RED 441

60A IN BATTERY BOX BATTERIES

RED 640

RED 98

T4 RED 352B

START RELAY

KEY SWITCH RUN / ACC

CAB POWER To Sheet 2,4

To Sheet 3

To Sheet 4

To Sheet 5

RED 460

40A

60A

WORK LIGHTS RED 104

BATTERY DISCONNECT RELAYS

INSIDE CAB

FSS SYSTEM HARNESS IN BATTERY BOX 10A

RED 418B

RED 352A RED 352

THE FSS SYSTEM HAS A BUILT IN RELAY TO DISCONNECT A POWER SOURCE WHEN SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED

RED RED RED BATTERY DISCONNECT 351B 351C 351D LOCKABLE SWITCH

RED 96

TO SHEET 3 TO SHEET 8 TO SHEET 8

RED 461

MANUAL FIRE SUPPRESSION BUTTON

AMEREX FSS

RED 350 RED 351

RED 351A

CHARGING SYSTEM ALTERNATOR 24 VOLT

GND (B-)

BAT (B+) START SOLENOID

ALTERNATOR CABLE

To Sheet 5 To Sheet 3

BATTERY CABLE

VACUUM CIRCUIT SHEET 14

RED 491A

BAT

WORK LIGHT RELAY SHEET 3

87a 87a 30

30 TAN 29

86 RED 607

To Sheet 5 & 11

RED 489 30

BLK G354A

START RELAY GRN 537

USED ON HARVESTERS WITH A PILOT INTERLOCK INPUT TO HARVESTER

GRN 11C

PILOT SIGNAL TO IQAN XS2 MODULE SHEET 9

PILOT OFF

TAN 105 87a TAN 105B

TAN 107 PILOT DOOR SWITCH

FUNCTION LOCK OUT RELAY

GRN 11F

GRN 11C

START SIGNAL

TO IQAN XS2 SHEET 9

RED 489

RED 20

STARTER CONTROL

TAN 701

GRN 11A

PILOT RESET

FROM SHEET 4

TAN 16B

STARTER

FROM IQAN XA2 #2 PIN 22 SHEET 13

TAN 490

RED 02

87a

START CIRCUIT

BLK G701

START SOLENOID RELAY

RED 760A

START/ LOCKOUT 86 RELAY

VACUUM CIRCUIT SHEET 14

TAN 792

87a 30

TAN 827

RED 354 T2

ACCESSORY RELAY

TAN 467

ST RELAY

RUN RELAY

KEY SWITCH

7.5A RED 491

RED 828

RED 354A & 354B

60A

ROOF PUMP

GRID HEATER

ELEC BOX SWITCHED POWER

125A

RED

SYSTEM 24 VOLTS 2-12VOLT 925 CCA BATTERIES IN SERIES.

RED 418

LOCATED IN UPPER FRAME ELECTRICAL BOX

RED

87a

SAW 30 RELAY 86

87a TAN 87 133B 85

BLK G11

GRN 11 ON GRN 11D

2 5

3 1 6 4

TAN 133A

GRN 35A

PILOT ON SIGNAL

SAW SIGNAL TO IQAN XS2 MODULE SHEET 9

BLK G133

PILOT ON/OFF SOLENIOD SAW SIGNAL

SAW SWITCH SHOWN OFF

TAN 133 RED 609

BLK G11A

From IQAN XS2 Pin 9 SHEET 9

RED 481

TO SENSORS SHEET 10

RED 07

TO THROTTLE SHEET 5

RED 534

BLK G534

RED 02 RED 20

RUN (SHEET 4,9)

ACCESSORIES (SHEET 3,4,8,11,13)

56512BR0S1

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - START CIRCUIT 7.6

FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall

MD3 COMPUTER ANTI-STALL HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL – GENERAL DESCRIPTION

In the past it was common to overload an engine when several high load functions were used at the same time. Engine overload was typically avoided only by the operator. To prevent engine overload, the machine is equipped with an electronic system which detects any decrease in engine rpm and destrokes the main pump to reduce the load on the engine and at the same time maintain engine rpm. This is done without any input from the operator. An MD3 computer is used to prevent engine overload and incorporates the following components: • MD3 computer and display

822C-188

• XS2–A0 Module (Cab)

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY

• XA2–A0 Expansion Module • XA2–A1 Expansion Module • Engine Electronic Control Unit XS2-A0

• Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown

XA2-A1 XA2-A0

H845C-55

XA2 ENGINE FRAME MODULES

H845C-137

XS2-A0 CAB MODULE

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY XS2-A0 MODULE

9 PIN ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 880-105

XA2-A0 MODULE

XS2-A1 MODULE

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS 7.7

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

860C-410

A two position anti-stall switch labelled ON OFF , is located on the front control panel and is used to turn the anti-stall system ON or OFF. When this switch is in the ON position and the engine is set to FULL throttle the electronic anti-stall system will signal the main pump to de-stroke and reduce the flow of oil to the main valve in order to reduce the load on the engine and prevent stalling.

H845C-132

• The engine ECU provides engine rpm, boost pressure and other engine signals to the computer control system. These engine signals are used by the computer to determine anti-stall requirements.

During normal operating conditions the engine should be running at FULL throttle and the anti-stall switch in the on position.

• Other signals from sensors such as the air filter restriction, hydraulic oil temperature hot and fan purge are also used by the anti-stall system.

The engine anti-stall system can be turned OFF when required for maintenance work. The MD3 control module in the cab receives and distributes signals as follows: Inputs: The computer monitors analogue, digital, and J1939 CAN Bus inputs. CAN Bus is a data bus system that allows several input signals to be sent between modules through a reduced number of wires. The engine rpm is monitored as a J1939 input.

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE PRESSURE) MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW (TURN OUT TO DECREASE MARGIN PRESSURE) H845C-013

Outputs: The computer directs a proportional output (24 Volt electrical current) to the solenoid on the main pump. This electrical signal is a current output signal which provides for precise modulation of the anti-stall solenoid valve on the main pump.

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE PORT (UNDERSIDE OF BLOCK)

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER

• A solenoid valve - mounted on the main pump controller.

7.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall

COMPUTER MD3 CONTROLLED ANTISTALL DESCRIPTION

Warm-up mode This mode turns on the anti-stall output when the hydraulic oil temperature is below a predetermined minimum operating temperature. As the oil temperature approaches the minimum temperature, the anti-stall output is reduced in a linear fashion.

The computer anti-stall reduces main pump output torque/hp by reducing pump displacement two ways.

Fan Purge When the fan purges (reverses), the anti-stall comes on partially, to reduce engine load while there is reduced cooling capacity.

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID

Anti-stall

845CH-077

MAIN PUMP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

• The main pump has a mechanical output torque limiter (the torque limiter is often referred to as horse power control). To determine the pumps output torque the pump takes the current displacement and multiplies it by the current operating pressure. The pump has a preset maximum torque value and when either pressure or displacement tries to increase beyond this value, the pump will mechanically reduce its displacement.

When the anti-stall switch is on, two things are monitored to determine how much anti-stall output is required. (Again, the higher the output (current) the more anti-stall or the lower the pump's torque/ hp)

• The MD3 computer also sends current to a proportional solenoid on the pump. As current increases, the pump's preset maximum torque value decreases. This type of torque control is often referred to as horsepower (hp) control.

First engine rpm. If the engine speed is less than 1150 rpm, the anti-stall is on. The amount the anti-stall is on is dependent on the speed. Example: 1150 rpm - 0% anti-stall, 1050 rpm 50% anti-stall, 950 rpm and below - 100% antistall.

The amount of current to the proportional solenoid on the pump is displayed on the MD3 in the measure menu. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – INPUT AND OUTPUT CHANNELS in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

Second, and most recognizable, anti-stall comes on when the engine rpm drops or droops below the set Start Reduction Value (a range between 50 and 250 rpm) based on engine speed. Example: at high idle the set point is 2250 rpm, the anti-stall comes on if the engine drops below 2200 rpm if Start Reduction Value is set at 50 rpm; set points are programed depending on engine speed.

NOTE: The higher the current output the more anti-stall or the lower the pump's torque/hp.

Anti-stall output is determined by looking at all the above functions and the one that has the highest output controls the current output to the main pump solenoid control. 7.9

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY XS2-A0 MODULE

XA2-A0 MODULE

XS2-A1 MODULE

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE SENSOR

TO ANTI-STALL SWITCH ON CONTROL PANEL (IN CAB)

PUMP HP LIMITER (ANTI-STALL) TO OIL COOLER

TO TANK J1939 ENGINE ECU FROM OIL COOLER 'P' PRESSURE PORT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

MAIN PUMP

TO OIL COOLER

(PRESSURE COMPENSATED) 'COMP' PORT SAW VALVE

SAW PUMP

'LS' SIGNAL TO MAIN PUMP

'LS'

'LS' ('PL') TEST PORT

'P' TEST PORT

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

845C-124

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 7.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SUPPLY TO PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Engine and Anti-stall

FROM SAW VALVE 'G2' PORT

TO PILOT MANIFOLD

SERVO PRESSURE FOR PUMP CONTROLLER

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE TO CASE DRAIN STRAINER

PILOT SUPPLY TO ANTISTALL CONTROLLER 'LS' FROM LEVELING VALVE 'LS' FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE 845C-117

MAIN PUMP LOAD SENSING, PILOT AND SERVO HOSE CONNECTIONS

7.11

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XS2 MODULE 10

VIN A

DOUT A

GRN 256

VIN B

DOUT B

GRN 253

VIN C

DOUT C

GRN 445

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 381

VIN E

DOUT E

GRN 380

VIN F

DOUT F

GRN 251

VIN G

GRN 364

VIN H

RED 614

+VREF DOUT L

-VREF

GRN 442

10A RED 20

ANTI STALL RED 2 353 To Sheet 6

GRN GRN 364 8 364A BLK G364

ACCESSORY RELAY

BLK 615

DIN T

XA2 #1 MODULE 10

VIN A

DOUT A

TAN 402

VIN B

DOUT B

TAN 622

VIN C

DOUT C

701

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 739

VIN E

DOUT E

820

VIN F

DOUT F

821

VIN G

VIN H

+VREF COUT F

TAN 586

-VREF CRET F-

817

CRET F+

GRN 585

COUT E

TAN 440

CRET E-

CRET E+

GRN 392

COUT D

TAN 390

CRET D-

CRET D+

N/U N/U N/U

N/U

N/U GRN 391

TAN 390 GRN 391 ANTI STALL (MAIN PUMP)

845CH-102

ANTI-STALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 7.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall

FLEX DRIVE HUB AND ELEMENT INSTALLATION PUMP INPUT SHAFT

FLEX DRIVE HUB

H845C-212

FLEX DRIVE ELEMENT 845CH-223

When installing a flex drive hub, it is important that the hub is mounted in the correct position on the pump input shaft. Installing the hub to far onto the pump shaft will result in insufficient contact between the flex drive element and hub resulting in component failure.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

1. The engine crank shaft end play must be checked before and after the pump assembly is installed on the engine. 2. Measure crank shaft end play at the engine crank shaft pulley. Gently pry the crank shaft as far as it will go towards the engine.

CRANK SHAFT PULLEY 845CH-224

3. Install a dial indicator and magnetic base at a suitable location. Position the indicator extension on the outer face of the pulley. 4. Zero the dial indicator. 5. Gently pry the crank shaft pulley away from the engine noting the amount of end play. IMPORTANT! Do not pry using the engine speed ring. Severe component damage could occur. 6. Repeat steps 2, 4 and 5 several times and average the readings. Record the average crank shaft end play. 7. Fit the flex drive hub to the splined input shaft of the pump.

7.13

Engine and Anti-stall

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MAIN PUMP MOUNTING FLANGE 44 mm (1.730 in) DOG INSIDE EDGE

MAIN PUMP ASSEMBLY

FLEX DRIVE HUB PUMP INPUT SHAFT

PUMP INPUT SHAFT FLEX DRIVE HUB MAIN PUMP MOUNTING FLANGE 845CH-225

PUMP COUPLER (SIDE VIEW)

8. Position the flex drive hub so the distance between the inside edge of the dog and the pump mounting flange is 44 mm (1.730 in)

SET SCREWS

DOG INSIDE EDGE FLEX DRIVE HUB

9. Apply loctite 242 to the flex drive hub set screws. Install and torque set screws to 120 Nm (89 lbf-ft)

DOGS 845CH-234

7.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Engine and Anti-stall ENGINE FLYWHEEL

POSSIBLE INTERFERENCE POINTS 845CH-222

ENGINE FLYWHEEL

LARGER OFFSET SURFACE

FLEX DRIVE ELEMENT BOLTS (8)

FLEX DRIVE ELEMENT

Apply loctite 242 to the flex drive element bolts. Install the flex drive element to the engine flywheel and torque bolts to 40 Nm (30 lbf-ft). Make sure to only use the thin washers previously used on the assembly. Using improper washers will cause component interference between the flex drive element bolts and the pump mounting plate and will damage the engine.

PUMP MOUNTING PLATE

IMPORTANT! It is important to replace fasteners and washers if necessary with the exact same fasteners and washers.

FLEX DRIVE ELEMENT BOLTS (8)

FLEX DRIVE ELEMENT

845CH-229

10. The flex drive element has an offset surface where the flex drive hub fits into. This offset surface is greater on one side of the element compared to the other side. The larger offset surface must be facing the engine flywheel.

7.15

Engine and Anti-stall PUMP MOUNTING PLATE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PUMP MOUNTING PLATE BOLTS

15. Repeat steps 2, 4 and 5 to measure crank shaft end play at the engine crank shaft pulley. The end play measured should be the same as the initial dimension recorded earlier. If the dimension is less than the initial measurement the cause of interference must be investigated and corrected. IMPORTANT! Do not run the engine until the recorded crankshaft end play is obtained or risk component failure.

PUMP BOLTS

845CH-221

11. Apply loctite 242 to the pump bolts. Use the pump bolts to fasten the mounting plate to the pump. Tighten the pump bolts just snug. The bolts will be torqued after the pump assembly has been installed to the engine. 12. Apply loctite 242 to the pump mounting plate bolts. 13. Install the pump assembly to the engine bellhousing and torque bolts to 34 Nm (25 lbf-ft). 14. Torque pump bolts to 542 Nm (400 lbf-ft).

7.16

Tigercat H845C/LH845C Feller Buncher SECTION 10 – COOLING SYSTEM CONTENTS – SECTION 10

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC).............................................................................................................. 10.30 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................... 10.10 COOLING SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 10.2 E

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FAN CONTROL.................................................................................................................................. 10.14 FAN CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................ 10.8 F

FAN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................... 10.10 COOLING FAN SWITCH.................................................................................................................... 10.10 AUTO POSITION............................................................................................................................ 10.11 CLEAN POSITION.......................................................................................................................... 10.11 FULL ON POSITION....................................................................................................................... 10.10 FAN ROTATION.................................................................................................................................. 10.11 SERVICE MODE............................................................................................................................. 10.12 TIMED PURGE............................................................................................................................... 10.12 FAN SPEED........................................................................................................................................10.13 FAN CONTROL VALVE............................................................................................................................ 10.8 FAN MOTOR............................................................................................................................................10.9 FAN OPERATION................................................................................................................................... 10.17 A/C AND DEFROST FUNCTION........................................................................................................ 10.17 A/C AND DEFROST FUNCTION WHEN CLEAN MODE IS ON........................................................ 10.19 FAN FULL ON SPEED........................................................................................................................ 10.21 FAN SPEED – DEFAULT.................................................................................................................... 10.22 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH........................................................................................ 10.6 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FAN CONTROL.................................................................................................................................. 10.16 OIL COOLER........................................................................................................................................ 10.6 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK............................................................................................................................ 10.5 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC FAN CONTROL.................................................................................................................................. 10.15 FAN CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................ 10.8 FAN MOTOR.........................................................................................................................................10.9 FAN PUMP............................................................................................................................................10.7 OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE............................................................................................................ 10.4 M

MAIN CONTROL VALVE.......................................................................................................................... 10.5 MAIN PUMP.............................................................................................................................................10.5 O

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................... 10.6 OIL COOLER RETURN MANIFOLD........................................................................................................ 10.4 OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES................................................................................................................... 10.4 P

PRESSURE SETTINGS......................................................................................................................... 10.24 POR PRESSURE............................................................................................................................... 10.26 STAND-BY PRESSURE..................................................................................................................... 10.24 R

RADIATOR.............................................................................................................................................10.28

10.1

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system components such as the hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, charge air cooler and A/C condenser are mounted at the rear of the upper structure. A debris screen is used to protect the cooler package components. The hydraulically powered cooling fan regulates fans speed according to working temperatures for coolant, intake air, and hydraulic oil. The fan draws air through the screen and cooler package components.

The cooler package components should be checked every 8 hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

CAUTION

The fan is designed to auto reverse periodically or manually reverse to keep debris from accumulating in the coolers. Refer to FAN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION – FAN ROTATION in THIS SECTION.

Use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris. Compressed air or water may be used to clean the cooler package. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result. For detailed cleaning procedures, refer to PRESSURE WASHING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

COOLER PACKAGE LOCATION 10.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

DEBRIS SCREEN CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC) A/C CONDENSER

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

SURGE TANK

RADIATOR FILL CAP

FAN

FAN SHROUD

FAN MOTOR FAN GUARD

845CH-100

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN CHARGE AIR COOLER, RADIATOR, AND A/C CONDENSER

COOLING ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS 10.3

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE

845C-062

845CH-105

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

OIL COOLER RETURN MANIFOLD There is a return manifold attached to the main control valve. The return manifold contains an oil cooler bypass valve that is set at 7 bar (100 psi). In the event that the pressure within the oil cooler becomes too high, the bypass valve will redirect oil to the return filter manifold to prevent cooler failure.

845C-247

OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES Two sight gauges (1) are used to indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the tank with high and low level limits. Also incorporated into the sight gauges are level switches. These gauges are accessible through the left side door. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for additional information. IMPORTANT! Always keep the hydraulic oil level up to within 5 cm (2 in.) of the high mark. A low hydraulic oil level will result in severe damage to pumps.

OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE SCHEMATIC 10.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

1 2

1 1. HYDRAULIC TANK 2. RETURN FILTERS 3. STRAINERS 4. FILTER/BREATHER 845C-001 845C-097

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

FILTER/ BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

AIR VENT EXHAUST

3 845C-097 845CH-076

PRESSURE GAUGE

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

IMPORTANT!

Also refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL and SECTION 3 for additional information.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve. FILTER/

Located on the left side of the machine behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 190 L (50 US gal).

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

All return oil entering the tank passes through six spin-on hydraulic oil filters (2) and is screened prior to entering the tank by passing through reusable strainers (3) attached to the ends of the return tubes at the bottom of the tank.

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

Refer also to HYDRAULIC OIL TANK in SECTION 4 of this MANUAL.

845C-097

MAIN PUMP

845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

For operation and adjustment of this pump refer to SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

MAIN CONTROL VALVE For operation and description of this valve refer to SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 10.5

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH A

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

RETURN FILTERS OIL COOLER/ BYPASS MANIFOLD

FROM MAIN PUMP 'A' PORT

845CH-228

OIL COOLER

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

The oil cooler circuit operates as part of the main hydraulic circuit. The main pump draws oil from the hydraulic tank and sends it to the main control valve. Return oil from the main control valve sections exits the base manifold at two 'T' ports. Hydraulic return oil from the swing motor, track drive motors, stick, hoist and head rotate, pass through the return circuits on the top and bottom of the main valve. Return oil flows from the oil cooler bypass manifold to one of the inlet ports on the oil cooler and through the cooler. Cooling of the oil occurs as air is drawn over the oil cooler cooling fins by the cooling fan. Cooled oil then flows through the return filter manifold, the return filters and back to the hydraulic tank. A 1.7 bar (25 psi) bypass valve is incorporated into each pair of return filter heads. Oil will bypass through these valves back to tank if filters get plugged.

855C-035

A 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch is installed in the return manifold. When an oil flow in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters, this pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. IMPORTANT! Do not use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are normal.

10.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

FAN PUMP

STANDBY PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

845C-253

SOLENOID CONTROL

FAN PUMP CONTROLLER CONTROL SPRING

SWASH PLATE

CONTROL PISTON

Fan Pump

A Proportional Solenoid B POR Adjustment Screw C Standby Adjustment Screw

The fan pump is an axial-piston variabledisplacement pump with electronic controlled proportional solenoid flow control valve. ROTARY GROUP 860C-277 860C-278

845C-249

FAN PUMP SCHEMATIC

10.7

FAN PUMP CROSS SECTION

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FAN CONTROL VALVE

TO FAN MOTOR

The fan control valve controls fan direction and limits system pressure.

PILOT OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE (PD1)

DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID VALVE (SV1)

A RELIEF VALVE (RV1) WITH ANTICAVITATION CHECK

B C

Fan Control Valve

A Relief Valve B Pilot Operated Directional Control Valve C Directional Solenoid Valve

The main components in the fan control valve are: • Relief Vale

845CH-107

• Pilot Operated Directional Control Valve • Directional Solenoid Valve

FAN CONTROL VALVE HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC To 353 Sheet 3

A pilot operated directional valve and directional solenoid valve on the fan control valve are used by the MD3 computer to control fan direction. The directional solenoid valve is a cartridge style valve. It is factory set and nonadjustable. The directional solenoid valve (SV1) on the fan control valve determines fan rotation.

PIN 32

IQAN XS2

PIN 18

SEE SHEET 9 FOR XS2 MODULE INFORMATION

TAN 254 TAN 384 RED 353 2

3 FAN SWITCH

POSITION 1, PURGE/CLEAN (REVERSE) POSITION 3, FAN OVERRIDE (FORWARD FULL ON) MIDDLE POSITION , AUTO (FORWARD AUTO VARIABLE SPEED)

The relief valve controls system pressure in the fan circuit.

FAN CONTROL

NOTE: The relief valve is factory set and should require no further adjustment.

IQAN XA2 #1

PIN 8 PIN 6

SEE SHEET 11 FOR XA2 #1 MODULE PIN 20 INFORMATION

TAN 402

TAN 440

FAN REVERSE

BLK G402

FAN SPEED

GRN 392

FAN SPEED COIL IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON FAN PUMP, FAN REVERSE COIL IS MOUNTED ON FAN MANIFOLD.

860CH-115

10.8

FAN CONTROL VALVE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

FAN CONTROL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

FAN MOTOR

FAN

The fan drive motor is a fixed displacement gear motor. The fan drive motor is driven by hydraulic oil from the fan pump via the fan control valve.The motor directly drives the fan. H845C-104

TO RETURN STRAINER

FINGER GUARD FAN MOTOR R

FROM FAN MANIFOLD 'B' (REVERSE)

H845C-56

FAN MOTOR

H845C-135

FAN MOTOR

FROM FAN MANIFOLD 'A' (FORWARD)

FAN MOTOR HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

10.9

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM

FAN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The computer control system is part of a network of components. Temperature sensors, switches and adjustments on the MD3 computer controls the fan speed and direction. Refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

COOLING FAN SWITCH

FULL ON POSTION AUTO POSITON CLEAN POSITION

724G-011

COOLING FAN SWITCH

The cooling fan switch has three positions: • Full on • Auto • Clean. The switch sends input signals to the MD3 computer which sends output signals to the fan control valve and fan pump. Fan speed is determined when the switch is in the auto or full on position. FULL ON POSITION When the switch is in the full on position, the fan will run at full speed regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. The full on position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control. The fan full on icon will be shown in grey on the MD3 display when the switch is in the full on position. NOTE: Placing the switch in the full on position activates the MD3 computer to alert the operator. Also when the switch is in the full on position the automatic cleaning cycle is prevented. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - INFORMATION – FAN FULL ON in SECTION 6 of this MANUAL.

10.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System FAN ROTATION

A/C POSITION

Fan rotation is controlled by the directional solenoid valve and pilot operated directional control valve on the fan control valve. Fan rotation will reverse when: • Cooling fan switch is placed in the clean position. • Fan service mode has been selected on the MD3 computer.

DEFROST POSITION

• A timed purge interval has been activated.

875-366

A/C DEFROST SWITCH

AUTO POSITION Auto position is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the auto position, the fan will operate in automatic mode. It will start, speed up, and slow down based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and hydraulic oil temperatures. To maintain optimal operating conditions, the MD3 computer automatically adjusts output current to the proportional solenoid valve to adjust fan speed. When the cooling fan switch is in the auto position fan speeds also adjust to input signals from the A/C defrost switch. Turning ON the A/C or defrost function will cause the MD3 computer to increase cooling fan speed. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the A/C and defrost systems even when the machine is warming up.

FULL ON POSTION AUTO POSITON CLEAN POSITION

724G-011

Pressing the cooling fan switch in the clean position will reverse the fan. If the hydraulic oil temperatures are low this operation is prevented to protect system components. Hydraulic oil temperatures preventing the fan from reversing are dependent on the viscosity grade used. The table below shows the hydraulic oil temperatures that prevent the fan from reversing.

The fan auto icon will illuminate in green on the MD3 display when the switch is in the auto position. CLEAN POSITION Momentarily pressing the switch in the clean position sends an input signal to the MD3 computer. The MD3 computer then sends an output signal to the fan control valve. The Directional solenoid valve shifts, re-directing airflow through the cooler package components to remove dust and debris. Refer to CAB CONTROLS – COOLING FAN - SWITCH in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

COOLING FAN SWITCH

Viscosity Grade

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

ISO 22

5°C (41°F) or below

ISO 32

15°C (59°F) or below

Univis Ultra Multi

7°C (45°F) or below

ISO 46

21°C (70°F) or below

ISO 68

31°C (87°F) or below

The fan clean icon will illuminate in green on the MD3 display when the clean cycle operates. NOTE: The pilot system must be on to operate the clean cycle. Also, the MD3 computer will turn A/C and defrost systems off when in the clean mode.

10.11

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SERVICE MODE

TIMED PURGE The timed purge interval will reverse the fan at automatic intervals. The MD3 computer sends an output signal to the reversing valve on the motor. The reversing valve shifts changing the flow of oil through the motor, changing direction of rotation. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS – TIMED PURGE INTERVAL of the OPERATORS MANUAL.

When service mode is selected on the MD3 computer, an output signal is sent to the directional solenoid valve on the fan control valve. This causes the directional solenoid valve to shift which allows hydraulic oil to flow to the pilot operated direction control valve. The pilot operated direction control valve will also shift causing the fan motor to turn in the opposite direction. This re-directs airflow through the cooler package components to remove dust and debris. Refer to CAB CONTROLS – COOLING FAN - SWITCH in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. NOTE: The MD3 computer will turn service mode off if the roof is closed. Also, the MD3 computer will turn A/C and defrost functions off when fan service mode is on.

10.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

FAN SPEED

Fan speed is determined by the amount of current supplied from the MD3 computer to the proportional solenoid valve on the fan pump. The amount of current supplied by the MD3 computer is determined by a number of factors: • Hydraulic oil temperature (output current varies with oil grade selected) • Charge air temperature • Engine coolant temperature • Cooling fan switch • A/C defrost switch • MD3 computer adjustments Fan speed is controlled by the MD3 computer which receives input signals from temperature sensors in the engine cooling system, hydraulic tank and engine air intake system. Input signals from temperature sensors, identifying cool temperatures, prompt the MD3 computer to reduce cooling system requirements. This results in a higher output signal from the MD3 computer to the fan pump proportional relief valve. Maximum output current to the proportional relief valve is 600 mA. Input signals from temperature sensors, identifying hot temperatures, prompt the MD3 computer to increase cooling system requirements. This results in a lower output signal from the MD3 computer to the fan pump proportional relief valve. Minimum output current to the proportional relief valve is 0 mA. NOTE: If the output signal should be lost or interrupted to the proportional relief valve the fan pump will automatically default to maximum speed. Fan speed can also be controlled by the MD3 computer when it receives input signals from the cooling fan switch and A/C defrost switch.

10.13

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CAB POWER FUSE SHEET 1

To 353 Sheet 3

AC / HEAT COMBO UNIT

RED 98 35A

RED 31

RED 353

RED 87 235

FAN MOTORS

ORANGE

87a

RED OFF LOW YEL MED HI

87a

87 86

RED

BLK

RED 87a

BLK G20

CAB HEAT & A/C SYSTEM

BLK WHT TEMP SWITCH

BLK BLK/WHT

DEFROST

G A/C DEFROST SWITCH

ORG 30 T1

ORG 30A

T3 ORG 655

3 7

G A/C

TAN 175

TAN 617

ORG ORG ORG 46 524 T1 10 HIGH LOW T2 PRESSURE PRESSURE SWITCH SWITCH

85 86 A/C OFF RELAY

BLK G175A

ORG 662 BLK G617 2

TAN 654

TAN 254 TAN 384 RED 353

FAN SWITCH

FAN CONTROL

SEE SHEET 9 FOR XS2 MODULE INFORMATION

IQAN XA2 #1 SEE SHEET 11 FOR XA2 #1 MODULE INFORMATION

TAN 402

FAN REVERSE

PIN 6

TAN 440

FAN SPEED

PIN 20

GRN 392

BLK G402

PIN 8

POSITION 1, PURGE/CLEAN (REVERSE) POSITION 3, FAN OVERRIDE (FORWARD FULL ON) MIDDLE POSITION , AUTO (FORWARD AUTO VARIABLE SPEED)

56512BR0S6

BLK G654

IQAN XS2

1 2

PIN 3

PIN 31

PIN 23

PIN 17

DEFROST RELAY

PIN 18

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

87a 87

RED 353

PIN 32

BLK G524

FAN SPEED COIL IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON FAN PUMP, FAN REVERSE COIL IS MOUNTED ON FAN MANIFOLD.

FAN CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 10.14

FAN CONTROL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

To Case Drain Strainer

FAN MOTOR

To Case Drain Strainer

FAN MOTOR MANIFOLD

FAN PUMP DISPL. 45 cc/REV

From Pilot Supply Valve

Return to Tank

ENGINE

MAX

From Hydraulic Tank

845CH-106

FAN CONTROL HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 10.15

To Case Drain Strainer

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY XS2-A0 MODULE

XA2-A0 MODULE

XS2-A1 MODULE

COOLING FAN SWITCH FAN FULL ON - DIN FAN PURGE - DIN (CLEAN)

FAN SPEED - COUT FAN REVERSE - COUT

FAN MOTOR

TO CASE DRAIN STRAINER

FROM PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

TO MAIN CONTROL VALVE TANK GALLERIES

FAN CONTROL VALVE

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

TO CASE DRAIN STRAINER 845CH-230

FAN PUMP

FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 10.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

FAN OPERATION A/C AND DEFROST FUNCTION

When the A/C defrost switch is in the A/C or defrost position, FAN SPEED COUT should decrease allowing fan speed to increase. To determine if this is occurring, the engine coolant, hydraulic oil, and CAC temperatures must be below normal operating temperatures. •

Charge air cooler temperature must be 100°F or below

•

Engine coolant temperatures must be 195°F or below.

•

Hydraulic oil temperature must be below normal operating temperatures. Determine what the normal operating temperature is for the viscosity grade being used from the table below.

Viscosity Grade

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

14. Make sure fan service mode is set to off on the MD3. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

ISO 22

43°C (110°F) or below

15. Set engine speed to high idle

ISO 32

49°C (120°F) or below

Univis Ultra Multi

65.5°C (150°F) or below

ISO 46

60°C (140°F) or below

ISO 68

65.5°C (150°F) or below

FULL ON POSTION

To check for proper operation perform the following steps.

AUTO POSITON

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CLEAN POSITION

2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Place a piece of reflecting tape on the fan. 7. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

724G-011

COOLING FAN SWITCH

16. Place fan switch in auto position

8. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 9. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 11. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 12. Close and latch the front door. 13. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 10.17

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

A/C POSITION

DEFROST POSITION

875-366

17. Use the MD3 display to monitor FAN SPEED COUT. The value should be 600 mA. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

18. Use a photo-tachometer to measure the rpm of the fan. Fan rpm should be 800–1000 rpm.

A/C DEFROST SWITCH

19. Place A/C defrost switch in the A/C position .

20. With the A/C Defrost switch in the A/C position, FAN SPEED COUT should decrease from 600 mA to 571 mA. Fan rpm should increase moderately. 21. Turn A/C Defrost switch to the OFF position. 22. With the A/C Defrost switch in the OFF position, FAN SPEED COUT should increase to 600 mA. Fan rpm should decrease moderately. 23. Repeat steps 14–20 with the A/C defrost switch in the defrost position . 24. Turn OFF the engine. 25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

10.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

A/C AND DEFROST FUNCTION WHEN CLEAN MODE IS ON

When the fan is in clean mode the clutch should disengage the A/C compressor (clutch is stationary). To check for proper operation perform the following steps. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

10. Use the MD3 display to monitor FAN SPEED COUT and FAN REVERSE COUT. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU of THIS MANUAL.

6. Start the engine and set throttle to high idle . 7. Close and latch the front door. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate clean mode.

A/C POSITION

DEFROST POSITION

875-366

A/C DEFROST SWITCH

11. Place A/C defrost switch in the A/C position .

9. Make sure fan service mode is set to off on the MD3. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

10.19

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel at the rear of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris!

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FULL ON POSITION AUTO POSITION CLEAN POSITION

14. Use a photo-tachometer to measure the rpm of the fan. Fan rpm should be 1600 rpm. 724G-011

COOLING FAN SWITCH

12. With the aid of an assistant momentarily press the fan switch in the clean position .

15. The FAN SPEED COUT should be 136 mA and FAN REVERSE DOUT should be 'True'.

845C-252

A/C Compressor Clutch

A Compressor Disengaged (Clutch is Stationary)

13. Visually check if the A/C compressor is disengaged (clutch is stationary). The clutch should be stationary.

16. When the CLEAN cycle is complete (15 seconds) the fan automatically returns to auto. The clutch should engage the A/C compressor (clutch is rotating). 17. Repeat steps 11 – 13 with the A/C defrost switch in the defrost position . 18. Turn OFF the engine. 19. Remove the ignition key. 20. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

10.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

FAN FULL ON SPEED

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

FULL ON POSITION

3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

AUTO POSITION

4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

CLEAN POSITION

5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 6. Start the engine and set throttle to high idle . 7. Close and latch the front door. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

724G-011

COOLING FAN SWITCH

10. Place fan switch in full on position

11. Use a photo-tachometer to measure the rpm of the fan. Fan rpm should be 2400 rpm. 9. Make sure fan service mode is set to off on the MD3. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

10.21

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FAN SPEED – DEFAULT

In the event power should be lost to the fan pump, the pump will default to full flow. To check for proper operation perform the following steps 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 12. Use the MD3 display to monitor FAN SPEED COUT. This value should be 20 mA. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

6. Start the engine and set throttle to high idle . 7. Close and latch the front door. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

13. Turn OFF the engine. 14. Remove the ignition key. 15. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

9. Use the MD3 display to monitor FAN SPEED COUT. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

10.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System

845C-253

Fan Pump

A Proportional Solenoid B POR Adjustment Screw C Standby Adjustment Screw

11. Use a photo-tachometer to measure the rpm of the fan. Minimum fan rpm should be 2200 rpm.

10. Disconnect the wire connection to the proportional solenoid valve on the fan pump

12. The MD3 computer will detect an open circuit and set FAN SPEED COUT to 0mA . Make sure FAN SPEED COUT is 0 mA. NOTE: Disconnecting the wire connection to the proportional solenoid valve on the fan pump will activate the FAN SPEED COUT message on the MD3 display.

13. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 14. Turn OFF the engine. 15. Remove the ignition key. 16. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 17. Reconnect the wire connection to the proportional solenoid on the fan pump.

10.23

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE SETTINGS

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

STAND-BY PRESSURE

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. Make sure the engine coolant, hydraulic oil, and CAC temperatures are below normal operating temperatures. •

Charge air cooler temperature must be 100°F or below

•

Engine coolant temperatures must be 195°F or below.

•

Hydraulic oil temperature must be below normal operating temperatures. Determine what the normal operating temperature is for the viscosity grade being used from the table below.

Viscosity Grade

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

ISO 22

43°C (110°F) or below

ISO 32

49°C (120°F) or below

Univis Ultra Multi

65.5°C (150°F) or below

ISO 46

60°C (140°F) or below

ISO 68

65.5°C (150°F) or below

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure. 2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

To accurately set stand by pressure the Fan Speed COUT signal must be 600 mA. Monitor Fan Speed COUT on the MD3 computer display throughout the test. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

10.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System 10. Observe the pressure on the gauge at the control valve 'G' test port. The value should meet fan pump stand-by pressure specifications.

845C-253

A A 'G' Test Port

Fan Control Valve

1. Connect a 0–70 bar (0–1000 psi) pressure gauge to the fan control valve 'G' test port. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

Fan Pump

A Proportional Solenoid B POR Adjustment Screw C Standby Adjustment Screw

4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 6. Start the engine and set throttle to high idle . 7. Close and latch the front door. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

11. If the standby pressure requires adjustment loosen the fan pump standby pressure adjusting screw locknut. 12. Adjust the fan pump standby pressure screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'G' meets stand-by pressure specifications. 13. Tighten the saw pump margin pressure adjusting screw locknut. 14. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 15. Turn OFF the engine. 16. Remove the ignition key.

FULL ON POSITION

17. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 18. Remove pressure gauges.

AUTO POSITION CLEAN POSITION

724G-011

COOLING FAN SWITCH

9. Place fan switch in auto position

10.25

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

POR PRESSURE

3. Apply the swing brake.

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values.

4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

860C-001

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION

A 'G' Test Port

Fan Control Valve

7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the saw pump 'P' test port. 845C-253

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine. Fan Pump

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

A Proportional Solenoid

8. Disconnect the wire connection to the proportional solenoid valve at the fan pump.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

10.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Cooling System 845C-253

Fan Pump

A POR Adjustment Screw

NOTE: Disconnecting the wire connection to the proportional solenoid on the fan pump will activate the FAN SPEED COUT message on the MD3 display. 9. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 10. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

19. Tighten the saw pump POR adjusting screw locknut.

12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 13. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 15. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

17. If the POR pressure requires adjustment loosen the fan pump POR pressure adjusting screw locknut. 18. Adjust the fan pump POR pressure screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'G' meets POR pressure specifications.

11. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

14. Close and latch the front door.

16. Observe the pressure on the gauge at the control valve 'G' test port. The value should meet fan pump POR pressure specifications.

20. Reconnect the wire connection to the proportional relief valve on the fan motor. 21. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 22. Turn OFF the engine. 23. Remove the ignition key. 24. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 25. Remove pressure gauges. 26. Reconnect the wire connection to the proportional relief valve on the fan motor.

10.27

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

RADIATOR CHARGE AIR COOLER

RADIATOR RAD CAP

SURGE TANK OIL COOLER

COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR H845C-47

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/CHARGE AIR COOLER

The radiator is the centre core section of the side by side heat exchangers in the cooler package.

A radiator fill cap mounted on top of the surge tank maintains a 1.25 bar (18 psi) pressure on the coolant in the radiator. This pressure provides for over boil protection of the cooling system.

A surge tank is mounted at the top of the radiator to provide for overflow protection during high temperature and make up coolant when the cooling system is cold. The surge tank has 5 L (1.3 US gal) drawdown capacity, 3 L (0.8 US gal) expansion capacity, total capacity is 8 L (2.1 US gal).

WARNING

SPN: 111 FMI: 1 1 of 1

Only remove radiator fill cap when the cooling system, including the radiator fill cap and upper radiator tube, is no longer hot. Turn the radiator fill cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops. Do not press down while turning the radiator fill cap. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. Keep turning the radiator fill cap, but now push down as you turn it. Remove the radiator fill cap.

Engine coolant level low Below normal, severe.

A low coolant sensor is installed on the side of the surge tank. The sensor will activate the engine coolant level low message on the MD3 display. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

A shut off valve located on the bottom of the radiator tube provides a drain for the engine coolant. It is recommended that the engine coolant (60% antifreeze – 40% distilled water) be changed every two years.

10.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FLOW OF COOLANT WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND THERMOSTAT OPEN

Cooling System VENT TUBES

RADIATOR SURGE TANK

TOP RADIATOR HOSE

SHUNT HOSE

BOTTOM RADIATOR HOSE

HEATER HOSE TO CAB

845CH-110

DRAIN TAP ON BOTTOM FACE OF RAD OVERFLOW HOSE

HEATER HOSE FROM CAB

RADIATOR COOLING SYSTEM – RAD HOSE AND HEATER HOSE LOCATIONS

10.29

Cooling System

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC) When facing from fan side of the cooler package, the charge air cooler is the left side core section of the side by side heat exchangers in the cooler package.

CHARGE AIR COOLER RADIATOR

Inspect air intake hoses and pipes for leaks, wear or loose connections.

845CH-111

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

COOLING FAN

INTAKE MANIFOLD

845CH-109

TURBOCHARGER

CHARGE AIR COOLER: AIR FLOW DURING OPERATION

10.30

TRACK DRIVE................................................................................................................................................... 11

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 11 – TRACK DRIVE CONTENTS – SECTION 11

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

BOTTOM ROLLER RETAINING BOLTS................................................................................................ 11.32 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................ 11.8 D

DRIVE MOTOR CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES.................................................................................. 11.19 DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................... 11.5 DRIVE MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE............................................................................................ 11.17 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM PILOT CIRCUIT – LEVELER.............................................................................................................. 11.13 PILOT CIRCUIT – NON LEVELER..................................................................................................... 11.12 PRESSURE CIRCUIT – LEVELER.................................................................................................... 11.15 PRESSURE CIRCUIT – NON LEVELER........................................................................................... 11.14 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DRIVE MOTOR..................................................................................................................................... 11.4 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE....................................................................................................................... 11.16 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM............................................................................................................ 11.3 M

MEASURING TRACK SAG.................................................................................................................... 11.29 R

ROTARY MANIFOLD – LEVELING........................................................................................................ 11.39 ROTARY MANIFOLD – NON LEVELING............................................................................................... 11.37 ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL INSTALLATION......................................................................................... 11.41 S

SET BEGIN OF REGULATION (DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE)...................................................... 11.21 STRAIGHT TRAVEL................................................................................................................................. 11.2 T

TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS............................................................................................... 11.31 TRACK BRAKE RELEASE DELAY.......................................................................................................... 11.9 TRACK COMPONENTS......................................................................................................................... 11.28 OPERATING THE MACHINE............................................................................................................. 11.28 TRACK LOW LOGIC.............................................................................................................................. 11.10 TRACK SAG............................................................................................................................................. 11.2 TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................. 11.30 COUPLER.......................................................................................................................................... 11.30 FITTING.............................................................................................................................................. 11.30 TRACK SHOE RETAINING BOLTS....................................................................................................... 11.32 TRACK SPEED ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................. 11.24 HIGH FORWARD (MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT)................................................................. 11.26 LOW FORWARD (VALVE FLOW SETTING)...................................................................................... 11.25 LOW REVERSE (VALVE FLOW SETTING)....................................................................................... 11.27 TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE................................................................................................ 11.24 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL...................................................................................................................11.11 W

WEAR LIMITS........................................................................................................................................ 11.33 BOTTOM ROLLER WEAR................................................................................................................. 11.35 BUSHING WEAR, OUTSIDE DIAMETER.......................................................................................... 11.35 IDLER WEAR...................................................................................................................................... 11.36 PIN AND BUSHING WEAR................................................................................................................ 11.34 TRACK LINK WEAR........................................................................................................................... 11.33 TRACK SHOE GROUSER HEIGHT WEAR....................................................................................... 11.33 TRACK SLIDE WEAR......................................................................................................................... 11.36

11.1

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK SAG IMPORTANT Before driving a new machine make sure that track sag is set correctly. Track sag may be set less than specified for shipping purposes.

Make sure track components are always in good condition. Periodic inspections should be made to make sure components have: • Have not come loose • Bolts are at the correct torque

During the initial operating period, frequent adjustments to track sag must be made.

• Components are within the specified wear limits

The track sag dimension is very important and should be checked regularly. A 50% increase in the track life can be realized, particularly in bushing outer diameter wear and 'track pitch' by maintaining the correct amount of track sag. A track that is too tight will wear out significantly faster due to increased tension in the chain. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION. Track components operate under varying terrain conditions, most of which cause excessive wear. Wear to one component can quickly spread to the rest of the track .

Where applicable, check lubrication points.

STRAIGHT TRAVEL If the machine does not travel straight, the right and left track speeds are not set the same. Refer to TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. Check speeds of each track and follow the set-up procedures closely to obtain straight travel.

ROTARY MANIFOLD

IDLER

UNDERCARRIAGE LOWER HINGED ACCESS COVER SLIDES

UNDERCARRIAGE

LOWER ROLLERS INSPECTION COVERS

DRIVE MOTOR TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX DRIVE SPROCKET

880-02

TRACK

TRACK DRIVE 11.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM The hydrostatic drive system is part of the main hydraulic system. Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL for a description of the MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. The primary components of each track drive system are a hydraulic pump, main valve, rotary manifold and hydraulic motors connected together by hydraulic hoses. The pump converts the mechanical power of the diesel engine into

Track Drive hydraulic power. This flow of hydraulic oil is then transmitted to the hydraulic motor through the rotary manifold and connecting hoses. The motor then reconverts the hydraulic power back into mechanical power to drive the planetary gearbox to propel the machine. The gearbox has an integral spring apply, hydraulic-release, multidisc brake which is released via the pilot manifold whenever the track pedals are activated.

PLANETARY GEARBOX

DRIVE MOTOR

SPRINGS BRAKE DISCS

845CH-128

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR AND GEARBOX

11.3

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

H845C-156

Bri

POR 3600 PSI

MAX

M T

T BRAKE RELEASE 250-725 PSI

5000 PSI RELIEF

S MB

DRIVE MOTOR - LEFT SIDE SHOWN H845C-157

845CH-129

Bre

DRIVE MOTOR HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

DRIVE MOTOR - RIGHT SIDE SHOWN

PLANETARY GEARBOX MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

DRIVE MOTOR

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

860C-290A

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR AND GEARBOX CROSS SECTION 11.4

860C-286

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION

Track Drive The motor rotating group consists of a cylinder block with seven pistons and an output shaft that is attached to the rotating group by a retainer plate.

The drive motor is a variable displacement rotary group of bent axis design. The motor is interchangeable from side to side.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

CONTROL HOUSING AND PORT PLATE

PISTON

OUTPUT SHAFT

ROTATING GROUP

RETAINER

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT

CONTROL LENS 860C-286

CONTROL HOUSING AND PORT PLATE

COUNTER BALANCE VALVE

POSITIONING PISTON

CONTROL HOUSING AND PORT PLATE

CROSS OVER RELIEF VALVES

POSITIONING TRUNNION

860C-288A

BEGIN OF REGULATION VALVE

860C-298

11.5

860C-297

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Supply oil from the drive pump enters the motor through the port plate to the pistons. During operation, high pressure supply oil enters the piston bores in the cylinder block. The position of the rotating group forces the cylinder block against the concave surface of the port plate and the pistons against the output shaft. Piston sliding action causes the rotating group to turn.

CONTROL HOUSING AND PORT PLATE

POSITIONING PISTON

The cylinder block is attached to the output shaft which causes the output shaft to turn. During the second half of the motor rotation, low pressure is discharged as the pistons ride up to a higher position on the concave surface of the port plate. To reverse rotation, oil flow is reversed. During operation a small amount of supply oil flows through the centre of each piston. This oil lubricates the piston to output shaft joint.

POSITIONING TRUNION

The rotating group angle is changed by the positioning piston in the motor port plate from minimum displacement to maximum displacement. When the electric control solenoid demands minimum displacement, the motor runs at its highest speed. When the electric control solenoid demands maximum displacement, the motor runs at its slowest speed.

860C-297

MOTOR PORT PLATE

PLANETARY GEARBOX

DRIVE MOTOR

860C-290A

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR AND GEARBOX 11.6

860C-286

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

The motors can be operated in two ranges;

845CH-131

• Maximum displacement

TO "TRACK LOW" PILOT MANIFOLD

Bri

DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE

• Minimum displacement These two ranges are controlled by a solenoid pilot valve on the pilot manifold which is operated by the TRACK (LOW/DRIVE) switch in the cab. In the LOW position the solenoid on the pilot valve is energized and the motor is in its maximum displacement mode which will give the slowest speed and maximum tractive effort.

FROM PILOT MANIFOLD MAX

M T

POSITIONING PISTON

BRAKE RELEASE

For faster travelling modes the TRACK (LOW/ DRIVE) switch can be put in the DRIVE position and the motor will be in its minimum displacement position which will give the fastest speed. When in this high speed mode the motor will automatically increase motor displacement in the event that a high load is encountered, e.g. a short grade or obstacle. This increase in motor displacement is controlled by the drive speed change valve. This valve controls the hydraulic pressure signal to the maximum displacement piston. The piston increases motor displacement as the pressure rises above the drive speed change valve setting.

S MB

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES COUNTERBALANCE VALVE NOT USED

Bre

NOT USED

DRIVE MOTOR HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

11.7

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

845CH-131

REFER TO DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM When the travel pedals are activated, pedal pressure switches signal the XS2 module of the computer control system to control the planetary gearbox brakes. Through internal logic, the computer control system uses the signal from the pedal pressure switches to control a single brake release solenoid valve on the pilot manifold. When the solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil is delivered to both planetary gearbox brake pistons causing them to release. If either travel pedal is activated, both planetary gearbox brakes are released and a motion alarm is activated. When either travel pedal returns to the neutral position, pedal pressure switches signal to the XS2 module of the computer control system to control drive motor displacement. Through internal logic, the computer control system uses the signal from the pedal pressure switches to control track low left and right solenoid valves on the pilot manifold. If either solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil is delivered to its respective drive motor shifting it to maximum displacement. Shifting the motors to maximum displacement allows for improved hydrostatic braking and steering by increasing drive motor torque.

DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE 'H'

FROM PILOT MANIFOLD

GAUGE TEST PORT

MAX

M T

POSITIONING PISTON

BRAKE RELEASE

S MB

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES COUNTERBALANCE VALVE SUPPLY SHUTTLE VALVE

NOT USED

Bre

NOT USED

DRIVE MOTOR HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC A drive speed change valve (H) routes supply oil to the maximum displacement piston to keep the drive motor in the lowest speed. A servo pressure reducing valve controls the pressure of the supply oil entering the drive speed change valve.

PLANETARY GEARBOX DRIVE MOTOR

SPRINGS

BRAKE DISCS 845CH-128

TO "TRACK LOW" PILOT MANIFOLD

Bri

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR AND GEARBOX

11.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

TRACK BRAKE RELEASE DELAY When the travel pedals are deactivated the current to the brake release solenoid on the pilot manifold is turned off allowing the gearbox brakes to be applied. An adjustable delay is used when turning off the solenoid to allow time for the track motors to stop before the gearbox parking brakes are applied. The adjustment can be made through the MD3 screen.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the Hydraulics Menu and press OK.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the Tr. Brake Release Delay Off selection in the Hydraulics Menu and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

Using the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the value of the delay and then press OK. The default setting is 500 mS. 11.9

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK LOW LOGIC When the Track Low/Drive switch on the rear control panel is in the Drive position there is an adjustable setting through the MD3 computer that will allow for different braking and steering capability depending on the type of terrain. It will also extend the life of the gearbox brakes. When in the INDEPENDENT mode if either the left or right foot pedals are released then the corresponding track low solenoid on the pilot valve will be activated providing independent maximum displacement to the corresponding drive motor. This mode is recommended for steep terrain. When in the BOTH REQUIRED mode both foot pedals would need to be released before both left and right track low solenoids are activated. This mode is recommended for level ground.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to Machine parameters and press OK.

The adjustment is made through the MD3 screen.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to Track Low Logic and press OK.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the option you require and press OK. 11.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL

A Speed Indicator

The speed control feature of the MD3 computer allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals. Push the down arrow button on the MD3 computer to decrease the maximum speed of the machine. The green track speed indicator will display a reduction in speed as the adjustment is performed. Push the up arrow button on the MD3 computer to increase the maximum speed of the machine, or press the OK button to reset back to maximum speed. This function can be used while the machine is in motion in either HI or LOW travel speed selections. A travel speed control valve is used to control the pilot pressure to the foot pedals. NOTE: When the ignition key is turned OFF and then turned back ON the travel speed control resets back to maximum speed.

11.11

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MD3 COMPUTER

XS2-A0 MODULE

XA2-A0 MODULE

XS2-A1 MODULE

MOTION ALARM TRACK LOW TRACK LOW LEFT PILOT ON SWITCH

TRACK LOW RIGHT BRAKE RELEASE

PILOT ON/OFF CIRCUIT FOOT PEDALS

T P

2 3

T P

LEFT TRACK PRESSURE SWITCH

RIGHT TRACK PRESSURE SWITCH

TO RETURN MANIFOLD 2

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

8 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD

PILOT MANIFOLD

8 BRAKE RELEASE PORT 8

BRAKE RELEASE C8 TRACK LOW RIGHT C7

LEGEND

TRACK LOW LEFT.

2 TRACK LOW PORT 1

TRACK LOW PORT 2

BRAKE RELEASE PORT 8

7 CASE DRAIN

LEFT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

845CH-214

RIGHT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION – PILOT CIRCUIT – NON LEVELER 11.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MD3 COMPUTER

Track Drive

XS2-A0 MODULE

XA2-A0 MODULE

XS2-A1 MODULE

MOTION ALARM TRACK LOW TRACK LOW LEFT PILOT ON SWITCH

TRACK LOW RIGHT PILOT ON/OFF CIRCUIT

FOOT PEDALS

T P

LEFT TRACK PRESSURE SWITCH

BRAKE RELEASE

T P

1 1

RIGHT TRACK PRESSURE SWITCH

C8 TRACK LOW LEFT

TO RETURN MANIFOLD

TRACK LOW RIGHT

PILOT MANIFOLD

LEGEND

12 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

2 12 1

CASE DRAIN

LEFT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

TRACK LOW LEFT

TRACK LOW RIGHT RIGHT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

BRAKE RELEASE

845CH-215

TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION – PILOT CIRCUIT – LEVELER 11.13

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

T P

T P 2

LEFT TRACK PEDAL

TO PILOT MANIFOLD

1 RIGHT TRACK PEDAL

LEGEND

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

RIGHT TRACK

LEFT TRACK

X2 X6 MAIN VALVE

TO RETURN MANIFOLD

8 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD

RIGHT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

LEFT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

845CH-136

TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION – PRESSURE CIRCUIT – NON LEVELER 11.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

T P

T P 2

Track Drive

LEFT TRACK PEDAL

TO PILOT MANIFOLD RIGHT TRACK PEDAL

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

LEFT TRACK

RIGHT TRACK

X2 X6

MAIN VALVE

TO RETURN MANIFOLD

9 11

12 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD

8 10

A LEFT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

845CH-137

RIGHT GEARBOX AND MOTOR

TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION – PRESSURE CIRCUIT – LEVELER 11.15

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Bri

POR 3600 psi

Bri

POR 3600 psi

TO RETURN MANIFOLD 2

MAX

T 5000 psi RELIEF S MB

BRAKE T RELEASE 250-725 psi MA

MAX

B TOP PORT

Bre AQ146

TOP A PORT

S Bre AQ146

R.H. TRACK MOTOR

L.H. TRACK MOTOR

M T 5000 psi RELIEF S MB

BRAKE T RELEASE 250-725 psi

A2 FROM PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

T T LS P

STANDBY PRESSURE 200-600 psi

T1 T2 LS X6

Psv

MARGIN PRESSURE 290 psi

A a

Pa PL

MAX

ENGINE 275 hp, 2200 rpm B

SUCTION SUPPLY

REV. 2

FWD. 1

P T

FOOT PILOT VALVE, L.H.

TRACK BRAKE RELEASE LOW L.H. C8 C6

FOOT PILOT VALVE, R.H.

TELESCOPIC OPTION

WRIST CCW/ PUMP 2 C1

TS6

TS7

FWD. 1

P T 3

SWING TRACK BRAKE LOW R.H. C5 C7

RETRACT C2 C3

TRACK SPEED CONTROL VALVE

EXTEND C4

TS4

TS2

P TS5

TS1

TS8

TS3 1000 psi

845CH-132

PUMP, MAIN MAX DISPL. 200 CC/REV TO CASE DRAIN STRAINER

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC 11.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher DRIVE MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE

IMPORTANT! During start-up, it is important to vent entrapped air from the drive motor. The drive motor will be damaged if the entrapped air is not vented and replaced with filtered hydraulic oil prior to operating the drive function. This procedure must be performed when a new drive motor or drive pump is installed or when oil has been drained from the motor.

Track Drive 12. START the engine and leave at low idle . 13. Check for leaks. 14. Swing boom to side of machine.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine.

845-12

4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Always cover or cap all case drain, control, and high pressure hydraulic lines during the installation of any new or replacement pumps or motors.

15. Place the saw on the ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear off the ground. Refer to serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment). Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL for correct attachment weight information.

7. Remove and plug the drive motor case drain hose. 8. Remove the drive motor case drain port adaptor from the drive motor case drain port.

16. Use blocks to firmly support the undercarriage frame in raised position.

9. Manually fill the drive motor case at the case drain port with filtered hydraulic oil. 10. Install the case drain port adaptor and reconnect the drive motor case drain hose. CASE DRAIN PORT ADAPTER

LIFTING TRACK

860C-295A

DRIVE MOTOR CASE DRAIN HOSE

DRIVE MOTOR – LEFT SIDE SHOWN 11. Check the hydraulic tank oil level. Add filtered hydraulic oil if required.

11.17

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

17. Place track drive speed control switch in the LOW position.

WARNING The tracks will turn during this next step. 18. Press the appropriate drive foot pedal in forward and allow the track to rotate three complete revolutions. The drive motor must be free to rotate under no load. 19. Repeat step 17 for reverse operation. 20. Check track speeds and drive motor pressures before returning to work. Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values. 21. Lower the tracks to the ground. 22. Park machine with the felling head firmly on the ground. 23. Apply the swing brake. 24. Turn OFF the engine. 25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

11.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

DRIVE MOTOR CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values. TEST PROCEDURE: 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom.

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

845C-232

A 'XLS' Test Port B 'XP' Test Port C 'LS' Pressure Relief Valve

7. Install a 0–700 bar (0-10,000 psi) gauge on 'XP' test port on main control valve. 8. Disconnect the wire connection to the track low proportional solenoid on the pilot distribution manifold. 9. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 10. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

11. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 13. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 14. Close and latch the front door.

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

15. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

3. Apply the swing brake.

16. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

11.19

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 23. Have an assistant hold the left track drive foot pedal in the forward position. Observe the gauge on (XP) test port and make sure the pressure is set to left drive crossline relief specifications. 860C-293A B SIDE FORWARD CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

A SIDE REVERSE CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

DRIVE MOTOR – RIGHT SIDE SHOWN

17. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

24. If required loosen locknut on forward crossover relief valve adjusting screw, turn adjusting screw in to increase pressure and out to decrease pressure then tighten locknut.

18. Place track low switch in the LOW position.

25. Repeat step 23 and 24 for the left reverse crossover relief valve.

19. Press the left track drive foot pedal in both forward and reverse directions to make sure the track does not move.

26. Repeat steps 8 to 25 for the right track drive motor.

20. Have an assistant hold the left track drive foot pedal in either forward or reverse. 21. Check pressure gauge at (XP) port. The gauge reading should meet main control valve LS specified values. A SIDE FORWARD CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

860C-295A

27. When testing is complete, reset the LS relief valve to main control valve LS specifications. Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4. 28. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 29. Place the anti-stall switch in the ON position. 30. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 31. Turn OFF the engine. 32. Remove the ignition key. 33. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 34. Remove pressure gauges. 35. Connect the wire connection to the track low proportional solenoid on the pilot distribution manifold.

B SIDE REVERSE CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

DRIVE MOTOR – LEFT SIDE SHOWN

36. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills. 37. Replace both left and right drive motor inspection covers.

22. Hold the left drive foot pedal in forward or reverse. Observe the gauge on (XP) test port and temporarily set the LS relief valve to 345 bar (5000 psi).

11.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

SET BEGIN OF REGULATION (DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE)

860C-295A

BRAKE HOSE CONNECTION

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values. TEST PROCEDURE: 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

M PORT

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom.

CAUTION

DRIVE MOTOR – LEFT SIDE SHOWN 7. Install 0–700 bar (0–10,000 psi) gauge on the drive motor gauge test port (M).

Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key.

A 'XLS' Test Port B 'XP' Test Port C 'LS' Pressure Relief Valve

860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

845C-232

8. Install a 0–700 bar (0-10,000 psi) gauge on 'XP' test port on main control valve. 9. Disconnect the wire connection to the track low proportional solenoid on the pilot distribution manifold.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

11.21

Track Drive 10. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 11. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 12. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 13. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 14. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle .

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 21. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT drive foot pedal in FORWARD or REVERSE and temporarily set LS relief valve to 248 bar (3600 psi) on gauge at (XP) test port on main control valve. Refer to MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION – SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL for instructions on setting the LS relief valve. 875-234 860C-298

15. Close and latch the front door. 16. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 17. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTMENT

DRIVE MOTOR – LEFT SIDE SHOWN BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTMENT

18. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. 19. Place track low switch in the LOW position. 20. Press the left track drive foot pedal in both forward and reverse directions to make sure the track does not move.

22. While monitoring the gauge on the (M) test port, have an assistant slowly press the left track drive foot pedal in forward or reverse and load the motor. It should be in the range of left drive motor begin of regulation specifications. 23. If adjustment is required, loosen the BEGIN OF REGULATION adjusting screw locknut. Slowly turn the adjusting screw until the pressure gauge reading at (M) port meets begin of regulation specifications (in to increase, out to decrease). 24. Release the track drive foot pedal and reduce system pressure to the motor. 25. Tighten the adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 26. Repeat steps 7 to 25 using the right side track drive foot pedal.

11.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

11.23

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE

7. Remove both left and right side drive motor inspection covers.

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values and TRACK TIMING CHART in THIS SECTION for specific track rpm values.

8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

NOTE: Changes in margin pressure affect track speeds. Also the maximum displacement adjustment screw on the motor is not adjusted during this procedure.

11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

Both left and right track drives have four speed settings which are dealt with in the following procedures, they are:

12. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle .

1. Forward – High 2. Forward – Low

14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

3. Reverse – High

15. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

13. Close and latch the front door.

4. Reverse – Low. There are only three adjustments required to set track speeds. • Forward flow stop adjusting screw (located at the main control valve) • Reverse flow stop adjusting screw (located at the main control valve) • Motor minimum displacement adjustment stop (located at the drive motors)

TRACK SPEED ADJUSTMENT CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom.

CAUTION

16. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 11.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive LOW FORWARD (VALVE FLOW SETTING)

17. Swing boom to the side of machine.

20. Place the track drive speed control in the LOW position . A TIMING MARK, VISIBLE FROM THE CAB CAN ALSO BE PLACED ON THE TRACK

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

845-12

ROTATION

LIFTING TRACK

TO RECORD TRACK SPEED, PLACE TIMING MARKS ON TRACK FRAME AND GEARBOX HOUSING

18. Place the grapple on the ground. Force down with the boom controls to lift the track off the ground.

SET TRACK SPEED

84-18

Refer to serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment).

21. Have an assistant hold the left track drive foot pedal in the forward position. Observe and record the track drive sprocket speed.

Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL for correct attachment weight information.

For example a track containing 47 links: A reading of 14 rpm is desired which equals 1 complete revolution of the track every 17.52 seconds.

WARNING Do not place arms, legs or body under track while in the raised position.

845CH-235

FORWARD SPOOL STOP SCREW FOR RIGHT TRACK

REVERSE SPOOL STOP SCREW FOR LEFT TRACK

19. Use blocks to firmly support the undercarriage frame in a raised position.

WARNING

The tracks will turn during this next step. RIGHT TRACK

LEFT TRACK

REVERSE SPOOL STOP SCREW FOR RIGHT TRACK

FORWARD SPOOL STOP SCREW FOR LEFT TRACK

MAIN CONTROL VALVE (FRONT SIDE) 22. If required, adjust the left track drive flow adjusting screw on the main control valve to obtain the specified value.

11.25

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HIGH FORWARD (MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT) FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW LOCKNUT 19 MM WRENCH

875-015

26. Place the track drive speed control in the high position . 27. Have an assistant hold the left track drive foot pedal in the forward position. Observe and record the track drive sprocket speed. For example a track containing 47 links*:

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 6 mm ALLEN KEY

A reading of 28 rpm is desired which equals one complete revolution of the track every 8.76 seconds.

23. Turn the flow adjusting screw in (clockwise) to decrease flow or out (counterclockwise) to increase flow to the final drive.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

24. Tighten flow adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut on the flow adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief. 25. Re-check sprocket speed.

860C-349

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW – DO NOT ADJUST

28. If required, adjust the minimum displacement adjusting screw on the left track drive motor. 29. Turn the displacement adjusting screw in (clockwise) to slow down or out (counterclockwise) to speed up the final drive. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut on the displacement adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief. 30. Re-check sprocket speed IMPORTANT! Do not exceed the recommended track speed specified, over speeding will damage the drive motor or gearbox input.

11.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LOW REVERSE (VALVE FLOW SETTING)

31. Place the track drive speed control in the low position . 32. Have an assistant hold the left track drive foot pedal in the reverse position. Observe and record the track drive sprocket speed. 33. If required, adjust the left track drive flow adjusting screw on the main control valve to obtain the specified value. 34. Turn the flow adjusting screw in (clockwise) to decrease flow or out (counterclockwise) to increase flow to the final drive.

Track Drive IMPORTANT! Backing the main control valve adjusting screws out to exceed specified speed values allows the valve spool to travel beyond the optimum position for maximum oil flow. This causes a decrease in flow to the motors and track rpm to slow down. If over adjustment has occurred allow the valve to return to the neutral position and adjust the screw in until it just touches the valve spool. Repeat TRACK SPEED SETUP PROCEDURE to set track speed rpm. Do not turn the adjusting screw more than 12 turns out from where it just touches the valve spool when in the neutral position. TRACK TIMING CHART GEARBOX RPM

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW LOCKNUT 19 mm WRENCH

875-015

DESIRE D LOW

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 6 mm ALLEN KEY LOWER TRACTIVE EFFORT

35. Tighten flow adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut on the flow adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

DESIRE D HIGH

36. Re-check sprocket speed.

DO NOT EXCEED

37. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 38. Reset anti-stall mode to ON. 39. Turn OFF the engine. 40. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills. Repeat the TRACK SPEED ADJUSTMENT procedure for the right track adjustment.

10 23.48 24.52 26.09 26.61 11 21.34 22.29 23.72 24.19 12 19.57 20.43 21.74 22.17 13 18.06 18.86 20.07 20.47 14 16.77 17.52 18.63 19.01 15 15.65 16.35 17.39 17.74 16 14.67 15.33 16.30 16.63 17 13.81 14.42 15.35 15.65 18 13.04 13.62 14.49 14.78 19 12.36 12.91 13.73 14.00 20 11.74 12.26 13.04 13.30 21 11.18 11.68 12.42 12.67 22 10.67 11.15 11.86 12.09 23 10.21 10.66 11.34 11.57 24 9.78 10.22 10.87 11.09 25 9.39 9.81 10.43 10.64 26 9.03 9.43 10.03 10.23 27 8.70 9.08 9.66 9.86 28 8.39 8.76 9.32 9.50 29 8.10 8.46 9.00 9.18 30 7.83 8.17 8.70 8.87 31 7.57 7.91 8.42 8.58 32 7.34 7.66 8.15 8.32 33 7.11 7.43 7.91 8.06 34 6.91 7.21 7.67 7.83 35 6.71 7.01 7.45 7.60 36 6.52 6.81 7.25 7.39 37 6.35 6.63 7.05 7.19 38 6.18 6.45 6.86 7.00 39 6.02 6.29 6.69 6.82 40 5.87 6.13 6.52 6.65 *45 LINK TRACK NOT APPLICABLE TO 860/870/L870

TRACK TIMING CHART.XLS

11.27

NUMBER OF TRACK LINKS 47 50 51 TRACK REVOLUTION TIME (SECONDS)

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK COMPONENTS OPERATING THE MACHINE

Operate Machine With Attachment Over Idlers

A Sprocket B Idler

Whenever possible the machine should always be operated with the attachment over the idlers and not over the sprockets. Operating over the sprockets will result in overloading of the contact surfaces between the sprocket and the track bushings. Bushings could crack during sprocket impact.

11.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

MEASURING TRACK SAG

8. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

1. Position the felling head in the vertical position ans swing the boom to the side of the machine.

9. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

845-12

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

LIFTING TRACK

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

2. Place the felling head on the ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear off the ground.

853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

10. This dimension should be between 101 mm–152 mm (4 in–6 in) for normal operations.

Refer to serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment).

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated and adjustments need to be made. Refer to TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION for information on adjusting track sag.

Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL for correct attachment weight information. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Use blocks to firmly support the undercarriage frame in a raised position.

IMPORTANT! If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

WARNING The tracks will turn during this next step. 5. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track. 6. Turn OFF the engine. 7. Remove the ignition key.

11.29

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT Filling procedures for track sag adjustment will depend on which undercarriage your vehicle is equipped with. VALVE COUPLER

FILL FITTING VALVE

FILL VALVE

880-303

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

845C-003

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT – COUPLER 845C-002

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT – FITTING

To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

WARNING The grease is under very high pressure. Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm. To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

11.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS 860C-133

TRACK COMPONENT TORQUE VALUES It is important to check the torque values of the track shoe retaining bolts and the bottom roller retaining bolts at the NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE time period (first 100 hours) and then EVERY 125 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE time period. When installing new components, all traces of paint and dirt must be removed from all mating surfaces including the contact area under the bolt head and nut. Both the bolt and the nut on the track shoes should be lightly lubricated with SAE 30 oil and tightened using the torque-turn method. The torque-turn method involves torquing the bolt to an initial predetermined value, plus an additional 1 /3 turn (not the value shown in the torque charts). This ensures a more accurate and consistent torquing of the bolts, with less likelihood of the bolt/nut coming loose later. When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours after that use the CHECKING TORQUE values listed in the following paragraphs. If loose shoes or under torqued bolts are discovered during the first 100 hour check, they should be removed, surfaces cleaned, and reused using the torque-turn method. If the shoe is not loose but a single bolt is low on torque, loosen the bolt and torque-turn again. If loose or under torqued bolts are discovered any time after the 100 hour check, the bolts and nuts must be replaced with new ones, surfaces cleaned, and torque-turned again.

11.31

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TRACK SHOE RETAINING BOLTS

BOTTOM ROLLER RETAINING BOLTS

Track shoes must be fastened together applying the exact torque values shown below and using the torque-turn method described in TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS in this SECTION.

The bottom rollers must be fastened to the undercarriage applying the exact torque values shown below.

Track shoe bolts and nuts are designed specifically for this purpose and should not be substituted with standard hardware. Only bolts with grade 12.9 or 170 designation forged in the head are approved.

When installing new rollers, apply anti-seize compound to the bolt threads. When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours after that use the torque value(s) shown below. Bottom Roller Bolts 3⁄4 in. UNC

When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours after that use the checking torque value.

Torque

Bottom Roller Bolts 7⁄8 in. UNC Torque

Track shoe bolts – 3⁄4 UNF Torque-turn

Torque

Torque-turn

Torque

350 Nm (260 lbf-ft) + 1⁄3 turn Track shoe bolts – M24 460 Nm (340 lbf-ft) + 1⁄3 turn

920 Nm (680 lbf-ft) Bottom Roller Bolts M24

Track shoe bolts – M20 Checking torque 745 Nm (550 lbf-ft)

645 Nm (475 lbf-ft) Bottom Roller Bolts 1 in. UNC

300 Nm (220 lbf-ft) + 1⁄3 turn

Checking torque 610 nm (450 lbf-ft) Torque-turn

420 Nm (310 lbf-ft)

920 Nm (680 lbf-ft)

For a complete maintenance check refer to the PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Checking torque 1410 nm (1040 lbf-ft)

11.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

WEAR LIMITS

TRACK LINK WEAR

TRACK SHOE GROUSER HEIGHT WEAR

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE

SINGLE GROUSER BERC-9

Wear 0% wear (new)

Height 121.5 mm (4.78 in)

50% wear

116.8 mm (4.60 in)

75% wear

113.8 mm (4.48 in)

100% wear

110.2 mm (4.34 in)

DOUBLE GROUSER

WEAR LIMITS FOR F8 TRACK TYPE

BERC-10

TRIPLE GROUSER BERC-1

GROUSER WEAR (HEIGHT)

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D AND F8 TRACK TYPE Shoe Grouser

120.9 mm (4.76 in)

75% wear

118.7 mm (4.67in)

100% wear

115.0 mm (4.53 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE Height 129.0 mm (5.08 in)

50% wear

124.9 mm (4.92 in)

75% wear

122.1 mm (4.81in)

100% wear

119.0 mm (4.68 in)

71.6 mm (2.82 in)

Double

34.8 mm (1.37 in)

18 mm (0.71 in)

10.9 mm (0.43 in)

Triple

26.9 mm (1.06 in)

12.9 mm (0.51 in)

9.14 mm (0.36 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE

Single

74.4 mm (2.81 in)

75% Wear 39.1 mm (1.5 in)

Double

49 mm (1.9 in)

23 mm (0.9 in)

12 mm (0.5 in)

Triple

30 mm (1.2 in)

19 mm (0.7 in)

15 mm (0.6 in)

New

50% wear

Wear 0% wear (new)

Single

Shoe Grouser

Height 125.0 mm (4.92 in)

100% Wear 26.6 mm (0.93 in)

75% Wear 34.8 mm (1.37 in)

New

Wear 0% wear (new)

100% Wear 25 mm (1 in)

NOTE: Allowable wear for soft ground conditions is 100%. Allowable wear for rocky ground conditions is 75%.`

11.33

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PIN AND BUSHING WEAR

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D AND F8 TRACK TYPE Wear Height New length of four sections 813 mm (32 in)

BERC-3

MEASURING TRACK PITCH

1. Remove slack by placing a steel pin between sprocket and chain, then slowly move machine in reverse to tighten chain. 2. Measure pitch across two four link sections, except section on each side of the master pin, to find average chain wear.

825.5 mm (32.50 in)

75% worn

874.3 mm (34.42 in)

100% worn

877.6 mm (34.55 in)

NOTE: Allowable wear in rocky ground is 75%. These wear limits are to be used as a guide for when to turn the pins and bushings. If pins and bushings are not to be turned, the chain can be run past the 100% wear limit, until chain failure.

INTERNAL PIN & BUSHING WEAR 180°

BERC-4

100% worn

Wear Height New length of four sections 864.6 mm (34.04 in)

To take this measurement,

ROTATION

822.2 mm (32.37 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE

To obtain the track internal wear, i.e., the wear between the pin and the internal diameter of the bushing, measure the track pitch over four sections of track (5 pins).

EXTERNAL BUSHING WEAR

75% worn

TURN PIN & BUSHING 180°

PIN/BUSHING INTERNAL WEAR

NOTE: Wear to the pins and bushings only occurs in a small localized area, to extend the life of these components, the pins and bushings may be turned 180° or replaced provided other components are within specified wear limits: • Track link wear is 75% or less. • Change in track pitch has not exceeded 100% wear. • Bushing external wear less than 100% in soft ground or 75% or less in rocky ground. • There is at least 0.2 mm (0.008 in) press fit available between pin and bushing and link.

11.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher BUSHING WEAR, OUTSIDE DIAMETER

Track Drive BOTTOM ROLLER WEAR Measure the roller diameter on the tread contact surface with a large calliper to obtain the worst wear condition. If accessibility to the rollers is impaired by guards, then concentrate on the front and rear rollers, these will be the most worn.

45°

FORWARD VERTICAL SIDE WEAR WEAR BERC-5

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D AND F8 TRACK TYPE

REVERSE SIDE WEAR

MEASURING BUSHING WEAR

Wear

Use a calliper to measure the wear of the bushing outer diameter in three places. NOTE: Bushing outside diameter is measured at three places because of the forward and reverse travel of the machine and a vertical wear that takes place.

100% worn

61.7 mm (2.43 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE Wear Height New bushing outer diameter 71.4 mm (2.81 in) 75% worn

68.6 mm (2.70 in)

100% worn

66.4 mm (2.61 in)

75% worn

194 mm (7.64 in)

100% worn

187 mm (7.36 in)

Wear

Wear Height New bushing outer diameter 66.6 mm (2.62 in) 63.5 mm (2.50 in)

Height 210.0 mm (8.26 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D AND F8 TRACK TYPE

75% worn

New roller

NOTE: Allowable wear in rocky ground is 75%

11.35

New roller

Height 200.0 mm (7.87 in)

75% worn

188.5 mm (7.42 in)

100% worn

177.0 mm (6.97 in)

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

IDLER WEAR

TRACK SLIDE WEAR

Measure the idler wheel side diameters (tread contact surface) at several points to obtain the worst wear condition. Position a depth gauge or measuring tape as close as possible toward the centre of the idler with the gauge flat on the centre flange and parallel to the idler shaft.

Track slide wear should be checked periodically to make sure that it does not go over the limit and cause damage to the chain link bushings.

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D AND F8 TRACK TYPE Wear New idler dimension

Height 22.0 mm (0.866 in)

100% wear

30.0 mm (1.18 in)

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE Wear New idler dimension

Height 22.0 mm (0.866 in)

100% wear

28.0 mm (1.102 in)

Since the checking 845-33A area is not immediately visible, the measuring may be done using a gauge made from a piece of 1⁄8 in. flat bar. The gauge is inserted down through the holes in the track and placed between the track guide 1/8" and the track bushing. Make sure that dirt buildSUGGESTED up does not interfere MEASURING GAUGE with the reading. Check at several locations. The ends of the track slides tend to wear first. The slides should be replaced if excessive wear is found. 'A'

'A'

845-32

TRACK SLIDE WEAR

CHAIN LINK CHAIN LINK BUSHING

CHECK THIS DIMENSION

TRACK GUIDE TRACK SLIDE

845-33

SECTION A - A

The wear occurs on the top of the track slide as the chain links slide along and this wear will reduce the clearance between the track guide and the chain link bushings. When this clearance disappears the chain link bushings will start to wear.

11.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

ROTARY MANIFOLD – NON LEVELING The rotary manifold provides a 360° continuous rotation hydraulic connection between the upper structure and the undercarriage. The rotary manifold provides for 8 hydraulic connections.

A Collar Clamp B Undercarriage Door C Bolts 845C-235

A Rubber Cover

To access the top of the rotary manifold lift the rubber cover on the upper structure.

860C-426 860C-425

7 3

To access the bottom of the rotary manifold partially remove the bolt with the collar clamp. Make sure the collar clamp prevents complete removal of the bolt. Remove the remainder of the bolts and swing the undercarriage door out of the way.

7 6

5 1 8

1 2 3 4

Right Track 'X1' Port Left Track 'X1' Port Right Track Motor 'A' Port Left Track Motor 'B' Port

8 2

8 Passage Rotary Manifold (Front and Rear View) 5 6 7 8

11.37

Left Track Motor 'B' Port Left Track Motor 'A' Port Track Motor Case Drain Track Brake Release, Right and Left

Track Drive SPOOL

845CH-143

O-RING SNAP RING

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SEAL

MOUNTING FLANGE

BARREL

SEAL AND O-RING QTY 8

O-RING

8 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD CROSS SECTION

11.38

RETAINER PLATE

CAP

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

ROTARY MANIFOLD - LEVELING

The rotary manifold provides a 360° continuous rotation hydraulic connection between the upper structure and the undercarriage. The rotary manifold provides for 12 hydraulic connections.

845C-190

A Bolts and Washers B Left Rotary Manifold Guard C Right Rotary Manifold Guard

To access the bottom of the rotary manifold remove the left and right rotary manifold guards. 845C-235

Rubber Cover

To access the top of the rotary manifold lift the rubber cover on the upper structure.

8 12

3 12

1 7B

8 10

1 2 3 4 5 6

845CH-139 845CH-140

12 Passage Rotary Manifold (Front and Rear View)

Track Brake Release, Right and Left Track Track Low Left Track Right Cylinder Extend Right Cylinder Retract Left Cylinder Extend Left Cylinder Retract

7 8 9 10 11 12

11.39

Left Track Motor 'A' Port Right Track Motor 'B' Port Left Track Motor 'B' Port Right Track Motor 'A' Port Track Motor Case Drain Track Low Right

Track Drive SPOOL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

O-RING SNAP RING

SEAL

BARREL

SEAL AND O-RING QTY 8

SEAL AND O-RING QTY 5

O-RING

MOUNTING FLANGE 845CH-138

12 PASSAGE ROTARY MANIFOLD CROSS SECTION

11.40

RETAINER PLATE

CAP

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Track Drive

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL INSTALLATION GLIDELOC SEALS

The following information is provided to assist in the installation of Glideloc seals in the rotary manifold.

880-197

2. Position the seal lock tabs as shown. LOCK TABS 860C-431

SEAL INSTALLATION TOOL

This procedure requires the use of a seal installation tool for the proper installation of Glideloc seals. See ROTARY MANIFOLD in the machine parts catalog for tool part number. GLIDELOC SEAL

LOCK TABS

GUIDE

CLAMP

880-198

880-196

3. Seal shown clamped for installation. Note orientation of the lock tabs.

1. Lubricate the seal with hydraulic oil or 10W30 oil and place seal raised off of table.

880-199

GLIDELOC SEAL

4. Position the tool in the manifold. Align one side of the seal lock tabs with a groove in the manifold barrel. 11.41

Track Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher GLIDELOC SEAL

LOCK TAB

880-200

9. Make sure the seal and lock tabs are correctly positioned in the manifold barrel. 10. Repeat steps 1 - 7 for the seals.

880-201

5. Hold the installed side of the seal in the manifold groove. 6. Slowly release the clamp while aligning the seal lock tabs on the opposite side into the manifold barrel. 7. Release clamp arms and remove tool. GLIDELOC SEAL

880-202

8. Align the remaining seal lock tabs in the grove.

11.42

BOOM FUNCTIONS..........................................................................................................................................12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 12 – BOOM FUNCTIONS CONTENTS – SECTION 12

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ADJUST CONVENTIONAL BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES.......................................................... 12.16 HEAD TILT..........................................................................................................................................12.18 HOIST BOOM CYLINDERS............................................................................................................... 12.17 STICK BOOM CYLINDERS................................................................................................................ 12.17 ADJUST ER BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES.................................................................................. 12.19 STICK BOOM CYLINDER.................................................................................................................. 12.19 B

BOOM CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................ 12.8 BOOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................. 12.2 CONVENTIONAL BOOM SYSTEM...................................................................................................... 12.2 CONVENTIONAL BOOM MANIFOLD CONNECTIONS................................................................... 12.3 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 12.4 ER BOOM MANIFOLD CONNECTIONS.......................................................................................... 12.7 ER BOOM SYSTEM COMPONENTS............................................................................................... 12.6 ER OPERATION............................................................................................................................... 12.4 C

CONVENTIONAL TO ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................ 12.23 E

ER TO CONVENTIONAL BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................ 12.21 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ER BOOM...........................................................................................................................................12.10 LOAD SENSING................................................................................................................................... 12.9 L

LOAD SENSING\ENGINE ANTI-STALL................................................................................................... 12.9 P

PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTIONS.................................................................................................. 12.11 S

SETTING PORT RELIEF VALVES......................................................................................................... 12.12 HOIST BOOM, STICK BOOM, HEAD TILT........................................................................................ 12.12 HEAD TILT PORT RELIEFS........................................................................................................... 12.15 HOIST BOOM PORT RELIEFS...................................................................................................... 12.13 STICK BOOM PORT RELIEFS....................................................................................................... 12.14 T

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES.................................................................................................... 12.20

12.1

Boom Functions BOOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The ER boom system is standard equipment on 845C feller bunchers. The ER boom system can be converted to a conventional boom system through the Tigercat dealer network.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CONVENTIONAL BOOM SYSTEM

Two hoist cylinders, with a 140 mm diameter bore, are used to raise and lower the main boom. Two cylinders with a 120 mm diameter bore are used side-by-side in the stick position. See ER BOOM SYSTEM for operational details. These cylinders receive oil from the main pump via valve sections on the main hydraulic valve.

Left Joystick

Right Joystick

Two joystick handles in the cab control the movement of each cylinder by directing pilot oil to the pilot end caps on each end of the appropriate valve sections on the main valve manifold to shift the spool and move the cylinder(s). The left moves the stick boom IN and OUT. The right joystick moves the hoist boom UP and DOWN.

12.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

N C M D

845C-273

A B C D E F G H I J

Conventional Boom Manifold Connections

Rear View Front View Port – B1 (From Hoist Valve Port – B) Port – A1 (From Hoist Valve Port – A) Port – T1 (Tank Return) Port – P2 and Check Valve (Located on Bottom) Port – A3 (Plugged) Port – A2 (Plugged) Port – D3 (Right Stick Cylinder Rod End) Port – B2 (Plugged)

K L M N O P Q R S

12.3

Port – D2 (Left Side Cylinder Rod End) Port – P1 (Plugged) Port – D1 (From Stick Valve Port – B) Port – C1 (From Stick Valve Port – A) Port – C2 (Left Side Stick Cylinder Base End) Port – C3 (Right Side Stick Cylinder Base End) Port – B3 (Plugged) Port – B4 (Hoist Cylinder Rod End) Port – A4 (Hoist Cylinder Base End)

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ER BOOM SYSTEM

WARNING

These machines are equipped with a ER valve to provide ER boom function. ER OPERATION The ER boom valve, located on the upper structure at the base of the main boom, connects one of the STICK cylinders with the HOIST cylinders circuit in such a way that allows the boom system to be controlled by movement of a single joystick lever.

This machine is equipped with an ER boom system and may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system. When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted:

860-01.AI

• The main and stick boom cylinder circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. • The boom may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the boom and head.

PUSH LEFT JOYSTICK FORWARD TO MOVE FELLING HEAD AWAY FROM MACHINE

• Ensure the head is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

860-01.AI

PULL LEFT JOYSTICK BACK TO MOVE FELLING HEAD TOWARDS THE MACHINE Pushing the left joystick FORWARD moves the attachment STRAIGHT OUT away from the machine. Pulling back on the left joystick moves the head IN towards the machine.

12.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

PARKING BOOM FIG.1

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-002

PARKING BOOM FIG.2

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that: • The machine is parked on level ground with the attachment on the ground (Fig. 1). • The stick cylinders are fully extended (Fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (Fig. 2). • The tip of the stick boom is supported. For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist boom and ER cylinders, the ER cylinder can overpower the stick cylinder under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

12.5

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ER BOOM SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Refer also to ER BOOM SYSTEM in THIS SECTION for ER boom system service safety information.

WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system . Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

HOIST CYLINDER

B1 L.H. STICK CYL. BASE

L.H. STICK CYL. ROD D2 R.H. STICK CYL. ROD A3

R.H. STICK CYL. BASE

T1 BOOM HYDRAULICS ER NON-ER

BOOM (ER) VALVE

L.H. STICK CYLINDER

R.H. STICK CYLINDER

845CH-149

TO TELESCOPIC CYLINDER BULKHEAD FITTING - BELOW ER VALVE (OPTIONAL)

ER/NON-ER BOOM SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS 12.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

N C M D

845C-273

A B C D E F G H I J

Er Boom Manifold Connections

Rear View Front View Port – B1 (From Hoist Valve Port – B) Port – A1 (From Hoist Valve Port – A) Port – T1 (Tank Return) Port – P2 and Check Valve (Located on Bottom) Port – A3 (Right Stick ER Cylinder Base End) Port – A2 (Plugged) Port – D3 (Plugged) Port – B2 (Plugged)

K L M N O P Q R S

12.7

Port – D2 (Left Side Cylinder Rod End) Port – P1 (Plugged) Port – D1 (From Stick Valve Port – B) Port – C1 (From Stick Valve Port – A) Port – C2 (Left Side Stick Cylinder Base End) Port – C3 (Plugged) Port – B3 (Right Stick ER Cylinder Rod End) Port – B4 (Hoist Cylinder Rod End) Port – A4 (Hoist Cylinder Base End)

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

BOOM CONTROL VALVE The hoist and stick spool sections each have port relief valves with anti-cavitation features to protect the circuit from abnormally high pressures induced by the working load.

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS

Adjustable spool travel stops on each pilot end cap of the spool sections can be adjusted to limit spool travel and control the flow of oil to the cylinder(s). Controlling the flow of oil to the cylinders also controls the operating speed. To adjust the relief valves, refer to SET MAIN BOOM AND STICK PORT RELIEF VALVES in THIS SECTION. To adjust the oil flow, refer to ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS in THIS SECTION.

HOIST BOOM 'UP' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE(FRONT VIEW)

845CH-158

STICK BOOM 'OUT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

HOIST BOOM 'DOWN' PORT CONNECTION

HOIST BOOM 'UP' PORT CONNECTION

HOIST

STICK

HOIST BOOM 'DOWN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK BOOM 'IN' PORT CONNECTION

STICK BOOM 'OUT' PORT CONNECTION

STICK BOOM 'IN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW NOTE: PORTS 'A' TO CYLINDER BASE END. PORTS 'B' TO CYLINDER ROD END.

845CH-130

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS (FRONT VIEW OF VALVE) 12.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

LOAD SENSING\ENGINE ANTI-STALL

For a full description of the engine anti-stall, Refer to SECTION 9 in THIS MANUAL.

The boom hydraulics along with the swing, pump 2, head rotate and track drive, telescopic stick functions (if equipped) circuits are all under the control of the load sensing system incorporated into the main hydraulic circuit.

For a full description of the pilot system including the joystick handles, refer to SECTION 5 in THIS MANUAL.

For a full description of the main hydraulic system including load sensing, main pump and the main control valve, Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL. MD3 COMPUTER XS2 MODULE (CAB)

J1939 ENGINE ECU (RPM)

XA2-A0 MODULE (ENGINE FRAME)

PUMP HP LIMITER (ANTI-STALL)

XS2-A1 MODULE (ENGINE FRAME)

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE SENSOR

TO ANTI-STALL SWITCH ON CONTROL PANEL (IN CAB)

TO OIL COOLER

TO TANK FROM OIL COOLER

'P' PRESSURE PORT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

TO OIL COOLER

LEGEND

MAIN PUMP

'LS' SIGNAL TO MAIN PUMP

845C-170

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 12.9

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HOIST CYLINDER

BOOM VALVE

STICK CYLINDER

D1 C1 B3 A3

LEFT JOYSTICK

RIGHT JOYSTICK

C3 C2 D2

T1 B 1 A1

TP1234

TO TANK

1234TP

TO OIL COOLER A

'LS' TO MAIN PUMP

TO TANK

FROM OIL COOLER

FROM MAIN PUMP TO 'P' PORT MAIN CONTROL VALVE

TO OIL COOLER

LEGEND

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

TO TANK

'XLS' TEST PORT

845CH-148

'XP' TEST PORT

PILOT MANIFOLD FROM PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

ER BOOM SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 12.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTIONS H845C-84

MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

'P' PRESSURE PORT

'LS' PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF 'XLS' TEST PORT

'XP' TEST PORT

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 'XLS' & 'XP' PORTS The pressure gauge connections are the 'XP' and 'XLS' gauge tests port on the main valve manifold.

‘P’ TEST PORT

‘LS’ TEST PORT

845C-105

MAIN PUMP 'LS' (PL) AND 'P' TEST PORTS 12.11

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SETTING PORT RELIEF VALVES

3. Apply the swing brake.

HOIST BOOM, STICK BOOM, HEAD TILT

4. Turn OFF the engine.

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values.

5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING

845C-232

A B C

'XLS' Test Port 'XP' Test Port 'LS' Pressure Relief Valve

7. Connect a 0–700 bar (0–10 000 psi) pressure gauge on 'XP' test port of main control valve. 8. Turn the port relief valve adjusting screws fully IN (clockwise) for functions being set, do not over tighten or breakage will result. 9. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 10. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 11. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 13. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 14. Close and latch the front door.

The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

12.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions HOIST BOOM PORT RELIEFS

15. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 16. Place ANTI-STALL switch in the OFF position. 17. Place FAN SERVICE mode to 'ON'. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

NOTE: When making these relief adjustments, the upper structure should be positioned with the boom in the straight ahead position between the tracks.

WARNING

18. With the aid of an assistant, bottom out the cylinder of the function being set.

The boom will fall and injury or death may occur if the relief valve adjusting screw is turned (counterclockwise) too far out.

19. Loosen the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 20. Temporarily increase 'LS' relief valve setting to 345 bar (5000 psi) on gauge 'XP'. 21. Tighten the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut.

22. With the aid of an assistant, hold the right hand joystick in the HOIST BOOM UP position (fully extended). SPOOL TRAVEL STOP • 19 mm WRENCH • 6 mm ALLEN KEY

PILOT END CAP

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5 mm ALLEN KEY LOCKNUT • 17 mm WRENCH PORT RELIEF VALVE MAIN VALVE BODY 90744-3

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

23. Loosen the HOIST BOOM UP port relief valve cartridge locknut. 24. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below HOIST BOOM UP port relief specifications. 25. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets hoist boom port relief specifications. 26. Tighten the adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

12.13

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher STICK BOOM PORT RELIEFS

27. With the aid of an assistant, hold the right hand joystick in the HOIST BOOM DOWN position (fully retracted). 28. Loosen the HOIST BOOM DOWN port relief valve cartridge locknut.

NOTE: When making these relief adjustments, the upper structure should be positioned with the boom in the straight ahead position between the tracks.

29. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below HOIST BOOM DOWN port relief specifications.

Repeat steps 1 to 21 of SETTING PORT RELIEF VALVES – HOIST BOOM, STICK BOOM, HEAD TILT to set the port relief valves for the STICK BOOM IN and OUT functions.

30. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets hoist port relief specifications.

WARNING The boom will fall and injury or death may occur if the relief valve adjusting screw is turned (counterclockwise) too far out.

31. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 32. Reset the main valve (LS) relief pressure specifications. Refer to MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION – SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

9. With the aid of an assistant, hold the left hand joystick in the STICK BOOM OUT position (fully extended). SPOOL TRAVEL STOP • 19 mm WRENCH • 6 mm ALLEN KEY

33. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 34. Reset anti-stall mode to ON.

PILOT END CAP

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5 mm ALLEN KEY

35. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

LOCKNUT • 17 mm WRENCH

36. Apply swing brake if not already applied.

PORT RELIEF VALVE

37. Turn OFF the engine. 38. Remove the ignition key.

MAIN VALVE BODY

39. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 40. Remove pressure gauges.

90744-3

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

10. Loosen the STICK BOOM OUT port relief valve cartridge locknut. 11. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below STICK BOOM OUT port relief specifications. 12. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets stick boom port relief specifications. 13. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

12.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 14. With the aid of an assistant, hold the left hand joystick in the STICK BOOM IN position (fully retracted).

Boom Functions HEAD TILT PORT RELIEFS

15. Loosen the STICK BOOM IN port relief valve cartridge locknut.

NOTE: When making these relief adjustments, the upper structure should be positioned with the boom in the straight ahead position between the tracks.

16. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below STICK BOOM IN port relief specifications.

Repeat steps 1 to 21 of SETTING PORT RELIEF VALVES – HOIST BOOM, STICK BOOM, HEAD TILT to set the port relief valves for the HEAD TILT FORWARD and BACKWARD functions.

17. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets stick port relief specifications.

WARNING The boom will fall and injury or death may occur if the relief valve adjusting screw is turned (counterclockwise) too far out.

18. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 19. Reset the main valve (LS) relief pressure specifications. Refer to MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION – SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

9. With the aid of an assistant, hold the right hand joystick in the HEAD TILT FORWARD position. SPOOL TRAVEL STOP • 19 mm WRENCH • 6 mm ALLEN KEY

20. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 21. Reset anti-stall mode to ON.

PILOT END CAP

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5 mm ALLEN KEY

22. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 23. Apply swing brake if not already applied.

LOCKNUT • 17 mm WRENCH

24. Turn OFF the engine.

PORT RELIEF VALVE

25. Remove the ignition key.

MAIN VALVE BODY

26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 27. Remove pressure gauges.

90744-3

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

10. Loosen the HEAD TILT FORWARD port relief valve cartridge locknut. 11. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below HEAD TILT FORWARD port relief specifications. 12. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets HEAD TILT FORWARD port relief specifications. 13. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 14. With the aid of an assistant, hold the right hand joystick in the HEAD TILT BACKWARD position. 15. Loosen the HEAD TILT FORWARD port relief valve cartridge locknut. 12.15

Boom Functions 16. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at (P) port drops below HEAD TILT FORWARD port relief specifications. 17. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the pressure gauge reading meets HEAD TILT FORWARD relief specifications. 18. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 19. Reset the main valve (LS) relief pressure specifications. Refer to MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION – SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 20. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 21. Reset anti-stall mode to ON. 22. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ADJUST CONVENTIONAL BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (seal nut) on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

23. Apply swing brake if not already applied.

5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

24. Turn OFF the engine.

6. Start the engine and set throttle to full

25. Remove the ignition key.

7. Close and latch the front door.

26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

27. Remove pressure gauges.

9. Apply the swing brake. 10. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. 11. Use the MD3 computer to set anti-stall mode to OFF. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – ANTI-STALL MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

12.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

HOIST BOOM CYLINDERS

STICK BOOM CYLINDERS

7. Move the right joystick forward to lower the HOIST BOOM and retract BOTH cylinders until the attachment is 1 m (3.3 ft) above ground level.

1. Move the left joystick forward to move the STICK BOOM out and fully extend the cylinder.

6. Move the left joystick forward to move the STICK BOOM OUT and fully extend the cylinder.

Repeat steps 1 to 11 of ADJUST CONVENTIONAL BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES to set oil flow to the STICK BOOM CYLINDERS.

8. Move the joystick back to raise the hoist boom and fully extend both cylinders. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 9. Move the joystick forward to lower the HOIST BOOM and retract cylinders until attachment is 1 m (3.3 ft) above ground. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 10. If required, adjust the flow adjusting screw for HOIST BOOM UP speed or HOIST BOOM DOWN speed for hoist boom cylinders. 11. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 12. Reset anti-stall mode to ON. 13. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 14. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 15. Turn OFF the engine. 16. Remove the ignition key. 17. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

2. Move the left joystick back to move the STICK BOOM in and fully retract the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 3. Move the left joystick forward to move the STICK BOOM out and fully extend the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 4. If required, adjust the flow adjusting screw for STICK BOOM OUT speed or STICK BOOM IN speed for the stick boom cylinder. 5. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 6. Reset anti-stall mode to ON. 7. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 8. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 9. Turn OFF the engine. 10. Remove the ignition key. 11. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

12.17

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HEAD TILT

Repeat steps 1 to 11 of ADJUST CONVENTIONAL BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES to set oil flow to the HEAD TILT CYLINDER. 1. Move the right joystick to the right to tilt the head OUT and fully retract the cylinder. 2. Move the right joystick to the left to tilt the head IN and fully extend the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 3. Move the right joystick to the right to tilt the head OUT and fully retract the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 4. If required, adjust the flow adjusting screw for HEAD TILT IN speed or HEAD TILT OUT speed for the head tilt cylinder. 5. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 6. Reset anti-stall mode to ON. 7. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 8. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 9. Turn OFF the engine. 10. Remove the ignition key. 11. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

12.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

ADJUST ER BOOM OIL FLOW – CYCLE TIMES Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (seal nut) on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

12. Move the left joystick forward to move the STICK BOOM out and fully extend the cylinder. 13. Move the left joystick back to move the STICK BOOM in and fully retract the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 14. Move the left joystick forward to move the STICK BOOM out and fully extend the cylinder. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 15. If required, adjust the flow adjusting screw for STICK BOOM OUT (ER BOOM) speed or STICK BOOM IN (ER BOOM) speed for the stick boom cylinder.

2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

16. Reset fan service mode to OFF. 17. Reset anti-stall mode to ON.

4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

18. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 6. Start the engine and set throttle to full

STICK BOOM CYLINDER

19. Apply swing brake if not already applied. .

20. Turn OFF the engine.

7. Close and latch the front door.

21. Remove the ignition key.

8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

12.19

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES

Do not over adjust the flow adjusting screws to provide faster cycle times, this will increase stress on boom components and the hydraulic system. To set cylinder cycle times, loosen the spool travel-stop locknut on the adjusting screw. Turn the adjusting screw IN (clockwise) to SLOW DOWN and OUT (counterclockwise) to SPEED UP. Tighten the adjusting screw locknut and re-check times. IMPORTANT! Backing the adjusting screw out to exceed PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL allows the valve spool to travel beyond the optimum position for maximum oil flow. This causes cylinder cycle times to INCREASE and boom function to SLOW DOWN. If over adjustment has occurred allow the valve to return to the neutral position and adjust the screw IN until it just touches the valve spool. Repeat ADJUST OIL TO CYLINDERS PROCEDURE to set cylinder cycle times. Do not turn the adjusting screw more than 12 turns out from where it just touches the valve spool when in the neutral position.

12.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

CONVERTING ER BOOM SYSTEM TO CONVENTIONAL BOOM SYSTEM

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE SCHRADER VALVE

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

FILTER/ BREATHER MANIFOLD

860C-001

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

AIR VENT EXHAUST

845C-097

860C-002

PRESSURE GAUGE

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

6. Depressurize the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL

NOTE: To prevent excessive loss of hydraulic oil from the system while servicing the boom system, it may be necessary to install a vacuum on the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

845CH-144

7. Remove the bolts (1), washers (2), retainer plate (3) and belting (4) from the access hole below the hoist boom to gain access to the boom manifold. 8. Install a drain pan and wiper cloths under boom manifold to catch any spilled oil. 9. Disconnect the right stick cylinder hoses from the A3 and B3 ports on the boom manifold. 10. Remove the fittings from the A3 and B3 ports on the boom manifold. 11. Remove the plugs from the C3 and D3 ports and install them in the A3 and B3 ports on the boom manifold. 12. Install the fittings removed from A3 and B3 ports in C3 and D3 ports on the boom manifold. 12.21

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

13. Install the right stick cylinder (rod end) hose (removed from the A3 port) on the D3 port. Install the right stick cylinder (base end) hose (removed from the B3 port) on the C3 port.

D1 C1

15. Turn off vacuum pump, remove hose and reinstall hydraulic tank breather filter.

A1 D3

A2 Front

CHECK VALVE AND P2 PORT (ON BOTTOM)

845CH-146

NON-ER BOOM MANIFOLD CONNECTIONS

The Boom Manifold connections for NON-ER boom systems are as follows:

17. Remove drain pan and wiper cloths, and wipe up any spilled oil. 18. Reinstall the belting, retainer plate, washers and bolts over the access hole below the main boom. 19. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

• A1 Hoist Valve 'A' Port • A2 Plugged • A3 Plugged • A4 Hoist Cylinder Base End

20. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

• B1 Hoist Valve 'B' Port

21. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

• B2 Plugged

22. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

• B4 Hoist Cylinder Rod End

23. Start the engine and set throttle to full

16. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

L.H. STICK CYL. BASE L.H. STICK CYL. ROD R.H. STICK CYL. BASE R.H. STICK CYL. ROD

14. Tighten fittings and plugs in manifold to 142156 Nm (105-115 lbf-ft), and hose connections to fittings to 115-122 Nm (85-90 lbf-ft).

• B3 Plugged • C1 From Stick Valve 'A' Port

• C2 Left Stick Cylinder Base End

24. Close and latch the front door.

• C3 Right Stick Cylinder Base End

25. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

• D1 From Stick Valve 'B' Port

26. Refer to SECTION 2 of the Operator's Manual to ensure the hoist and stick boom functions are correct. 27. Refer to CONVERTING NON-ER TO ER BOOM to revert back to ER boom configuration.

• D2 Left Stick Cylinder Rod End • D3 Right Stick Cylinder Rod End • P1 Plugged • P2 Plugged • T1 Return to Tank

12.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Boom Functions

CONVERTING CONVENTIONAL TO ER BOOM SYSTEM

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve. AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE SCHRADER VALVE

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

FILTER/ BREATHER MANIFOLD

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

AIR VENT EXHAUST

845C-097

860C-002

PRESSURE GAUGE

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

6. Depressurize the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL NOTE: To prevent excessive loss of hydraulic oil from the system while servicing the boom system, it may be necessary to install a vacuum on the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

845CH-144

7. Remove the bolts (1), washers (2), retainer plate (3) and belting (4) from the access hole below the hoist boom to gain access to the boom manifold. 8. Install a drain pan and wiper cloths under boom manifold to catch any spilled oil. 9. Disconnect the right stick cylinder hoses from the C3 and D3 ports on the boom manifold. 10. Remove the fittings from the C3 and D3 ports on the boom manifold. 11. Remove the Plugs from the A3 and B3 ports and install them in the C3 and D3 ports on the boom manifold.

12.23

Boom Functions

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

12. Install the fittings removed from C3 and D3 ports in A3 and B3 ports on the boom manifold.

D1 C1

13. Install the right stick cylinder (rod end) hose (removed from the C3 port) on the B3 port. Install the right stick cylinder (base end) hose (removed from the D3 port) on the A3 port. 14. Tighten fittings and plugs in manifold to 142156 Nm (105-115 lbf-ft), and hose connections to fittings to 115-122 Nm (85-90 lbf-ft). 15. Turn off vacuum pump, remove hose and reinstall hydraulic tank breather filter. 16. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

L.H. STICK CYL. BASE L.H. STICK CYL. ROD R.H. STICK CYL. ROD R.H. STICK CYL. BASE

D2 D3 A3 B2 P1

A2 Front

CHECK VALVE AND P2 PORT (ON BOTTOM)

845CH-145

ER BOOM MANIFOLD CONNECTIONS The Boom Manifold connections for ER boom systems are as follows:

17. Remove drain pan and wiper cloths, and wipe up any spilled oil.

• A1 Hoist Valve 'A' Port • A2 Plugged • A3 Right Stick ER Cylinder Base End

18. Reinstall the belting, retainer plate, washers and bolts over the access hole below the main boom. 19. Start the engine, engage the pilot switch and operate the joysticks. Refer to SECTION 2 of the Operator's Manual to ensure the hoist and stick boom functions are correct.

• A4 Hoist Cylinder Base End • B1 Hoist Valve 'B' Port • B2 Plugged • B3 Right Stick ER Cylinder Rod End • B4 Hoist Cylinder Rod End • C1 From Stick Valve 'A' Port

20. Refer to CONVERTING ER TO NON-ER BOOM to revert back to NON-ER boom configuration.

• C2 Left Stick Cylinder Base End • C3 Plugged • D1 From Stick Valve 'B' Port • D2 Left Stick Cylinder Rod End • D3 Plugged • P1 Plugged • P2 Plugged • T1 Return to Tank

12.24

LEVELING.........................................................................................................................................................13

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 13 – LEVELING CONTENTS - SECTION 13

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/MAX SETTINGS......................................................... 13.16 ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED............................................................................. 13.21 ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS.............................................................................................. 13.19 C

CHECKING LEVELING SPEED............................................................................................................. 13.15 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM................................................................................................................................. 13.4 COUNTERBALANCE VALVE PRESSURES.......................................................................................... 13.24 E

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC JOYSTICK............................................................................................................................................13.5 MD3 COMPUTER................................................................................................................................. 13.6 XA2-A1 MODULE................................................................................................................................. 13.5 H

HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC COUNTERBALANCE VALVE............................................................................................................. 13.13 LEVELING............................................................................................................................................13.3 LEVELING CONTROL VALVE.............................................................................................................. 13.9 L

LEVELER COMPONENT LUBRICATION.............................................................................................. 13.49 INTERMEDIATE PIVOT BEARING.................................................................................................... 13.49 LUBRICATING CYLINDERS AND PINS............................................................................................. 13.49 SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARINGS........................................................................................................... 13.49 LEVELING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 13.2 LEVELING CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................. 13.8 PORT CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................................ 13.8 PORT RELIEFS.................................................................................................................................... 13.8 PRESSURE COMPENSATION............................................................................................................ 13.8 REPLACING LEVELING CONTROL VALVE PORT RELIEFS:.......................................................... 13.11 SPOOL SECTIONS.............................................................................................................................. 13.8 LEVELING CYLINDER COUNTERBALANCE VALVES......................................................................... 13.12 OPERATING DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................. 13.12 TILT BACKWARD............................................................................................................................ 13.12 TILT FORWARD.............................................................................................................................. 13.12 TILT LEFT.......................................................................................................................................13.12 TILT RIGHT..................................................................................................................................... 13.12 LEVELING CYLINDER TAPER LOCK PINS.......................................................................................... 13.35 ADJUSTING AXIAL MOVEMENT OF THE BALL BUSHING ALONG THE PIN................................. 13.38 REPLACE LEVELING CYLINDER BALL BUSHINGS........................................................................ 13.41 SUPPORTING THE UPPER STRUCTURE....................................................................................... 13.36 BOOMS AND HEAD SUPPORTING UPPER STRUCTURE.......................................................... 13.36 HYDRAULIC JACKS AND WOOD BLOCKS.................................................................................. 13.36 OVERHEAD CRANE....................................................................................................................... 13.36 LEVELING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................. 13.14 CYLINDER OPERATING SPEEDS.................................................................................................... 13.14 CYLINDER TRACKING...................................................................................................................... 13.14 START RAMP..................................................................................................................................... 13.14 STOP RAMP....................................................................................................................................... 13.14 LEVELING VALVE PORT RELIEF PRESSURE..................................................................................... 13.25 S

SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARING................................................................................................................. 13.27 CHECKING SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARING ENDPLAY........................................................................ 13.27 FRONT PIVOT AXIS BEARING...................................................................................................... 13.31 REAR PIVOT AXIS BEARING........................................................................................................ 13.27

13.1

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT! This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

LEVELING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Hydraulic oil for the leveling circuit is supplied by the main pump. Refer to HYDRAULIC PUMPS – MAIN PUMP in SECTION 4. The circuit is integrated into the main hydraulic system which uses load sensing to control leveling functions. Two valve sections on the leveling control valve supply oil to the rod and base ends of the two leveling cylinders. The pilot manifold supplies lower pressure pilot oil to the pilot end caps of the two valve sections on the leveling control valve.

Two leveling cylinders are used to operate the leveling function. The left leveling cylinder retracts while the right cylinder extends to tilt LEFT. To tilt RIGHT, the right leveling cylinder retracts while the left cylinder extends. Both cylinders extend at the same time to tilt FORWARD or retract at the same time to tilt BACKWARD. Each cylinder is equipped with a counterbalance valve for load holding.

IDLER 860C-034

The leveling function is operated by switches on the joysticks (factory joystick installation shown above). The joystick switches provide input signals for the MD3 computer control system. The computer control system then transmits output signals to the XA2-A1 module and out to the electro-hydraulic spool actuators on the leveling control valve. The leveling control valve then directs oil to the two leveling cylinders.

NOTE: All tilt directions (left, right, forward and backward) in this section refer to direction of tilt when the operator is facing the front of the machine (toward the idler). For additional information regarding SAFETY and OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, refer to SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL and SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL

13.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

R.H. CYLINDER

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE CASE DRAIN PORT ON ROTARY MANIFOLD

FROM PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

L.H. CYLINDER

1000 psi 5600 psi

5600 psi (5.5 CCW FROM FULLY CW)

5600 psi

TELESCOPIC OPTION

EXT.

RET.

4785 psi

TRACK LOW L.H.

BRAKE RELEASE

TRACK LOW R.H.

SWING BRAKE

LEVELING CONTROL VALVE

PILOT MANIFOLD

25 psi

MAX

RETURN MANIFOLD

MAIN PUMP MAX DISPL. 200 CC/REV

1 psi

LEGEND PRESSURE

HYDRAULIC TANK

PILOT TANK SUCTION EQUIPMENT

845CH-152

RETURN STRAINER

LEVELING HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 13.3

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES (ATTACHED TO CYLINDERS)

TO TANK ROTARY MANIFOLD

RIGHT JOYSTICK

LEFT JOYSTICK VC VC

CC VR

FROM TRACK MOTOR 'T' PORTS

MD3 COMPUTER

LEFT CYLINDER

RIGHT CYLINDER

LSPB

TO 'T' PORT ON FAN VALVE

XA2-A1 MODULE XS2 MODULE

XA2-A0 MODULE LEVELER CONTROL VALVE

FROM G2 PORT ON PUMP1 VALVE

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

PILOT PRESSURE

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

TO MAIN CONTROL VALVE

TO TANK

PILOT MANIFOLD

MAIN PUMP ‘LS’ (PL)

'LS' PRESSURE

845CH-153

LEVELING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13.4

TO TANK

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LEFT JOYSTICK SWITCHES

3 4

1 5

Leveling

YEL

442

614

GRN

256

RIGHT JOYSTICK SWITCHES

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 10

6 TO IQAN XS2 PIN 42 SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 42 SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 11

RED

614

443

YEL

TO IQAN MD3 C2-1

258

GRN

TO IQAN MD3 C2-2

RED

253

BLU

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 12

257

BLU

TO IQAN MD3 C2-3

445

PUR

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 13

446

PUR

TO IQAN MD3 C2-4

381

BRN

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 24

383

BRN

TO IQAN MD3 C2-9

380

WHT

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 25

382

WHT

TO IQAN MD3 C2-10

251 ORG (TRIG) TO IQAN XS2 PIN 38

252

1. Pump 1 2. Tilt Left (if equipped) 3. Tilt Right (if equipped) 4. Not Used 5. Not Used 6. Not Used 7. Telescopic Retract (if equipped)

1. Pump 2 2. Tilt Forward (if equipped) 3. Tilt backward (if equipped) 4. Not used 5. Not used 6. Not used 7. Telescopic Extend (if equipped)

JOYSTICK ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

56512BR0S7

XA2 #2 MODULE (XA2-A1) N/U

YEL 784

VIN A

DOUT A

GRN 721

TRACK LOW LH (SHEET 10)

SAW/HARVESTER PRESSURE (SHEET 10)

YEL 630

VIN B

DOUT B

GRN 722

TRACK LOW RH (SHEET 10)

AIR INTAKE RESTRICTION (SHEET 10)

YEL 602

VIN C

DOUT C

GRN 725

TRACK BRAKE RELEASE (SHEET 10)

AUXILARY SENSOR 1 (SHEET 10)

YEL 580

VIN D

DOUT D

GRN 719

COOLER BYPASS (SHEET 12)

N/U

YEL 579

VIN E

DOUT E

TAN 48

N/U

YEL 544

VIN F

DOUT F

823

D IN G

ENGINE RED STOP (SHEET 5)

YEL 709

YEL 785

VIN H

TO SHEET 10

RED 631

+VREF

D OUT

822

TO SHEET 10

BLK 632

-VREF

D IN

TAN 102

ENGINE RPM UP (SHEET 5)

D IN

TAN 103

ENGINE RPM DOWN (SHEET 5)

788

CRET E-

786

WARM UP / WRIST CCW (SHEET 12)

CRET E+

787

PUMP 2 / WRIST CW (SHEET 12)

COUT E

COUT D

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

BLK 453

CAN-L

TO IQAN XA2 #1, SHEET 11

RED 454

CAN-H

N/U

CAN-L

N/U

CAN-H

RED 20 15A

RED 450

+BAT

BLK G450

-BAT

N/U

TO SHEET 12

791

TO SHEET 12

CRET D-

789

TELESCOPIC IN (SHEET 12)

CRET D+

790

TELESCOPIC OUT (SHEET 12)

COUT C

652

CRET C-

CRET C+

653

TAN 634

TO SHEET 12

CRET B-

GRN 274

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

CRET B+

GRN 275

LEVEL, LEFT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

COUT A

TAN 633

TO SHEET 12

CRET A-

GRN 277

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER - (SHEET 12)

CRET A+

GRN 278

LEVEL, RIGHT CYLINDER + (SHEET 12)

ADDRESS TAG

COUT B

56512BR0S13

MOTION ALARM, SHEET 4 N/U

AUXILARY SENSOR 2 (SHEET 10)

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1

ORG (TRIG)

TO SHEET 12 N/U TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL (SHEET 12)

XA2-A1 MODULE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

13.5

TO IQAN MD3 C2-11

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCESSORY RELAY SHEET 1

RED 20

BATTERY POWER SHEET 1

RED 351C

RED 648

IQAN MD3 BLK G283

C1-1

-BAT

VIN-A

C2-1

GRN 443

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 40, SHEET 9

BLK 285

C1-2

CAN-A-L

VIN-B

C2-2

GRN 258

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO SHEET 2 J1939

BLK 399

620 ohm

C1-3

CAN-B-L

VIN-C

C2-3

GRN 257

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

C1-4

CAN-C-L

VIN-D

C2-4

GRN 446

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

N/U

-VREF

C1-5

RS232 DATA IN

C2-5

BLK

N/U

C1-6

RESERVED

USB D-

C2-6

WHT

RED 647

C1-7

+RTC

USB D+

C2-7

N/U

C1-8

RS232 DATA OUT

N/U

C1-9

CAN-C-H

+VREF VIN-E

GRN

C2-8

RED 612

N/U

C2-9

GRN 383

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO SHEET 2 J1939

RED 398

C1-10

CAN-B-H

VIN-F

C2-10

GRN 382

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

TO IQAN XS2 PIN 26, SHEET 9

RED 284

C1-11

CAN-A-H

VIN-G

C2-11

GRN 252

RIGHT JS SHEET 7

RED 283

C1-12

+BAT

DOUT-A

C2-12

TAN 50

N/U

1-RED 2-WHT 3-GRN

USB PORT

4-BLK N/U

DRAIN

PANEL HORN

56512BR0S8

MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

13.6

BLK G50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

UNDERCARRIAGE

Leveling ROTARY MANIFOLD

LEFT LEVELING CYLINDER

IDLER ASSEMBLY

LEVELING ASSEMBLY RIGHT LEVELING CYLINDER

INSPECTION COVERS TRACK ROLLER

DRIVE MOTOR

DRIVE SPROCKET

845CH-151

TRACK ASSEMBLY TRACK ROLLER

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

LEVELING UNDERCARRIAGE

13.7

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LEVELING CONTROL VALVE

SPOOL SECTIONS 845CH-119

ELECTROHYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATORS

RETURN PORT PILOT PRESSURE

PORT RELIEF VALVES

LOAD SENSE PORT A

The valve spool sections are equipped with proportional, electro-hydraulic spool actuators. The actuators are spring centred to the neutral position. The actuators are shifted by a variable voltage signal sent to the appropriate solenoid.

PRESSURE COMPENSATION

The primary purpose of pressure compensation is to maintain a constant flow rate to functions (i.e., maintain the same speed of movement), regardless of pressure variations in the system. The pressure compensator also contains a load-hold check valve. An orifice is installed immediately down stream of the pressure compensator to smoothly regulate the response of the compensator.

PORT RELIEFS PORT RELIEF VALVES

845CH-119

RIGHT CYLINDER

INLET PORT PORT RELIEF VALVES

LEVELING CONTROL VALVE The leveling control valve is located in the upper structure inside the hydraulic valve compartment. Hydraulic oil for the leveling function is supplied by the main pump.

LEFT ROD - 'A'

The spool sections of the leveling control valve are equipped with proportional, electro-hydraulic spool actuators. The actuators are spring centred to the neutral position, and are shifted by sending a variable voltage signal (from the XA2-A1 module) to the appropriate solenoid. The leveling control valve is equipped with port reliefs on each side of all spool sections. Their function is to protect the valve and the function from pressure spikes in the system. The port reliefs also act as anti-cavitation valves, which means they allow oil to flow from the tank gallery in the valve to the service ports in the event of under pressure. Port reliefs cannot be adjusted. Port reliefs installed in each section are specifically designed for use in that section and should not be interchanged with port reliefs from other valve sections .

PORT CONNECTIONS

LEFT CYLINDER

The 'B' ports (bottom ports) are connected to the base end of the cylinders and the 'A' ports (top ports) are connected to the rod end of the cylinders.

RIGHT ROD - 'A' LEFT BASE - 'B'

A B

PS A

RIGHT BASE - 'B' PORT RELIEF VALVES

T1 P

LEVELING CONTROL VALVE The leveling valve is equipped with port reliefs on each port of the spool sections. The function of the port relief is to protect the valve and the function from pressure spikes in the system. The port reliefs also act as anti-cavitation valves, which means they allow oil to flow from the tank gallery in the valve to the service ports in the event of under pressure. Port reliefs cannot be adjusted. Port reliefs installed in each section are specifically designed for use in that section and should not be interchanged with port reliefs from other valve sections. Refer to REPLACING LEVELING CONTROL VALVE PORT RELIEFS in THIS SECTION.

13.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-254

Leveling

LEVELING CONTROL VALVE SCHEMATIC 13.9

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher END CAP

PORT RELIEF

SPRING ASSEMBLY

HOUSING 24V PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATORS AIR BLEED SCREW

PRESSURE COMPENSATOR

END CAP 845CH-122

SPOOL SECTION EXPLODED VIEW PORT RELIEF ‘B’ SIDE

PORT RELIEF ‘A’ SIDE

24V PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATORS

SPOOL PRESSURE COMPENSATOR 1018-30

SPOOL CROSS SECTION 13.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

REPLACING LEVELING CONTROL VALVE PORT RELIEFS:

860C-146

27 100 1

NOTE: Port relief valves installed in each section are specifically designed for that section. They should not be substituted with port reliefs from other valves or sections. 860C-155

= Slot screw

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

= Socket head (mm) = Hexagon = Tightening torque N·m

2. Apply swing brake.

PORT RELIEF VALVE CARTRIDGES

3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

7. Remove the relief cartridge using a a 27 mm wrench or socket.

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

8. Install the replacement relief cartridge with new O-ring, and tighten to 100 Nm (74 lbf-ft).

6. Depressurize the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL NOTE: To prevent excessive loss of hydraulic oil from the system while servicing the leveling control valve , it may be necessary to install a vacuum on the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

9. Remove the vacuum and pressurize the hydraulic tank.

13.11

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LEVELING CYLINDER COUNTERBALANCE VALVES A counterbalance valve is mounted on each of the two leveling cylinders. Each counterbalance valve consists of a steel body and two adjustable pilot operated counterbalance cartridges. The purpose of each counterbalance valve is to provide load holding and more precise control of leveling stability by minimizing creep.

DANGER Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. contact with moving frames and cylinders could result in death or serious injury! Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and shut off the engine before performing service work in this area.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION

TILT LEFT Oil flows proportionally from both the right and left leveling sections of the leveling control valve to both the right and left leveling cylinders. Oil enters the right cylinder base end and the left cylinder rod end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders. TILT RIGHT Oil flows proportionally from both the right and left leveling sections of the leveling control valve to both the right and left leveling cylinders. Oil enters the right cylinder rod end and the left cylinder base end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders. TILT FORWARD Oil flows proportionally from both the right and left leveling sections of the leveling control valve to both the right and left leveling cylinders. Oil enters the left cylinder base end and the right cylinder base end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders. TILT BACKWARD Oil flows proportionally from both the right and left leveling sections of the leveling control valve to both the right and left leveling cylinders. Oil enters the left cylinder rod end and the right cylinder rod end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders.

13.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

DANGER DR DR

Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the leveling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

TO CYLINDERS TO CYLINDERS

CR2 CR2

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

CC2 CC2

5600 PSI psi 5600

The whole upper structure/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper structure and track assembly and the ground.

VR VR

VC VC

5600 PSIpsi 5600

TO LEVELING TO LEVELLING CONTROL VALVE

CONTROL VALVE

845CH-124

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE SCHEMATIC '2A' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

Load control is provided by internal pilot operated relief valves which balance the pressure of hydraulic fluid in the cylinders. Oil entering the counterbalance valves provides pilot pressure to operate the relief valve in the opposite line which allows return oil from the cylinders to pass back to the leveling control valve. In addition there is a second internal pilot line which operates the relief valve from the return line to reduce pressure in the cylinders when necessary.

'2B' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

'VR' PORT

'CR' PORT

DRAIN PORT 'VC' PORT

830-D28

13.13

LEVELING COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LEVELING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT

DANGER

Adjustments to the leveling system through the ADJUST MENU from the MAIN MENU of the MD3 computer control system, electronically adjusts the performance of the leveling system to suit operating conditions. Refer to ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION in SECTION 2 in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL Four types of adjustment can be made to the leveling system:

CYLINDER OPERATING SPEEDS

The speed the leveler cylinders extend and retract.

CYLINDER TRACKING

Adjustment of left and right leveler cylinder speeds to prevent tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster than the other).

START RAMP

Adjustment of the time it takes for the current to go from Min to Max to provide a smooth initial movement once a function is activated.

STOP RAMP

Adjustment of the time it takes for the current to go from Min to Max to provide a smooth initial movement once a function is deactivated.

13.14

Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the leveling hydraulic and electrical circuits. Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine. The whole upper structure/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper structure and track assembly and the ground.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

CHECKING LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES)

7. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values.

8. Apply the swing brake. 9. Place anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

NOTE: If the FORWARD and BACKWARD speeds are within specifications then generally the left and right speeds will be also. Some adjustments may be required to the left and right speeds to prevent the upper structure from tracking during the FORWARD/BACKWARD movement. Refer to ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/ MAX SETTINGS in this section.

CAUTION

10. Press the backward tilt leveling switch and fully retract both leveling cylinders. 11. Press the forward tilt leveling switch and fully extend leveling cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop. 12. Operate the backward tilt leveling switch and fully retract leveling cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop. 13. If required, adjust the MD3 computer settings for forward and backward leveling speeds to meet LEVEL FORWARD and LEVEL BACKWARD specifications.

Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

Refer to ADJUSTING FORWARD/ BACKWARD LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) in THIS SECTION.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and booms or movement of the tracks.

WARNING Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 3. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 4. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 5. Start the engine and set engine speed to high idle . 6. Close and latch the front door.

13.15

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/MAX SETTINGS

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

The Adjust Menu appears.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) menu item and press OK.

13.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

Activate and hold the Tilt Left function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the Max mA setting.

Press the F3 button to access the Plus + (cylinder extend) selection and press OK.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed. For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Minus (Retract) menu and then press OK twice.

13.17

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) and repeat the procedure to set the Min and Max settings for the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER. The left and right (+extend and -retract) cylinder speeds have been set and now need to be checked to ensure that the cylinders extend and retract at the same rate. To check this activate the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and ensure that the cab tilts forward and backward evenly without tracking to one side. If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the Right (+Extend) Max current reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed and vice versa.

13.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS Adjustment of the start and stop ramps will affect how the function begins to move once activated and how it stops once deactivated. The start ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to climb from the Min current to the Max current when a function is activated. The stop ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to drop from the Max current to the Min current when a function is deactivated.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

860C-529

NOTE: The adjustment of the start and stop ramps will apply to both the left and right cylinders

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

13.19

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEVELER START RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the LEVELER STOP RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the LEVELER START RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab begins to tilt when the function is activated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the LEVELER STOP RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab comes to a stop when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

13.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

ADJUSTING FORWARD/BACKWARD LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) The forward and backward leveling speed adjustment is used to adjust the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES. The cylinder extend and retract speeds will be adjusted proportionally to the Max mA settings described earlier in this section. NOTE: The side to side speeds will also be a product of these settings

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to FORWARD LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

13.21

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the REAR LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting. The leveler adjustments are now complete. NOTE: The default setting for the Forward and Rear leveling speed is 100% so if the Cylinder Cycle Time cannot be achieved then further adjustment of the Max Current of the Left and Right Level Cyl OL may be required. See the previous pages for more detail.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to REAR LEVELER SPEED and press OK.

13.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default. Below is a table showing all the leveler default settings.

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

500

13.23

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE PRESSURES DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the leveling hydraulic and electrical circuits. Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Install leveling cylinder support braces to prevent tilting of the upper structure during this procedure. 7. Access the leveling counterbalance relief valves located on the leveling cylinders. 8. Loosen locknut on '2A' counterbalance relief valve and turn the adjusting screw all the way IN (turning clockwise). '2A' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

'VR' PORT

'CR' PORT

If adjustment is required, counterbalance valves must be set manually using the following instructions.

DRAIN PORT 'VC' PORT

830-D28

NOTE: Each valve is factory set and should require no further adjustment.

'2B' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

LEVELING CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

9. Turn the adjusting screw OUT 51⁄2 turns (turning counter clockwise). Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care not to turn the adjusting screw itself. This will set the relief valve at approximately 386 bar (5600 psi). 10. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the '2B' counterbalance relief valve. 11. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for the counterbalance valve on the other cylinder (total of 4 reliefs, 2 on each counterbalance valve).

860C-155

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply the swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

13.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

LEVELING VALVE PORT RELIEF PRESSURE

DANGER

NOTE: The leveling port relief valves are cartridge type relief valves and are not adjustable. Service of the relief valves is limited to checking the relief pressure and removal and replacement of the valve cartridge.

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

860C-155

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION

3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

7. Install leveling cylinder support brace to prevent tilting of the upper structure during this procedure. 8. Connect a 0-350 bar (0-5000 psi) pressure gauge on 'LS' test port of main control valve. 9. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 10. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 11. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 13. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 14. Close and latch the front door.

13.25

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

15. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. NOTE: It may be necessary to increase the engine rpm sufficiently to prevent the engine from stalling. 16. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position. TILT FORE OR AFT

TILT LEFT OR RIGHT

24. When testing is complete, reset the LS relief valve to main control valve LS specifications. Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4. 25. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 29. Remove pressure gauges. 30. Remove the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders.

B A 845C-232

A 'XLS' Test Port B 'LS' Pressure Control Relief

17. Loosen the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 18. Turn the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw all the way in. 19. Tighten the 'LS' pressure relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 20. With the aid of an assistant, press and hold the tilt forward thumb switch. 21. Make sure the pressure gauge reading at port 'XLS' is approximately 331 bar (4850 psi). NOTE: The port relief valves are not adjustable. If observed pressures are not within 3.5 bar (50 psi) one of the port relief valves will need to be replaced. Refer to REPLACING LEVELING CONTROL VALVE PORT RELIEFS in THIS SECTION. 22. With the aid of an assistant, press and hold the tilt backward thumb switch. 23. Make sure the pressure gauge reading at port 'XLS' is approximately 331 bar (4850 psi).

13.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARING

2. Apply the swing brake.

Preload is required on the side pivot axis bearings. If excessive endplay is noticed, the bearings will need to be adjusted to a preload condition.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

CHECKING SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARING ENDPLAY

4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

860C-155

REAR PIVOT AXIS BEARING 1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment in a relaxed state in front of the machine.

6. Install the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders.

NOTE: Do not apply any external forces on the boom or attachment. Parking the machine in a relaxed state is necessary to adjust the side pivot axis bearings.

845C-189

A Rear Pivot Axis Bearing Location Note: Leveling cylinders removed for clarity.

Side Pivot Axis Bearings

B Front Pivot Axis Bearing Location

13.27

Leveling A

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 845C-195 845C-194 845C-193 845C-192

845C-190

A Bolts and Washers B Left Rotary Manifold Guard C Right Rotary Manifold Guard

A B C D

7. Remove the left and right rotary manifold guards.

Rear Pivot Axis Bearing Lock Washer Front Pivot Axis Bearing Lock Washer Rear Pivot Axis Bearing Locknut Front Pivot Axis Bearing Locknut

9. Unlock the rear and front pivot axis bearing lock washers.

10. Inspect the rear and front pivot axis bearing lock washers. Replace the washers if the locking tabs are broken, cracked or damaged.

11. Turn the rear and front pivot axis bearing locknuts counterclockwise three turns each. 845C-197

845C-191

A Bolts and Washers (QTY 6) B Rear Pivot Axis Bearing Cover C Plastic Hose Guard

8. Remove the plastic hose guards located on the rear pivot axis bearing cover. A

A Front Retaining Cap Bolts (QTY 8)

12. Loosen the front retaining cap mounting bolts. Finger tighten the bolts until there is no gap between the washer and the retaining cap.

13.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling 19. Loosen the 4 rear retaining cap mounting bolts. 20. Tighten the 4 rear retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug.

21. Torque the rear retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 136 Nm (100 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as in the previous steps.

22. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 136 Nm (100 lbfft) is attained. 23. Remove the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders. 24. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 25. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

845C-196

A B C D

26. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

Bolts (QTY 8) Washers (QTY 8) Rear Retaining Cap Shim

27. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

13. Remove the rear retaining cap mounting bolts and washers.

28. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position .

14. Remove the rear retaining cap.

29. Close and latch the front door.

15. Remove the rear pivot axis bearing shims.

30. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 860C-155

31. Remove external loads on the rear pin by lightly pushing the attachment into the ground using boom down then releasing the downward pressure by using boom up.

4 845C-198

16. Re-install the rear retaining cap using 4 rear retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only. 17. Torque the rear retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 339 Nm (250 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

32. Park machine on level ground with the attachment in a relaxed state in front of the machine. 33. Apply the swing brake. 34. Turn OFF the engine.

18. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 339 Nm (250 lbfft) is attained.

35. Remove the ignition key. 36. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 37. Install the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders.

13.29

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

3 3 1

2 4

4 845C-198

845C-198

Gap Measuring Locations

38. Torque the rear retaining mounting bolts to 136 Nm (100 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

845C-199

A Rear Retaining Cap B Rear Lug A

41. Measure the gap between the rear retaining cap and the surface of the rear lug. Measure in the four locations shown above. NOTE: The measurements may vary up to 0.25 mm (0.010")

845C-200

42. Using the lowest measured value obtained in step 41, make a combination of shims equal to that value.

A Rear Pivot Axis Bearing Locknut

39. Turn the rear pivot axis bearing locknut clockwise until it is snug. 40. Repeat steps 21 to 39 until the rear retaining mounting bolts remain torqued to 136 Nm (100 lbf-ft) and the rear pivot axis bearing locknut can not be turned clockwise by hand.

NOTE: Measure shims individually for accurate measurement. 43. Remove the rear retaining cap. 44. Install the combination of shims on the rear pin.

13.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

45. Apply loctite 243 to the retaining cap mounting bolts.

FRONT PIVOT AXIS BEARING

46. Re-install the rear retaining cap using all retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only.

3 5

2 8

6 4

845C-198

47. Torque the rear retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 532 Nm (400 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

845C-196

48. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 532 Nm (400 lbfft) is attained.

A B C D

Shim Front Retaining Cap Washers (QTY 8) Bolts (QTY 8)

1. Remove the front retaining cap mounting bolts and washers. 2. Remove the front retaining cap. 3. Remove the front pivot axis bearing shims.

4 845C-202

4. Re-install the front retaining cap using 4 front retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only. 5. Tighten the 4 front retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug. 6. Torque the front retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 237 Nm (175 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as in the previous steps.

13.31

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

7. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 237 Nm (175 lbfft) is attained.

8. Remove the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders. 9. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

10. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

11. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

845C-202

12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 13. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position .

23. Torque the front retaining mounting bolts to 237 Nm (175 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

14. Close and latch the front door. 15. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 860C-155

16. Remove external loads on the front pin by lightly pushing the attachment into the ground using boom down then releasing the downward pressure by using boom up.

17. Park machine on level ground with the attachment in a relaxed state in front of the machine.

845C-200

18. Apply the swing brake.

A Front Pivot Axis Bearing Locknut

19. Turn OFF the engine.

24. Turn the front pivot axis bearing locknut clockwise until it is snug.

20. Remove the ignition key. 21. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 22. Install the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders.

25. Repeat steps 6 to 24 until the front retaining mounting bolts remain torqued to 237 Nm (175 lbf-ft) and the front pivot axis bearing locknut can not be turned clockwise by hand.

13.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

3 5

3 2

4 8

6 4

845C-202

845C-206

32. Re-install the front retaining cap using all retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only. 33. Torque the front retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 373 Nm (275 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

34. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) is attained.

845C-208

845C-204

A Front Lug B Front Retaining Cap

26. Measure the gap between the front retaining cap and the surface of the front lug. Measure in the four locations shown above. NOTE: The measurements may vary up to 0.25 mm (0.010 in) 27. Using the lowest measured value obtained in step 26, make a combination of shims equal to that value. NOTE: Measure shims individually for accurate measurement. 28. Remove the front retaining cap mounting bolts and washers. 29. Remove the front retaining cap.

35. Snug the rear and front axis bearing locknuts to about 54 Nm (40 lbf-ft) using a chisel and hammer.

30. Install the combination of shims on the front pin. 31. Apply loctite 243 to the retaining cap mounting bolts.

13.33

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 46. While the boom is aggressively being raised and lowered have an assistant visually check for any axial movement at the rear and front side pivot axis pin and bearing areas. No axial movement is allowed.

845C-209

47. If axial movement is seen after the setup has been completed, contact the Tigercat Service department. 48. Apply the swing brake. 49. Turn OFF the engine. 50. Remove the ignition key. 51. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 52. Install the plastic hose guards located on the rear pivot axis bearing cover. 53. Install the left and right rotary manifold guards. A Pivot Axis Bearing Lock Washer Locking Tab

36. Bend the pivot axis bearing lock washer locking tab down and engage the pivot axis bearing locknut. NOTE: If the locking tab is not aligned, tighten the pivot axis bearing locknut just enough for alignment. 37. Remove the leveler cylinder locks on the leveling cylinders. 38. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 39. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 40. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 41. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 42. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 43. Close and latch the front door. 44. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 845C-210

45. With the boom over the track drive gearbox, operate the boom function aggressively up and down. 13.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

LEVELING CYLINDER TAPER LOCK PINS

845C-220

High loads and abrasive wear will result in movement at the connection points of the leveling cylinders.

D A B

A B

Movement will occur in two areas: • Axial movement of the leveling cylinder ball bushing along the pin. • Axial and radial movement in the leveler cylinder ball bushings.

A A B C D

Ball Bushing Outer Ring Ball Bushing Inner Ring Axial Movement Radial Movement

Determine if there is excessive axial movement in the ball bushing at the rod end of the leveler cylinder and the undercarriage frame. NOTE: Axial movement can be determined by the amount of movement between the inner and outer ring. Too much axial movement will make the leveler feel loose when operating.

845C-233

A Axial Movement Along the Pin

Adjusting the axial movement at the rod and base end of the leveling cylinders may eliminate movement of the ball bushing along the pin. If movement persists after adjusting the axial movement at the rod and base ends it may be required to replace the ball bushings in the leveling cylinders.

If there is excessive axial movement then remove the ball bushings located on the rod end of the leveling cylinder and on the undercarriage frame. Refer to REPLACE LEVELING CYLINDER BALL BUSHINGS in THIS SECTION.

13.35

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SUPPORTING THE UPPER STRUCTURE

BOOMS AND HEAD SUPPORTING UPPER STRUCTURE

The following illustrate three different methods of supporting the upper structure during leveling cylinder service. HYDRAULIC JACKS AND WOOD BLOCKS

845C-005A

860C-218

Install hydraulic jacks and (new solid hardwood) wood blocks in four places to fully support the upper structure. Be sure that the supporting jacks and wood blocks are installed in such a way they will prevent movement of the upper structure when the taper lock pins are removed from the leveling cylinders. OVERHEAD CRANE

Swing the upper structure over the side of the tracks and tilt the leveling mechanism so that the left cylinder is fully extended and the right cylinder is fully retracted. Lower the attachment to the ground so it is resting squarely on a solid footing with the head and boom fully supported on the ground. NOTE: Adjust the jacks, overhead crane or boom system to remove the load on the cylinder pin that is to be removed. The load is removed when the cylinder rod can be rotated easily using a small pry bar to turn the cylinder rod eye. Use a portable lifting device and attach a suitable lifting strap to support the weight of the leveling cylinder being serviced during taper lock pin removal and installation.

860C-219

Use an overhead crane with suitable lifting straps/ chains and support beams. Position the lifting straps/chains in such a way to prevent contact with the cab.

13.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

M E

H G

D N

845C-213 845C-212 845C-211

A B C D E F G

Bolt Washer Collar Sleeve Pin Expanding Sleeve Shims

Leveling Cylinder Tapered Lock Pins (Right Side) H I J K L M N

13.37

Sleeve Retaining Cap Spacer Leveler Pin Washer Sleeve Retaining Cap Bolts and Washers Upper Pivot Lugs Leveling Cylinder Undercarriage Frame

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING AXIAL MOVEMENT OF THE BALL BUSHING ALONG THE PIN

845C-215

LEVELER CYLINDER ADJUSTMENT NOTE: The leveler cylinder adjustment will need to be done for both leveling cylinders. 1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment in a relaxed state in front of the machine. 2. Support the upper structure from moving. Refer to SUPPORTING THE UPPER STRUCTURE in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: Do not apply any external forces on the boom or attachment. Parking the machine in a relaxed state is necessary to measure leveling cylinder axial movement. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine.

12. Remove the rod end shims (F).

5. Remove the ignition key.

13. Re-install the sleeve retaining cap using 4 rod end retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 845C-214

14. Torque the sleeve retaining cap mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 136 Nm (100 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

15. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 136 Nm (100 lbfft) is attained.

F E

7. Remove the rod end bolt (A). 8. Remove the sleeve retaining cap mounting bolts and washers (B). 9. Remove the rear sleeve retaining cap (E) 10. Remove the rod end washer (C). 11. Remove the rod end spacer (D).

13.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling 17. Using the lowest measured value obtained in step 16, make a combination of shims equal to that value minus 0.127 mm (0.005").

845C-215

NOTE: Measure shims individually for accurate measurement. 1

18. Remove the sleeve retaining cap mounting bolts and washers.

19. Remove the sleeve retaining cap. 4

20. Install the combination of shims with the rod end retaining cap using 4 sleeve retaining cap mounting bolts and washers until they are snug only.

21. Torque the sleeve retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended torque of 373 Nm (275 lbf-ft) in numerical sequence as in the previous steps. . 22. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) is attained.

845C-216

A Undercarriage Lug B Sleeve Retaining Cap

16. Measure the gap between the sleeve retaining cap and the surface of the undercarriage lug. Measure in the four locations shown above. NOTE: The measurements may vary up to 0.25 mm (0.010")

13.39

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 25. Torque the bolt to 610 Nm (450 ft-lb).

845C-217

26. Remove the upper structure supports. 27. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 28. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

29. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

B C

30. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 31. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 32. Close and latch the front door. 33. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 34. Seat the pins by operating the machine for one hour. Make sure to use both the boom and leveling cylinders to seat the pins.

A Spacer B Washer C Bolt

NOTE: This adjustment procedure will only eliminate movement of the ball bushing along the pin. There is no adjustment for axial play on pin or ball bushing running surfaces.

23. Install the spacer, washer and bolt into the pin. 845C-218

35. Repeat LEVELER CYLINDER ADJUSTMENT for the base end of the leveler cylinder.

A Washer B Sleeve Retaining Cap

24. Make sure there is a 0.125 to 0.187 mm (1⁄8 to 3 ⁄16 in) space between the washer and sleeve retaining cap. NOTE: Extra washers may need to be installed to reach the desired spacing.

13.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher REPLACE LEVELING CYLINDER BALL BUSHINGS

WARNING To prevent personal injury release the pressure from they hydraulic system before any lines are removed or disconnected.

Leveling 8. Attach a suitable lifting device to both ends of the leveling cylinder so that it will not fall when the pins are removed. 9. Depressurize the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. NOTE: To prevent excessive loss of hydraulic oil from the system while servicing the leveling cylinders, it may be necessary to install a vacuum on the hydraulic tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment in a relaxed state in front of the machine. 2. Support the upper structure from moving. Refer to SUPPORTING THE UPPER STRUCTURE in THIS SECTION.

10. Remove all hydraulic lines to the leveling cylinder.

3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 845C-219

A B C

A Cylinder Bar B Cover C Rubber Shield

7. Remove the cylinder bar (A), cover (B) and rubber shield (C) from the leveling cylinder.

13.41

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-213 845C-212 845C-211

M E

H G

D N

A B C D E F G

Bolt Washer Collar Sleeve Pin Expanding Sleeve Shims

Leveling Cylinder Tapered Lock Pins (Right Side) H I J K L M N

11. Remove the rod end and base end leveling cylinder tapered lock pins by disassembling parts A–N shown above. NOTE: Do not mix shims from the rod and base end of the leveler cylinder. 12. Remove the leveling cylinder.

13.42

Sleeve Retaining Cap Spacer Leveler Pin Washer Retaining Cap Bolts and Washers Upper Pivot Lugs Leveling Cylinder Undercarriage Frame

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

845C-221

E C

A B

A B C D E

Ball Bushing Undercarriage Frame Cylinder Stop Retainer Cylinder Stop Cylinder Stop Retainer Bolts and Washers

13. Remove the cylinder stop retainer bolts and washers. 14. Remove the cylinder stop retainer. NOTE: Mark the orientation of the cylinder stop to the undercarriage frame. 15. Remove the ball bushings located on the rod end of the leveling cylinder and on the undercarriage frame.

13.43

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 16. Position the ball bushing so the outer race split line is 90° to the direction of the load. 17. Press the ball bushings into the leveling cylinder using a hydraulic cylinder. NOTE: Movement of the hydraulic cylinder must be parallel with the movement of the ball bushing

A Outer Race Split Line 845C-225

C A

D E D A F

A Nut B Leveler Cylinder C Hydraulic Cylinder

Ball Bushing Installation – Leveler Cylinder Right Side Rod End D Collet E Ball Bushing F Threaded Rod

13.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

845C-224

C D A

E D A F

A Nut B Undercarriage Frame C Hydraulic Cylinder

Ball Bushing Installation – Undercarriage Frame Right Side D Collet E Ball Bushing F Threaded Rod

18. Position the ball bushing so the outer race split line is 90° to the direction of the load. 19. Press the ball bushings into the undercarriage frame using a hydraulic cylinder. Make sure to position the ball bushing so the joint is 90° to the direction of the load.

23. Support the leveling cylinder into position with the base end cylinder lugs aligned with the undercarriage frame ball bushing.

NOTE: Movement of the hydraulic cylinder must be parallel with the movement of the ball bushing 20. Apply loctite 243 to the cylinder stop retainer bolts. 21. Install the cylinder stop retainer and cylinder stop retainer bolts and washers. 22. Torque the cylinder stop retainer bolts to 108 Nm (80 lbf-ft).

13.45

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-212

B C G

D E F

A B C D E F G

Leveler Cylinder Installation (Right Side, Base End)

Cylinder Lug Pin Sleeve Collar Spacer Bolt Undercarriage Frame

24. Insert the pin (B) through the cylinder lugs (A) and ball bushing located in the undercarriage frame (G). 25. Install the sleeve (C), collar (D), spacer (E) and bolt (F). Snug the bolt hand tight. 26. Make sure there is a 0.125 to 0.187 mm (1⁄8 to 3⁄16 in.) space between the spacer (E) and cylinder lug (A). 27. Torque the bolt (F) to 610 Nm (450 ft-lb).

13.46

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 845C-227

Leveling 30. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) is attained.

A B C

31. Install the spacer (E), leveler pin washer (B), and bolt (D) into the pin. Snug the bolt hand tight.

32. Make sure there is a 0.125 to 0.187 mm (1⁄8 to 3⁄16 in) space between the spacer (E) and cylinder lug (A).

F G

33. Torque the bolt (D) to 610 Nm (450 ft-lb).

H I

A B C D E F G H I

Leveler Cylinder Installation (Right Side, Base End)

Retaining Cap Bolts And Washers Leveler Pin Washer Sleeve Retaining Cap Bolt Spacer Shims Expanding Sleeve Collar Undercarriage Frame

845C-228

28. Install the sleeve (H), expanding sleeve (G), shims (F), retainer cap (C), and sleeve retaining cap bolts and washers (A).

A B C D E F G

845C-226

Leveler Cylinder Installation (Right Side, Rod End)

Bolt Washer Collar Sleeve Pin Upper Pivot Lugs Leveling Cylinder (Rod End)

34. Insert the pin (E) through the upper pivot lugs (F) and ball bushing located in the leveling cylinder (G).

35. Install the sleeve (D), collar (C), spacer (B) and bolt (A). Snug the bolt hand tight.

36. Make sure there is a 0.125 to 0.187 mm (1⁄8 to 3⁄16 in) space between the spacer (E) and upper pivot lug (F). 37. Torque the bolt (A) to 610 Nm (450 ft-lb).

29. Torque the retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) in numerical sequence as shown above.

13.47

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-229

845C-251

A B C D E F G H I

Leveler Cylinder Installation (Right Side, Rod End)

Upper Pivot Lugs Expanding Sleeve Shims Sleeve Retainer Cap Leveler Pin Washer Collar Spacer Bolt Retaining Cap Bolts And Washers

38. Install the sleeve (F), expanding sleeve (B), shims (C), sleeve retainer cap (D), and retaining cap bolts and washers (I).

39. Torque the retaining mounting bolts to 1⁄3 of the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) in numerical sequence as shown above. 40. Repeat using the same sequence until the recommended final torque of 373 Nm (275 lbfft) is attained. 41. Install the spacer (G), leveler pin washer (E), and bolt (H) into the pin. Snug the bolt hand tight. 42. Make sure there is a 0.125 to 0.187 mm (1⁄8 to 3⁄16 in.) space between the spacer (E) and upper pivot lugs (A). 43. Torque the bolt (D) to 610 Nm (450 ft-lb). 44. Remove the portable lifting device and support straps, hydraulic jacks and wood blocks. 45. Run the machine for one hour, operating the boom and leveling mechanism to seat the pins.

13.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Leveling

LEVELER COMPONENT LUBRICATION SIDE PIVOT AXIS BEARINGS

Shown below are the lubrication points on the 2 leveler cylinders. The grease points for the side-to-side pivot pin tapered roller bearings are located under a ¾ NPT plug on either side of the bearing housing lug (2 grease points per bearing). The greasing interval for the roller bearings is about 10 shots every 250 hours. A bronze thrust washer exists in the rear lug arrangement and receives grease from two grease lines connected to the underside of the leveler cylinder covers. The grease interval is about 5 shots every 8 hours. Grease will normally exit the bronze bearing face but occasionally it will travel from this zone through the tapered roller bearing and exit at the extreme rear lug connection.

INTERMEDIATE PIVOT BEARING

The intermediate pivot axis bearing is shown below. The grease point for the roller bearing is located under a ¾ NPT plug on the stub shaft flange (1 grease point per bearing). The greasing interval for the roller bearings is about 10 shots every 250 hours. If the bearing housing is frequently submerged the greasing interval should be increased to 8 hours. There is no adjustment required in the intermediate pivot arrangement and if more than 0.762 mm (0.030 in) movement is detected in either the axial or radial direction contact Tigercat Engineering for service recommendations.

LUBRICATING CYLINDERS AND PINS Refer to LUBRICATION SCHEDULE AND DIAGRAM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

The other grease point on the leveler cylinder cover directs grease to the lower ball bushing of the leveler cylinder. The grease interval for the leveler cylinders is about 5 shots every 8 hours.

13.49

Leveling

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

13.50

SWING...............................................................................................................................................................15

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 15 – SWING CONTENTS - SECTION 15

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ADJUST SWING BEARING BACKLASH............................................................................................... 15.20 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - SWING SYSTEM............................................................................ 15.7 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC PRIORITY SWING VALVE.................................................................................................................... 15.6 SWING DRIVE MOTOR....................................................................................................................... 15.2 SWING SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................. 15.8 P

PRIORITY SWING VALVE....................................................................................................................... 15.5 PRIORITY SWING PLATE.................................................................................................................... 15.5 SWING VALVE SECTION..................................................................................................................... 15.5 S

SWING BEARING REPLACEMENT...................................................................................................... 15.24 SWING BEARING WEAR LIMITS.......................................................................................................... 15.19 SWING DRIVE......................................................................................................................................... 15.2 SWING DRIVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT................................................................................................ 15.2 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION................................................................................................................ 15.9 LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS.................................................. 15.9 LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING................................................... 15.10 LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING............................................................... 15.9 PREFILLING SWING PUMP AND MOTOR........................................................................................ 15.11 SWING PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS...................................................................................... 15.12 CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES........................................................................................................... 15.14 PRIORITY SWING PLATE.................................................................................................................. 15.17 SWING SPEED SETTINGS................................................................................................................ 15.12

15.1

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SWING DRIVE

845CH-154

SWING BRAKE

SWING DRIVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 860C-093

ANTI-REACTION VALVES

RIGHT ROTATION

LEFT ROTATION

DB FROM PILOT MANIFOLD

MOTOR

TO RETURN MANIFOLD

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE LEFT ROTATION

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE RIGHT ROTATION

TO 'T3' ON MAIN CONTROL VALVE

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

ANTI- REACTION VALVES

SWING BRAKE

A GEARBOX

SWING DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC SWING DRIVE GEARBOX AND MOTOR

The main pump supplies oil to the swing motor via the priority swing valve section on the main control valve. The swing function is controlled by the left joystick valve which sends proportional pilot signals to the main control valve which supplies oil to the swing motor.

The swing motor is a fixed displacement piston motor with crossline relief valves. The crossline relief valves provide a cushion to the high forces that occur during start and stop of the swing function. Power is transmitted from the motor to a double reduction planetary gearbox. The motor has a spring-applied, hydraulic-release, multi-disc brake in the motor housing. This brake is normally on. Placing the swing brake switch in the OFF position energizes the swing brake solenoid pilot valve 'TS5', on the pilot manifold and allows pilot oil pressure to flow to the swing brake via port 'C5', to release the swing brake. In the event that electrical power or hydraulic pressure is lost to the swing brake solenoid pilot valve 'TS5', the swing brake will engage (on) automatically.

15.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

SWING DRIVE GEARBOX The swing drive gearbox consists of a two stage planetary, output pinion and an input flange for the hydraulic motor. The hydraulic swing motor bolts to the input flange. The swing drive gearbox is fastened to the upper structure and the output pinion meshes with the swing bearing

SWING BEARING

B D

845CH-158

B C

A B C D

Swing Bearing

Swing Drive Gearbox (Mounted to the Upper Structure) Inner Race (Mounted to the Undercarriage) Pinion Outer Race (Mounted to the Upper Structure)

The function of the swing bearing is to allow the upper structure to rotate on the undercarriage. 860C-343

D 845CH-159

A B C D

Swing Drive Gearbox

Hydraulic Motor Input Flange Swing Drive Gearbox (Includes Planetary Gear Set) Pinion

C A

The planetary gearbox reduces the high speed, low torque output of the hydraulic motor into low speed, high torque required to swing the upper structure.

A B C D

Swing Bearing Seal (Internal Seal)

Sealing Lip Outer Race Ball Bearings Inner Race

The swing bearing consists of an inner and outer race separated by ball bearings. The inner race is fastened to the undercarriage while the outer race is fastened to the upper structure. Gear teeth are cut into the inner race and mate with the swing drive gearbox pinion. As the swing drive gearbox pinion begins to turn the upper structure rotates on the bearing.

15.3

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVE The swing function is controlled by the LH Joystick valve which sends proportional pilot signals to the swing section pilot end caps.

2 3 4 6

PORT 2 880-228

PORT 4

JOYSTICK PILOT VALVE

The joystick is held centered in the neutral position by return springs (4). When the lever (1) is operated, the push rod pushes against the return spring (4). At the same time the regulating spool (2) is moved down against the regulating spring (3). When the regulating stroke begins, there is a connection made between the pressure port, through holes (6) in the spool and work ports in the base of the valve. Pilot pressure is directly proportional to the operator position of the joystick and the regulating spring characteristics.

15.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

PRIORITY SWING VALVE

PRIORITY SWING PLATE

A B 845C-183

845C-185

Priority Swing Plate

Priority Swing Valve

A Priority Swing Plate B Compensator Valve C PCO valve

A Priority Swing Plate B Swing Valve Section

The priority swing valve is mounted on the main control valve and consists of a priority swing plate and swing valve section. The priority valve makes sure the swing circuit takes precedence over all other functions on the main control valve.

The priority swing plate has two main functions. Limiting pressure and flow to the swing circuit. It does this using two valves.

SWING VALVE SECTION Refer to MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION – CONTROL VALVE SECTIONS in SECTION 4 for information on the swing valve section.

Compensator Valve Located in the priority swing plate regulates flow to the swing motors. It constantly adjusts to the pressure required by the swing motors and load sense (LS) pressure. Pressure Cut Off Valve (PCO) An adjustable pressure cut off valve which limits circuit pressure.

15.5

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

I B

A B C D E

Make up Anti Cavitation Check Valve Valve Section Spool Pressure Cut Off Valve (PCO) Compensator Valve Tank Port

Priority Swing Valve F G H I J

15.6

Pressure Port Tank Port Load Sense Swing Valve Section Priority Plate

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

FROM FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

TO TANK VIA RETURN FILTERS BRAKE RELEASE

SWING DRIVE, MOTOR & GEARBOX

LEFT JOYSTICK

NOTE: THE MAIN CONTROL VALVE CONFIGURATION FOR THE SWING SYSTEM IS THE SAME FOR ALL MACHINE CONFIGURATIONS.

TO OIL COOLER

TO TANK TO OIL COOLER

REAR VIEW

TOP VIEW MAIN CONTROL VALVE SWING VALVE FROM 'G2' SECTION PORT ON PUMP 1 VALVE SWING BRAKE SOLENOID PILOT VALVE 'TS5'

PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PILOT MANIFOLD

TO TANK P3

T3 C5

TO TANK MAIN PUMP

'P' TEST PORT

'LS' SIGNAL TO MAIN PUMP 'LS' (PL) TEST PORT

845C-156

SWING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 15.7

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

BRAKE RELEASE 290-710 psi

LEGEND

PRESSURE PILOT

TANK

SUCTION

EQUIPMENT

PB 5000 psi 5000 psi

A B SWING DRIVE

JOYSTICK L.H.

25 psi

COOLER BYPASS

25 psi

OIL COOLER

100 psi 25 psi

X1 RETURN MANIFOLD

3200 psi

1 psi T1 T2 LS P

HYDRAULIC TANK

MAX MAIN PUMP MAX DISPL. 200 CC/REV

'LS' PRESSURE 4550 psi ON 'P'

SWING BRAKE C5

TRACK LOW R.H. C7

BRAKE RELEASE C8

TS7

TRACK LOW L.H. C6

TELESCOPIC OPTION

WRIST CCW/ PUMP 2 C1

TS6

RETRACT C3

TS2

EXTEND C4

TS4

69 bar (1000 psi) P

TS5

TS8

TS1

TS3

T P1

845CH-179

SWING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 15.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION

860-096

845C-099

24 SWING PINION GREASE FITTING

SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION AND BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the seat pedestal in the operator’s cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 20 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease. 845C-017

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL GREASE FITTING

For lubrication schedule, refer to lubrication schedule and SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. For additional information refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARINGS AND ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL GREASE FITTINGS Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the grease fittings. Using a hand grease gun and with the gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 grease to each side of gearbox every 250 hours. DO NOT OVER GREASE. NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. If machine is not warmed up, the lower seal can be damaged. IMPORTANT! DO NOT force grease, gearbox failure may result. DO NOT use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only. For additional information refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

15.9

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

GEAR OIL BOTTLE

845C-084

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

The swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Check oil level in the bottle every 8 hours. Oil level in the bottle must be kept at the half full mark at all times. Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil every 250 hours. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil. For lubrication schedule refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

15.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

PREFILLING SWING PUMP AND MOTOR When the swing pump or motors have been removed and replaced for service, it is important to pre-fill them with hydraulic oil prior to starting the engine. 1. After replacing the pump or motors and all hoses are reconnected, refill the hydraulic tank.

7. Crank the engine over for 5 to 10 seconds, stop cranking, wait 20 seconds then crank engine over again for 5 to 10 seconds. 8. Have an assistant watch for oil to flow from the case drain return hose. Once oil free of air is seen, stop cranking engine and tighten hose connection. 9. Install the multi-pin plug on the engine ECU. 10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 11. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 12. Close and latch the front door. 13. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 14. Very gently operate the swing system five times in each direction.

H845C-173

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT - LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

2. Disconnect the multi-pin plug from the engine ECU to prevent the engine from starting.

CASE DRAIN RETURN - 'DB'

H845C-197

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT - LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

3. Loosen the swing motor case drain return hose on the motor to purge air from the system. 4. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 5. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 6. Sound horn to warn personnel of possible machine start-up

15.11

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SWING PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and booms or movement of the tracks.

WARNING

SWING SPEED SETTINGS 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. 2. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 3. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 4. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 6. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 7. Close and latch the front door. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific values. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the locknut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

9. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER ADJUSTMENT MENU - COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

15.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

NOTE: Time for one 360° revolution is calculated by dividing 60 seconds by the number of suggested revolutions per minute. For example 60 seconds divided by 8 equals 7.5 seconds per revolution.

14. Turn the SWING LEFT flow adjusting screw in (Clockwise) to decrease flow or out (counterclockwise) to increase flow to the swing motor. 15. Tighten the SWING LEFT flow adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

10. Raise the attachment off ground. IMPORTANT! Make sure the upper structure is rotating at maximum speed before timing rpm. 11. Hold the left joystick lever in the SWING LEFT position and rotate the upper structure. Record the cycle time for one complete revolution. 12. If required, adjust the SWING LEFT flow adjusting screw on the main control valve to obtain the specified value.

NOTE: Over adjusting to provide a faster swing speed will increase the stress on boom components and increase the heat load in the hydraulic system. 16. Repeat the swing speed settings for the SWING RIGHT adjustment. 17. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to OFF. 18. Turn OFF the engine. 19. Remove the ignition key.

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW LOCKNUT 19 MM WRENCH

20. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 6 mm ALLEN KEY

875-015

13. Loosen the SWING LEFT flow adjusting screw.

Swing Valve Section Flow Adjusting Screws (Rear View)

A Swing Right Flow Adjusting Screw B Swing Left Port Connection

C Swing Right Port Connection D Swing Left flow Adjusting Screw

15.13

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES IMPORTANT! Set swing speeds on the main control valve before setting swing motor crossline reliefs. Refer to SWING PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS – SWING SPEED SETTINGS in THIS SECTION. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine. B

CAUTION

845C-232

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and booms or movement of the tracks.

WARNING

A 'XP' Test Port B 'XLS' Pressure Control Relief

7. Install a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge in the 'XP' test port on the main control valve.

Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. 2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

15.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing 11. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 12. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 13. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position.

14. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 15. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 16. Close and latch the front door. 17. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 18. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

A Priority Swing Plate Adjustment Screw

8. Loosen the swing plate relief adjusting screw locknut. 9. Turn swing plate relief adjusting screw fully in (seat lightly).

WARNING Do not overtighten the swing plate valve adjusing screw . This can cause severe damage to the hydraulic components. 10. Tighten the swing plate relief adjusting screw locknut.

19. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU - COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

15.15

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ANTI-REACTION VALVES

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE CCW ROTATION

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE CW ROTATION

• 12 mm ALLEN KEY • 30 mm WRENCH

860C-093

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES

23. If adjustment to the CW crossline relief valve pressure is required loosen the adjusting screw locknut.

WARNING The crossline relief valve adjusting screw is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely. Removing the valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm 24. Set the crossline relief valve pressure by adjusting the crossline relief adjusting screw. • CW rotation increases valve pressure • CCW rotation decreases valve pressure. 25. Tighten the CW crossline relief valve adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 26. Repeat steps 22 to 26 for swing LEFT (CCW) rotation 27. Re-set the priority swing valve. Refer to SWING PLATE RELIEF in THIS SECTION. 28. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to OFF. 29. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 30. Turn OFF the engine. 31. Remove the ignition key. 32. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 33. Remove pressure gauges.

15.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

PRIORITY SWING PLATE MPORTANT! Set swing speeds on the main control valve and swing motor crossline reliefs before setting the priority swing plate pressure relief. Refer to SWING PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS – SWING SPEED SETTINGS and SWING PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS – CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES in this section.

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and booms or movement of the tracks.

8. Loosen the swing plate relief adjusting screw locknut. 9. Turn swing plate relief adjusting screw fully in (seat lightly).

WARNING

Do not overtighten the swing plate valve adjusing screw . This can cause severe damage to the hydraulic components.

Make sure no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. 2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

Priority Swing Plate Adjustment Screw

3. Apply the swing brake.

10. Tighten the swing plate relief adjusting screw locknut.

4. Turn OFF the engine.

11. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

5. Remove the ignition key.

12. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Install a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge in the 'XP' test port on the main control valve.

13. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 14. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 15. Start engine and set engine speed to high idle . 16. Close and latch the front door. 17. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 18. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

15.17

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 26. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to OFF. 27. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 28. Turn OFF the engine. 29. Remove the ignition key. 30. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 31. Remove pressure gauges.

19. Use the MD3 computer to set fan service mode to ON. Refer to COMPUTER ADJUSTMENT MENU - COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure. 20. Operate the left joystick in both CCW and CW directions to make sure the upper structure does not rotate. 21. Have an assistant hold the left joystick lever in the LEFT (CCW) or RIGHT (CW) position. 22. Check the pressure gauge at 'XP' port. The gauge reading should meet priority swing plate specifications. 23. If adjustment to the priority swing plate pressure is required loosen the swing plate relief adjusting screw locknut. 24. Set the priority swing plate pressure by adjusting the priority swing plate relief adjusting screw. • CW rotation increases valve pressure • CCW decreases valve pressure. 25. Tighten the priority swing plate adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

15.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

SWING BEARING WEAR LIMITS

The following procedure will verify the amount of wear in the ball race:

It is important that the swing bearing be periodically inspected for wear. Any significant wear will be noticeable by observing too much 'tilting' of the upper structure relative to the lower frame. A small amount of designed-in clearance in the bearing is normal and is present in a new machine.

1. Position machine with boom fully extended as in POSITION 1. 2. Set dial indicator (Detail A) to zero. 3. Raise boom as in POSITION 2.

Too much clearance will affect the backlash between the ring gear and the drive pinion and if left unchecked will cause damage to the gear teeth and ultimately the swing drive gearbox. The main cause of wear in the ball race can be due to a lack of lubricant or not following the proper lubricating procedure. A damaged or missing peripheral seal will also contribute to early wear by allowing dirt particles to enter the ball race.

4. Note tilt reading on dial indicator. 5. Return machine to POSITION 1. 6. Check to see if reading on dial indicator has returned to zero, if not repeat steps 1 to 4. 7. The bearing is considered worn if measured tilting is 2.7 mm (0.105 in.) or greater. 8. Rotate upper structure 90° and repeat steps 1 to 6.

Regular inspection of the seal should be carried out and the proper lubricating procedure should be followed. Refer to FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

61 cm (24 in.)

15 cm (6 in.)

845CH-191

845CH-192

POSITION 1

POSITION 2

DIAL INDICATOR

860C-397

DETAIL A 15.19

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUST SWING BEARING BACKLASH STEEL PLATE

845CH-162

NUT 6.35 mm (0.25 in.)

101.6 mm (4 in.)

845CH-161

101.6 mm (4 in.)

ADJUSTMENT TOOL

To adjust the swing bearing backlash: 1. Make an adjustment tool from a 101.6 x 101.6 mm (4 x 4 in.) piece of 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) thick steel plate. Weld a 25.4 mm (1 in.) nut on the plate as shown.

SWING BRAKE SUPPLY 'C5'

PILOT MANIFOLD - ISO VIEW 4. The swing drive motor system is equipped with spring applied multi disc brakes. Deactivating the swing braking system requires a portable hydraulic supply. Remove the swing brake supply hose from the pilot manifold 'C5'. Connect the hose to a remote hydraulic power source. Plug the port on pilot manifold 'C5'. Pressurize the swing brake circuit to 24–49 bar (348–710 psi) to disengage the swing braking system.

ADJUSTMENT TOOL

845CH-163

2. Position the adjustment tool against the underside of the upper structure 12.7 mm (0.50 in.) away from the bearing. Weld the tool to the upper structure as shown using a 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) fillet weld. Refer to WELDING, PRIOR TO in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for safety precautions. HEX HEAD BOLT

845CH-164

3. Install a 25.4 x 152.4 mm (1 x 6 in.) hex head bolt in the nut.

15.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

GEAR TEETH MARKED WITH PAINT

SWING BEARING GEAR TEETH

PINION

10 9

GEAR BACKLASH DIMENSION

PINION

21 22

14 30

GEAR TEETH MARKED WITH PAINT

845CH-168

880-231 845CH-166

5. Locate the gear teeth marked with paint on the inner swing bearing. Rotate the bearing so the edges marked with paint are in contact with the pinion.

7. Using the adjustment tool set minimum gear backlash between the pinion and the swing bearing gear teeth to 0.40 – 0.64 mm (0.016 – 0.025 in.). 35

10 9

21 22

14 30

FEELER GAUGES 845CH-167

880-234

6. Use a pry bar to rotate the pinion against the swing bearing. Measure the backlash between the pinion and the swing bearing using feeler gauges.

8. Tighten swing bearing outer race bolt #1 to a temporary setup torque of 406 Nm (300 lbf-ft).

15.21

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

7 8

9 27 26 25

21 22

14 30

845CH-167

9. Tighten swing bearing outer race bolts #2 through #12 to a temporary setup torque of 406 Nm (300 lbf-ft)

11. Torque lubricated swing bearing mounting bolts #1 through #36 in sequence shown above. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for torque settings.

SWING BEARING GEAR TEETH

PINION

10 9

GEAR BACKLASH DIMENSION

PINION

45°

14 30

845CH-168

LETTER DESIGNATION 'G' AT HARDNESS GAP

10. Measure and adjust gear bearing backlash every 45° of gear rotation. Acceptable backlash values are in the range of 0.40 – 0.64 mm (0.016 – 0.025 in.). If measured backlash values are less than 0.40 mm (0.016 in.) repeat steps 6 to 8 of ADJUST SWING BEARING BACKLASH in THIS SECTION starting at the smallest measured backlash location.

880-232

12. Locate the heat treatment hardness gap on the inner bearing race. The gap is designated by a letter stamped on the bearing surface.

15.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HARDNESS GAP

18 17

25 G

BOTTOM VIEW

Swing

21 22

14 30

19 20

UPPER STRUCTURE - FRONT 845CH-170

SWING BEARING POSITIONING

13. Position the inner bearing race hardness gap 90º from the front of the upper structure. 14. Brush lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulfide onto the swing bearing and pinion gear teeth. Completely cover both sides of every gear tooth.

15.23

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SWING BEARING REPLACEMENT

In the event of a swing bearing failure, for example the limits of tilting clearance have been exceeded during an inspection, the swing bearing must be replaced.

9. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve. For a full description of the HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM Before servicing hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve. 880-220

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE SCHRADER VALVE

1. Position the machine on flat ground with the hoist cylinder fully retracted and stick cylinders fully extended. Depending on the type of loader system being used, it may be necessary to remove the attachment.

MANIFOLD

2. Open the engine compartment right side door and power roof. For a full description on side door and power roof operation refer to SERVICE ACCESS DOORS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATORS MANUAL. 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. H845C-173

FILTER/ BREATHER

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

10. Remove the filter/breather. To prevent oil loss when servicing the hydraulic system, apply a vacuum to the hydraulic tank. Installing a plug in the coupling will also prevent loss of oil. NOTE: Before removing any hydraulic hoses, ensure all contamination entry points are clean and clear of foreign material and debris. 11. Remove and cap all hydraulic and grease hoses to the boom. Disconnect wiring harnesses to the boom. 12. Attach a lifting device and remove the boom. It may be necessary to use cylinder support braces to prevent the cylinders from collapsing. 880-221

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT- LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Disconnect the multi-pin plug from the engine ECU to prevent engine starting. 8. Remove all panels.

13. Lower the boom onto support stands. 14. Remove the rotary manifold torque arm. 15. Remove and cap all hoses to the rotary manifold and pinion cover.

15.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

880-223

18. Lower the upper structure onto support stands. 880-222

WARNING Do not exceed rated load (capacity) or working load limit of the crane. Overloading and improper use of crane could result in death or serious injury.

880-224

NOTE: Since the counterweight adds significantly to the total weight of the machine, removing it may be necessary prior to lifting the upper structure. 16. Attach a lifting device to support the upper structure. Ensure that the rated capacity of the crane is sufficient to safely lift the upper structure.

19. Support the swing bearing by positioning the forks of a lift truck directly beneath the swing bearing. Remove outer race swing bearing bolts.

880-227

GREASE FITTING OUTER RACE MOUNTING BOLTS

FILLING PLUG

880-225

20. Lower and remove the swing bearing.

INNER RACE MOUNTING BOLTS

21. Remove from all machined surfaces (swing bearing and upper structure) nicks, burrs, paint, welding beads and all foreign material.

SWING BEARING MOUNTING BOLTS 17. Remove the inner race swing bearing mounting bolts. Note and mark the orientation of the swing bearing grease fittings and filling plug to the undercarriage.

15.25

Swing

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 24. Install the bolts in the outer swing bearing race. Finger tighten the bolts until there is no gap between the washer and outer bearing race. WASHER (CROSS SECTION)

CHAMFER

880-224

BOLT HEAD

22. Using a lift truck, position the new swing bearing under the upper structure. Position the swing bearing grease fittings and filling plug with the undercarriage as previously noted. 875-340

FILLING PLUG

IMPORTANT! The washers must be positioned on the bolt so the inner diameter chamfer on the washers face towards the head of the bolts. 25. Adjust the swing bearing backlash. Refer to ADJUST SWING BEARING BACKLASH in THIS SECTION for adjusting the swing bearing backlash.

MAXIMUM LOAD ZONE

880-235

26. Ensure that all nicks, burrs, paint, welding beads and foreign material have been removed from the undercarriage flange and swing bearing outer race

MAXIMUM LOAD ZONE

NOTE: Mount the swing bearing outer race with the filling plug 90° to the maximum load zone. 23. Lubricate the threads of new bolts with lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulfide.

880-230

27. Position the upper structure on the undercarriage. 28. Lubricate the threads of new bolts with lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulfide. Install the bolts in the inner swing bearing race. Turn the bolts in until 'just snug' using an ordinary wrench or air tool.

15.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Swing

29. Install the bolts and washers in the inner swing bearing race. Turn the bolts in until 'just snug' using an ordinary wrench or air tool.

10 9

WASHER (CROSS SECTION)

CHAMFER

BOLT HEAD

14 30

11 875-340

IMPORTANT! The washers must be positioned on the bolt so the inner diameter chamfer on the washers face towards the head of the bolts.

845CH-167

31. Torque swing bearing mounting bolts in numerical sequence as shown above. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for torque settings. 32. Install all hoses to the rotary manifold and pinion cover. 33. Install the rotary manifold torque arm. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for torque settings. 34. Attach the boom.

FEELER GAUGE

SWING BEARING

UNDERCARRIAGE 880-229

30. With feeler gauges, determine if a gap exists between the swing bearing and the undercarriage flange. If a gap does exist, measure the clearance or gap. The clearance or gap should not be greater than 0.46 mm (0.018 in.)

35. Install all hydraulic and grease hoses to the boom. Connect the wiring harnesses to the boom. 36. Install the filter/breather and breather valve. 37. Connect the multi-pin plug to the engine ECU. 38. Before machine startup, refer to STARTUP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MACHINE MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for machine startup procedures. IMPORTANT! Entrained air in the boom hydraulic system will cause the boom to act slow, sluggish and often unpredictable. Caution should be taken with boom functions until all the air is removed from the hydraulic system.

15.27

Swing 860C-343

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher A

C A

A B C D

Swing Bearing Seal (Internal Seal)

Sealing Lip Outer Race Ball Bearings Inner Race

39. To lubricate the swing bearing, inject grease into all four grease fittings on outer circumference of bearing until a bead of grease forms from the sealing lips. Rotate machine 30° and repeat greasing. Rotate machine 30° more in same direction and repeat greasing. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for information on lubricating the swing bearing. 40. Measure swing bearing wear (tilting). Refer to SWING BEARING WEAR LIMITS in THIS SECTION for measuring wear limits.

15.28

SAW DRIVE.......................................................................................................................................................17

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 17 – SAW DRIVE CONTENTS - SECTION 17

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SAW DRIVE....................................................................................................................................... 17.7 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SAW CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 17.5 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SAW DRIVE..................................................................................................................................... 17.11 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC SAW DRIVE..............................................................................................................................17.8–17.9 SAW PUMP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC............................................................................................ 17.2 PRESSURE SETTINGS......................................................................................................................... 17.12 MOTOR BEGIN OF STROKE.......................................................................................................... 17.15 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT.............................................................................................. 17.15 PUMP AND SAW CONTROL VALVE............................................................................................... 17.13 STAND-BY PRESSURE.................................................................................................................. 17.12 SAW CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................ 17.5 SAW SWITCH OFF............................................................................................................................ 17.6 SAW SWITCH ON............................................................................................................................. 17.5 SAW CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................... 17.3 OPERATING DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................ 17.4 SAW PUMP..............................................................................................................................................17.2 SAW PUMP DISPLACEMENT/FLOW...................................................................................................... 17.2

17.1

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SAW PUMP

B A

D C

A B C D E

Saw Pump Pressure Compensator

Saw Pump Hydraulic Schematic

A Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw B POR Adjusting Screw

POR Valve Load Sense Valve Rotate Group Servo Piston Margin pressure spring

A pressure compensator is mounted directly on the pump and has load sense (LS) and POR adjustments.

The saw pump is an axial-piston variable displacement pump controlled by a pressure compensator, and is mounted on the back of the main pump. The main pump is attached to the bell housing of the engine.

The saw pump is load sense, so there is no flow (or very little) until an LS signal is received from the saw control valve. The saw pump supplies oil to the saw motor via the saw control valve located in the hydraulic pump compartment mounted on the inner side wall of the pump compartment. The saw control valve controls the flow of oil from the saw pump to the saw motor. See SAW CONTROL VALVE operation later in this section.

SAW PUMP DISPLACEMENT/FLOW

Refer to to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 for saw speed specifications.

A B C

Pump Assembly

A Main Pump B Saw Pump C Attachment Pump

17.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Saw Drive

SAW CONTROL VALVE

The saw control valve will only allow hydraulic oil flow from the saw pump to the saw motor if:

Saw pump hydraulic oil flow to the saw motor is controlled by the saw control valve. The saw control valve is in the pump compartment.

• Front door is closed. • Pilot system must be on.

The control valve consists of a steel valve body into which are housed a solenoid control valve cartridge, a main relief valve cartridge and a pilot operated check valve.

• Saw button is on • MD3 computer energizes the solenoid valve on the saw control valve

F C

A D

G C

845C-156 845C-157 845C-158 845C-159

A B C D E

'G2' Port with pressure gauge connection 'OUT' Port 'IN' Port Saw Control Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated Check Valve

Saw Control Valve F G H I

17.3

'COMP' Port For LS Signal 'T' Port, Tank Return 'DR' Port, Drain To Tank Main relief valve

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Operating Description H855C-097

D C

A main relief valve (E) is included with the saw control valve but is not used in normal operation. It is a safety relief that will limit system pressure if the saw pump POR malfunctions.The main relief valve is adjusted by loosening the locknut and turning the adjusting screw. Turn clockwise to increase the pressure and counter-clockwise to decrease the pressure.

B E

SAW CONTROL VALVE The saw control valve is regulated by the MD3 computer. When the MD3 computer sends an electrical signal to the saw control valve, hydraulic oil from the saw pump is allowed to flow through the saw control valve to the saw motor. Without an electrical signal from the MD3 computer, hydraulic oil from the saw pump (A) is blocked from reaching the saw motor. A pilot operated check valve (B) in the control valve prevents any hydraulic oil from reaching the saw motor. The check valve will remain closed until actuated by a pilot signal. With an electrical signal from the MD3 computer, the solenoid (C) on the saw control valve is energized allowing it to open. When opened, a pilot signal from saw pump passes through the solenoid valve to the check valve. The pilot signal allows the check valve to open and saw pump hydraulic oil to reach the saw motor. The pilot signal is also passed through the COMP port (D) to the saw pump (LS port) demanding the pump provide flow to the saw motor.

A Red Push Button

For diagnostic purposes a red push button on the end of the solenoid valve can be used to operate the valve manually.

WARNING Saw guard must be installed when working on the saw motor hydraulic circuit or when the saw head is not being used. A guage tes port 'G2' is provided for attaching a pressure gauge when checking pressure.

17.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Saw Drive

SAW CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

A variable displacement hydraulic pump supplies hydraulic oil to the motor. The pump is fixed to the PTO of the main pump. Hydraulic oil to the motor from the pump is controlled by the saw control valve. Refer to SAW CONTROL VALVE in THIS SECTION for operating description of the saw control valve. A

SAW SWITCH ON When the front door is closed on and the pilot system on, the saw relay and saw switch will be powered. If interruption occurs to any of these two items while the saw switch is on, the saw relay will be disabled. The saw switch must be moved to the off position before the saw can be engaged again. Turning the saw switch on sends current to the XS2 module. Through internal logic, the MD3 computer allows current to the saw control valve solenoid. This allows high pressure oil to flow from the pump to the saw motor. NOTE: Engine rpm must be greater than 500 rpm before the MD3 computer will energize the saw control valve. This prevents the saw control valve from being engaged while the engine is being started.

845C-134

A Saw Switch ON B Saw Switch OFF

Saw Switch

The saw switch on the control panel in the cab is used to turn the saw ON or OFF. This two position switch when energized sends electrical current to the XS2module. The switch is energized only if these parameters are met: • Front door is closed

When the saw control valve is energized, hydraulic oil from the COMP port is fed back to the ‘LS’ port on the pump compensator. When the saw is first turned on, the pressure required to turn the saw blade is very high. This high pressure is fed back to the ‘LS’ port on the pump compensator forcing the saw pump to shift to maximum displacement. When in maximum displacement, pump pressure will increase until the pump POR setting is achieved. At the POR setting, the pump will shift from maximum back to minimum displacement until the pressure at the pump drops below the POR setting. When the pump is no longer at the POR setting the pump will again shift back to maximum displacement. The pump will remain at maximum displacement until: • The saw switch is turned OFF.

• Pilot system is ON

845C-171

• POR setting is achieved at the pump.

SAW CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 17.5

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SAW SWITCH OFF

Return oil from the saw motor is directed back to tank through the return filter manifold.

WARNING

Case drain oil from the saw motor is directed back to a return strainer then to tank through a check valve mounted at the hydraulic tank.

Always idle the engine and allow the saw blade to slow down before shutting the saw switch OFF. Never shut the engine OFF until the saw blade has come to a compete stop.

Saw will not operate with the pilot system OFF. If interuption to the pilot system occurs while the saw switch is on, the saw relay will be disabled. If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door Opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the saw will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

With the saw switch in the OFF position, the saw control valve solenoid is de-energized. The saw control valve prevents flow of hydraulic oil from the saw pump to the saw motor. Pressure at the COMP port on the saw control valve no longer feeds a signal to the LS port on the saw pump controller. Without a signal at the ‘LS’ port, the pump will shift to minimum displacement. For an explanation of saw motor system, refer to the SAW HEAD MANUFACTURERS MANUAL.

17.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher A

Saw Drive B

F H G

LEGEND

845C-173 845C-174 845C-178

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

845C-172

A B C D

MD3 Computer and displaly module XS2 Module XA2–A0 Module XA2–A1 Module

Saw Drive Electrical Circuit Diagram E F G H

17.7

Pilot Reset Switch Saw Switch Door Interlock Switch Saw Control Valve

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SAW DRIVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 17.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Saw Drive

SAW DRIVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CONT. 17.9

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-181 845C-152 845C-155

OUT

COMP

C G2

G P1

I T

J H

PSV LEGEND

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

17.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher A B C D E F

Main Control Valve To Saw Motor Saw Control Valve Pilot Distribution Manifold To Return Strainer Pilot Valve

Saw Drive

Saw Drive Hydraulic Circuit Diagram G H I J K

17.11

Main Pump Saw Pump To Fan Valve To Return Strainer To Cooler bypass Valve

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE SETTINGS

STAND-BY PRESSURE Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the saw pump 'P' test port. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

12. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position .

860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION

13. Close and latch the front door. 14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

A B

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure. Saw Pump Control Valve

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

A Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw Locknut B Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw

15. Loosen the saw pump margin pressure adjusting screw locknut. 16. Adjust the saw pump margin pressure screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'P' meets stand-by pressure specifications. 17. Tighten the saw pump margin pressure adjusting screw locknut.

17.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 18. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 19. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 20. Turn OFF the engine. 21. Remove the ignition key. 22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Saw Drive PUMP AND SAW CONTROL VALVE Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

23. Remove pressure gauges.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

860C-001

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

17.13

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Prevent the saw blade from rotating as outlined in the SAW HEAD MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL. 8. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the attachment control valve 'G2' test port.

9. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the saw pump 'P' test port.

Saw Control Valve

A Main Relief Valve Adjusting Screw Locknut B Main Relief Valve Adjusting Screw

A B

13. Loosen the saw control valve main relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 14. Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until spring tension is relieved.

CAUTION Damage to the saw pump could occur if spring tension is not relieved on the saw control valve main relief valve. Saw Control Valve

A POR Adjusting Screw Locknut B POR Adjusting Screw

10. Loosen the saw pump POR adjusting screw locknut. 11. Turn the saw pump POR adjusting screw all the way in. 12. Tighten the saw pump POR adjusting screw locknut.

15. Tighten the saw control valve main relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 16. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 17. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 18. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 19. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 20. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position . 21. Close and latch the front door. 22. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

17.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Saw Drive

23. Turn the saw switch ON. 24. Loosen the saw control valve main relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 25. Slowly turn the saw control valve main relief valve screw in until the pressure gauge reading at 'G2' meets saw control valve main relief valve specifications. 26. Tighten the saw control valve main relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 27. Loosen the saw pump POR adjusting screw locknut. 28. Slowly turn the saw pump POR adjusting screw out until the pressure gauge reading at 'G2' meets saw pump POR specifications. 29. Tighten the saw pump POR adjusting screw locknut. 30. Turn saw OFF. 31. Observe pressure gauge reading at 'P' port on the saw pump. If pressure gauge reading does not meet stand-by pressure specifications, stand-by pressure will need to be adjusted. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS – STAND-BY PRESSURE in THIS SECTION for information on setting stand-by pressure. 32. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 33. Apply swing brake if not already applied. 34. Turn OFF the engine. 35. Remove the ignition key. 36. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 37. Remove pressure gauges. MOTOR BEGIN OF STROKE Refer to FELLING ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE LITERATURE for information on motor begin of stroke. MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT Refer to FELLING ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE LITERATURE for information on motor minimum displacement.

17.15

Saw Drive

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

17.16

ACCUMULATOR, CLAMPS AND WRIST..........................................................................................................18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 18 – ACCUMULATOR, CLAMPS AND WRIST CONTENTS - SECTION 18

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

ADJUST OIL FLOW FOR CYCLE TIMES.............................................................................................. 18.34 TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES................................................................................................. 18.35 WRIST................................................................................................................................................18.34 ATTACHMENT CIRCUITS........................................................................................................................ 18.3 ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARMS................................................................................................. 18.3 ATTACHMENT PUMP.............................................................................................................. 18.3–18.5 ATTACHMENT VALVE...................................................................................................................... 18.6 CHECK VALVE.......................................................................................................................... 18.10 END SECTION.......................................................................................................................... 18.11 INLET SECTION......................................................................................................................... 18.9 PORT RELIEF VALVE............................................................................................................... 18.10 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE....................................................................................................... 18.9 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID................................................................................................... 18.10 SPOOL SECTIONS................................................................................................................... 18.10 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................... 18.14 ACCUMULATOR ARM.................................................................................................................... 18.14 CLAMP ARM................................................................................................................................... 18.14 WRIST.............................................................................................................................................18.15 JOYSTICK CONTROLS..................................................................................................................... 18.13 MD3 COMPUTER SYSTEM............................................................................................................... 18.12 WRIST................................................................................................................................................ 18.11 ATTACHMENT PUMP PRESSURE SETTINGS.................................................................................... 18.25 STAND-BY PRESSURE..................................................................................................................... 18.25 ATTACHMENT VALVE PRESSURE SETTINGS.................................................................................... 18.27 ACCUMULATOR PORT RELIEF........................................................................................................ 18.28 CLAMP ARM PORT RELIEF.............................................................................................................. 18.29 MAIN RELIEF.....................................................................................................................................18.27 PORT RELIEFS REPLACEMENT:..................................................................................................... 18.31 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT.................................................................................. 18.30 E

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARM.................................................................................................. 18.19 WRIST................................................................................................................................................18.24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC JOYSTICK..........................................................................................................................................18.13 ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION............................................................................................ 18.36 ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT.................................................................................................. 18.36 ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................ 18.44 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE............................................................................................................ 18.38 CLAMP ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................... 18.40 CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT.................................................................................................................. 18.36 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT TABLE................................................................................................ 18.39 WRIST ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................... 18.48 H

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARM.................................................................................................. 18.18 WRIST.....................................................................................................................................18.22–18.23

18.1

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARM....................................................................................... 18.16–18.17 ATTACHMENT PUMP........................................................................................................................... 18.4 ATTACHMENT VALVE.......................................................................................................................... 18.8 WRIST.....................................................................................................................................18.20–18.21 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................... 18.52 I

INSTALLING A VACUUM PUMP ON THE HYDRAULIC TANK............................................................. 18.52 J

JOYSTICK CONTROLS......................................................................................................................... 18.13 M

MD3 COMPUTER SYSTEM................................................................................................................... 18.12 W

WRIST VALVE PRESSURE SETTINGS................................................................................................ 18.32

18.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist B

C LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

D A Main Control Valve B Attachment Valve

ATTACHMENT CIRCUITS

C Attachment Pump D Main Pump

ATTACHMENT PUMP

Hydraulic oil to the saw head comes from varying sources. Accumulator and clamp arm functions receive hydraulic oil from the attachment pump and attachment valve. The wrist functions receive hydraulic oil from the main pump and main control valve. Both sources of hydraulic oil are load sense (LS) systems, meaning very low hydraulic flows unless a function has been operated. The saw motor is powered by a dedicated saw pump through the saw valve. Refer to SECTION 17 of THIS MANUAL for details about the SAW DRIVE

ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARMS

The accumulator and clamp arm functions receive hydraulic oil from: • Attachment Pump • Attachment Valve

845C-163

The attachment pump is an axial-piston variable displacement pump mounted to the PTO of the saw pump. The pump is controlled by a pressure compensator. The controller has adjustments for margin pressure and pressure override (POR).

18.3

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 845C-163

B C C

845C-164

A B C D

Attachment Pump Control

Pump Controller Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw POR Adjustment 'LS' Port

860C-303A

A B C D E

Attachment Pump Control

POR Valve Load Sense Valve Rotate Group Servo Piston Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw

When the accumulator or clamp arms are operated, a load sense (LS) signal from the attachment valve is sent to the ‘LS’ port on the attachment pump controller. The LS signal begins to shift the attachment pump load sense spool in the controller. When the load sense spool shifts: Hydraulic oil in the servo piston that would normally hold the pump in minimum displacement is released to tank. Pump pressure in the ‘P’ port shifts the pump towards maximum displacement to match flow requirements of the attachment valve.

ATTACHMENT PUMP – CROSS SECTION When the attachment valve is in the neutral position the pump is de-stroked. Output is just sufficient to maintain a pressure of approximately 34.5 bar (500 psi) in the pump ‘P’ port. The swashplate control piston is in a condition where control cylinder spring force, swashplate forces and control pressure forces are balanced.

18.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Pump pressure ‘P’ also acts on the load sense spool, opposing the spring force and LS signal from the attachment valve. When the pressure on the ‘P’ side of the load sense valve is greater than the combined spring force and LS signal the LS valve will shift. When the LS valve shifts, pump pressure is supplied to both ends of the servo piston. The servo piston will begin to put the pump into minimum displacement because the surface areas are different at either end of the servo piston. A spring is installed on one side of the servo piston to smooth out the operation and provide a relatively stable operating condition. The pump is constantly reacting to the changes in the load sense signal, and never produces more flow than required for the functions being operated. The POR limits the maximum pressure the pump can build. The POR spool is held in its normal position by a spring force applied by the POR adjustment. Pump pressure acts against the opposite end of the spool. When the pump pressure exceeds the POR setting, the POR spool shifts. This allows pump pressure to act on both sides of the servo piston, forcing the pump to destroke as described above.

18.5

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist ATTACHMENT VALVE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher The two spool sections are electro-hydraulically controlled and supply oil to the accumulator and clamp arm functions. When the pilot system is on, hydraulic oil from the pilot distribution manifold is used to shift the spools. Each spool section is equipped with its own port relief valve. The end section is equipped with a tank ‘TP’ and 'PS' connection. IMPORTANT! This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

845C-134

ATTACHMENT VALVE

The attachment valve is located in the hydraulic valve compartment directly behind the main control valve. The attachment valve has load sensing and pressure compensated control. The valve consists of an inlet section, two spool sections, and an end section. The inlet section has two pump connections ‘P1’ and ‘P2’ and a tank connection, ‘T2”. The pressure relief valve is also located in the inlet section.

845C-138

ATTACHMENT VALVE – LOCATION 18.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

F B

C H D

E G F I

845C-136

A B C D E

'P2' Port Port Relief Valve 'T2' Port Check Valve 'TP' Port

Attachment Valve Port Locations F G H I

18.7

Proportional Solenoid Flow adjusting screws Pressure Relief Valve 'PS' Port

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

845C-135

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ATTACHMENT VALVE SCHEMATIC 18.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Inlet Section

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist Integrated into the inlet section is a main pressure relief valve. Pressure Relief Valve

B A

C A D A

845C-137

A B C D

845C-139

Attachment Valve – Inlet Section

A Inlet Section

The inlet section is equipped with connection ports to: • 'P1' Port - Attachment pump • 'T2' Port - Return manifold

Inlet Section

Attachment Pump 'P1' Port Return Manifold 'T2' Port Attachment Pump Load Sense Signal 'P2' Port Pressure Relief Valve

This pressure relief valve is designed to protect the attachment circuit from pressure spikes. The pressure relief valve when needed, directs high pressure hydraulic oil from the attachment valve through the ‘T2’ port to the return manifold. The pressure relief valve is not adjustable.

• ‘P2’ Port - Attachment pump load sense signal 'P1' Port When a function on the attachment valve is actuated, hydraulic oil supplied to the attachment valve enters through the ‘P1’ port on the inlet section. The pressure at the port is regulated by a pressure relief valve. 'T2" Port When a function on the attachment valve is actuated, return oil from the function passes through the ‘T2’ port to the return manifold. Hydraulic oil from the spool section port reliefs also passes through the ‘T2’ port. 'P2' Port The ‘P2’ port is on the attachment valve is directly connected to the LS port on the attachment pump. When a function on the attachment valve is actuated, a LS signal from the actuated spool section is sensed at the ‘P2’ port. The LS signal is used by the attachment pump to control flow to the attachment valve. When more than one function on the attachment valve is actuated, the highest LS pressure from the valve is used to regulate pump flow.

18.9

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist SPOOL SECTIONS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B

C A C D E A B C D E 845C-139

Attachment Valve – Spool Sections

A Spool sections

The spool sections on the attachment valve supply hydraulic oil to open and close the accumulator and clamp arms. The spool sections consist of the following components: • Check valve • Proportional solenoid Valves • Flow adjusting screws • Spring • Port relief valve • Dampen restrictor

845C-140

Check Valve Proportional Solenoid Flow Adjustment Screw Spring Port Relief Valve

Check Valve Load hold check valve in each section to prevent undesirable load sinking. Proportional Solenoid The spool sections are equipped with proportional, electro-hydraulic spool actuators. The actuators are spring centered to the neutral position when not energized. Shifting the spools is done by sending a variable voltage signal from the XA2-1 module to the appropriate solenoid. Each spool section has a pilot damping restrictor installed to create a ‘ramping’ effect for smooth function operation. Port Relief valve The attachment valve is equipped with port relief valves on each side of all spool sections. The function of the port relief is to protect the valve section and the function from pressure spikes in the system. The port relief valves also act as anti-cavitation valves. They allow hydraulic oil to flow from the valve tank gallery to the service ports in the event of underpressure. Port relief valves cannot be adjusted. Port relief valves installed in each section are specifically designed for that section. They should not be substituted with port reliefs from other valves. Refer to REPLACING PORT RELIEF in THIS SECTION.

18.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher END SECTION

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist WRIST The wrist functions receive hydraulic oil from: • Main Pump • Main Control Valve For detailed information of the main pump and main control valve refer to SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

845C-139

Attachment Valve – End Section

A End Section

The end section on the attachment valve is an entry and exit point for pilot oil. The attachment valve uses the pilot oil to shift the accumulator and clamp valve sections. The end section is equipped with connection ports to: • 'TP' Port to Return Manifold • 'PS' Port - Main Control Valve 'TP' Port The spool sections on the attachment valve when actuated drain hydraulic oil through the ‘TP’ port to the return manifold. 'PS' Port Hydraulic oil to the ‘PS’ port is supplied by the pilot distribution manifold. The hydraulic oil is used to shift the spools on the attachment valve.

18.11

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist MD3 COMPUTER SYSTEM

The machine electronic control is an MD3 computer display and control system used to actuate and regulate the accumulator or clamp arms and writst function operation as well as other machine functions.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher The engine electronic control module provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via J1939 CAN BUS links. This information is displayed on the computer display. NOTE: The computer control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

860C-498

The MD3 computer is part of a network of components. The system is made up of the following components: • MD3 Computer and Display Module • XS2 Module (Cab) • XA2-A0 Expansion Module (Frame) • XA2-A1 Expansion Module (Frame) • Engine Electronic Control Module • Joysticks • Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown The MD3 computer is the main controller in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for the machine operating parameters.

18.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher JOYSTICK CONTROLS

The factory installed left (1) and right (2) joysticks are equipped with thumb switches and finger buttons that are used as an operator interface with the electronic control system to activate the

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist clamp and accumulator arm functions. Refer to JOYSTICK in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for a complete description of factory equipped joystick control function.

860C-310

860C-310A

RIGHT JOYSTICK

LEFT JOYSTICK

860C-483

1. Wrist CCW

1. Not Used

2. Level Left (if equipped)

2. Level Forward (if equipped)

3. Level Right (if equipped)

3. Level Back (if equipped)

4. Not Used

4. Wrist CW

5. Accumulator Arm Open

5. Clamp Arm Close

6. Accumulator Arm Close

6. Clamp Arm Open

7. Wrist CCW

7. Wrist CW

JOYSTICK ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (FACTORY INSTALLATION SHOWN) 18.13

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Oil flow to the attachment valve functions (clamp arm and accumulator arm) is supplied by the attachment pump. The attachment pump is a variable displacement pump. Refer to ATTACHMENT PUMP in THIS SECTION. Oil flow from the attachment pump to the attachment functions (clamp and accumulator arm) is controlled by the clamp and accumulator sections of the attachment control valve. The attachment control valve is electro-hydraulically controlled. The clamp and accumulator arm functions are operated by switches on the left and right joysticks. NOTE: that the joystick switch positions shown in this manual are factory installed and do not reflect changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine. CLAMP ARM

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ACCUMULATOR ARM The accumulator arm function is operated by a hydraulic cylinder. An accumulator arm open or close electrical signal from an accumulator arm buttons on the joystick is sent to the XS2 module. The XA2-A0 module sends an electrical signal out to the corresponding accumulator arm solenoid in the attachment valve. The corresponding solenoid coil shifts the solenoid cartridge spool and allows the section spool to be shifted by the internal pilot oil. When there is no accumulator arm open or close signal, the solenoid valve is in the de-energized position preventing pilot oil flow from shifting the spool in the valve section. When there is a signal from the accumulator arm open or close control via the XA2-A0 module, the solenoid valve will be placed in the energized position directing pilot oil to shift the spool in the accumulator arm valve section. This will direct high pressure oil (system) from the attachment pump to one end of the accumulator arm cylinder.

The clamp arm is operated by a hydraulic cylinder. A clamp arm open or close electrical signal from the clamp arm buttons on the joystick is sent to the MD3 computer. The XA2-A0 module sends an electrical signal out to the corresponding clamp arm solenoids on the attachment valve. The corresponding solenoid coil shifts the solenoid cartridge spool and allows the section spool to be shifted by the internal pilot oil. When there is no clamp arm open or close signal, the solenoid valve is in the de-energized position preventing pilot oil flow from shifting the spool in the valve section. When there is a signal from the clamp arm open or close control via the XA2-A0 module, the solenoid valve will be placed in the energized position directing pilot oil to shift the spool in the clamp arm valve section. This will direct high pressure oil (system) from the attachment pump to one end of the clamp arm cylinder.

18.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

WRIST A wrist clockwise (CW) and counterclockwise (CCW) electrical signal from a wrist button or trigger is sent to the MD3 computer or XS2-A0 module. The MD3 computer sends an electrical signal out to the corresponding wrist solenoid on the pilot manifold, the corresponding solenoid shifts and allows pilot pressure to shift the spool in the wrist valve section of the main control valve. When there is no wrist CW or CCW signal, the solenoid valve is in the de-energized position preventing pilot oil flow to the wrist section pilot end caps. When there is a signal from the wrist CW or CCW control via the MD3 computer, the solenoid valve will be placed in the energized position directing pilot oil to shift the spool in the wrist valve section. This will direct oil from the main pump to one end of the wrist cylinder(s) or motor(s). For additional information regarding setup, operation, maintenance and service of the WRIST ASSEMBLIES refer to the OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL-TIGERCAT SAWS or ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER'S MANUALS.

18.15

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

845C-149

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARM HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 18.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-149

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

ACCUMULATOR AND CLAMP ARM HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC CONT. 18.17

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LS T2

G G

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

845C-179 845C-143

A B C D

Accumulator and Clamp Arm Hydraulic Circuit Diagram

Accumulator Arms Cylinder Clamp Arms Cylinder Attachment Valve Attachment Pump

E Pilot Manifold F Main Control Valve G Return Manifold

18.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

845C-178 845C-174 845C-149

Accumulator and Clamp Arm Electrical Circuit Diagram A B C D E

MD3 Computer XS2 Module XA2–A0 Module XA2–A1 Module Pilot Reset Switch

F G H I

18.19

Door Interlock Switch Left Joystick Right Joystick Attachment Valve

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

845C-166

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WRIST HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 18.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-166

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

WRIST HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC CONT. 18.21

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

H I

J OUT

COMP (LS) P G2

B IN

L F G

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

845C-144 845C-167 845C-182

PSV LS

WRIST HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 18.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher A B C D E F

Saw Control Valve Main Control Valve Pilot Distribution Manifold Cooler Bypass Valve Pressure Reducing Valve Main Pump

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Wrist Hydraulic Circuit G H I J K L

18.23

Saw Pump To Wrist Cylinder/Motor To Wrist Cylinder/Motor To Saw Motor To Fan Valve To Return Strainer

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845C-178 845C-174 845C-169 845C-181

F G

TS2 TS1

LEGEND SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN CABLE WIRE

A B C D E F

MD3 Computer XS2 Module XA2–A0 Module XA2–A1 Module Pilot Reset Switch Door Interlock Switch

Wrist Electrical Circuit Diagram G H I J K

18.24

Left Joystick Right Joystick Attachment Valve Main Pump Anti-Stall Solenoid Valve

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT PUMP PRESSURE SETTINGS

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the attachment pump 'P' test port. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Insert the ignition key and turn to the run position. 11. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

12. Start the engine and set throttle to idle position .

860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

13. Close and latch the front door. 14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

Attachment Pump Control Valve

A Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw Locknut B Margin Pressure Adjusting Screw

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

15. Loosen the attachment pump margin pressure adjusting screw locknut. 16. Adjust the attachment pump margin pressure screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'P' meets stand-by pressure specifications. 17. Tighten the attachment pump margin pressure adjusting screw locknut.

18.25

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

18. Turn OFF the engine. 19. Remove the ignition key. 20. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 21. Remove pressure gauges.

18.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT VALVE PRESSURE SETTINGS

Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. MAIN RELIEF 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist 3. Apply the swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the attachment control valve 'P2' test port. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 11. Insert the ignition key

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

12. Start the engine.

860C-001

13. Close and latch the cab door.

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 860C-404

CAUTION

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

'LS' PORT

POR ADJUSTMENT

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

PUMP CONTROLLER

ATTACHMENT PUMP COMPONENTS

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

15. With an assistant, loosen the margin pressure adjusting screw locknut. 16. Turn the adjusting screw all the way in. 17. Tighten adjusting screw locknut. 18. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut. 19. Temporarily increase POR valve setting to 276 bar (4000 psi) on gauge at ‘P2’ test port.

18.27

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

20. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut.

ACCUMULATOR PORT RELIEF When checking the accumulator pressure it is necessary to use the accumulator open and close function. The function is electronically controlled by a proportional solenoid valve on the attachment valve. It is important to supply maximum current to the proportional solenoid valve to ensure it is at 100% of its maximum rated flow. The maximum current can be checked and set with the MD3 computer. Refer to ELECTRONIC SETTING DESCRIPTION – ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

21. Loosen the main relief valve adjusting screw locknut on the attachment valve. 22. Slowly turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the pressure gauge reading at ‘P2’ test port drops below 276 bar (4000 psi). 23. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the main relief valve first opens (cracking pressure). 24. Tighten the main relief valve adjusting screw locknut. 25. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut. 26. Reset the POR valve pressure specifications.

1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

27. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut. 28. Loosen the margin pressure adjusting screw locknut. TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

29. Reset the stand-by pressure. Refer to ATTACHMENT PUMP PRESSURE SETTINGS – STAND-BY PRESSURE in THIS SECTION for information on setting stand-by pressure. 30. Tighten adjusting screw locknut.

860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION

31. Turn OFF the engine. 32. Remove the ignition key. 33. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 34. Remove gauges.

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

18.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 3. Apply swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the attachment control valve 'P2' test port. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 11. Insert the ignition key

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist CLAMP ARM PORT RELIEF When checking the clamp arm pressure it is necessary to use the clamp arm open and close function. The function is electronically controlled by a proportional solenoid valve on the attachment valve. It is important to supply maximum current to the proportional solenoid valve to ensure it is at 100% of its maximum rated flow. The maximum current can be checked and set with the MD3 computer. Refer to ELECTRONIC SETTING DESCRIPTION – ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

12. Start the engine. 13. Close and latch the cab door. 14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 15. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut. 16. Temporarily increase POR valve setting to 276 bar (4000 psi) on gauge at ‘P2’ test port. 17. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

18. pre

CAUTION

NOTE: The port relief valves are not adjustable. If observed pressures are not within 3.5 bar (50 psi) the valve will need to be replaced.

Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

19. With aid of an assistant operate the ACCUMULATOR ARM OPEN function. Make sure pressure gauge reading at ‘P2’ test port meets ACCUMULATOR ARM OPEN specifications.

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

NOTE: The port relief valves are not adjustable. If observed pressures are not within 3.5 bar (50 psi) the valve will need to be replaced.

WARNING

20. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut. 21. Reset the POR valve pressure specifications.

Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

22. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut. 23. Turn OFF the engine.

WARNING

24. Remove the ignition key. 25. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

26. Remove gauges.

18.29

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist 3. Apply swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the attachment control valve 'P2' test port. 8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch. 9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 11. Insert the ignition key 12. Start the engine. 13. Close and latch the cab door. 14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key. 5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Depressurize hydraulic tank.

IMPORTANT!

15. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

16. Temporarily increase POR valve setting to 276 bar (4000 psi) on gauge at ‘P2’ test port.

17. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut. 18. With aid of an assistant operate the CLAMP ARM CLOSE function. Make sure pressure gauge reading at ‘P2’ test port meets CLAMP ARM CLOSE specifications. NOTE: The port relief valves are not adjustable. If observed pressures are not within 3.5 bar (50 psi) the valve will need to be replaced. 19. With aid of an assistant operate the CLAMP ARM OPEN function. Make sure pressure gauge reading at ‘P2’ test port meets CLAMP ARM OPEN specifications. NOTE: The port relief valves are not adjustable. If observed pressures are not within 3.5 bar (50 psi) the valve will need to be replaced. 20. Loosen the POR adjusting screw locknut. 21. Reset the POR valve pressure specifications. 22. Tighten POR adjusting screw locknut. 23. Turn OFF the engine. 24. Remove the ignition key. 25. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 26. Remove gauges.

845C-097 845C-001

18.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 8. Remove the relief cartridge using a a 27 mm wrench or socket. 9. Install the replacement relief cartridge with new O-ring, and tighten to 100 Nm (74 lbf-ft).

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist PORT RELIEFS REPLACEMENT: 1. Repeat steps 1 to 7 of PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION 2. Remove the port relief cartridge using a 12 mm allen key. 3. Install the replacement port relief cartridge with new O-ring, and tighten to 100 Nm (74 lbf-ft). 4. Remove the vacuum pump and pressurize hydraulic tank.

18.31

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WRIST VALVE PRESSURE SETTINGS When checking the wrist pressure it is necessary to use the wrist CW and CCW functions. The functions are electronically controlled by a proportional solenoid valve on the pilot distribution valve. It is important to supply maximum current to the proportional solenoid valve to ensure it is at 100% of its maximum rated flow. The maximum current can be checked and set with the MD3 computer. Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. IMPORTANT! Position attachment on the ground during this procedure except when adjusting the wrist port relief valves. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

2. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure. 3. Apply swing brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 845C-110

SYSTEM OVER PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD 'P' PRESSURE PORT

'LS' PORT

'XLS' TEST PORT

'XP' TEST PORT

'LS' PRESSURE CONTROL RELIEF

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 'XLS' & 'XP' PORTS AND RELIEF VALVE LOCATIONS 7. Connect a 0–350 bar (0–5000 psi) pressure gauge to the main control valve 'xP' test port.

18.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

8. Turn on the battery disconnect switch.

24. Turn OFF the engine.

9. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

25. Remove the ignition key.

10. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up

26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 27. Remove gauges.

11. Insert the ignition key 12. Start the engine. 13. Close and latch the cab door. 14. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 15. With the aid of an assistant raise the boom and rotate the attachment fully CW. Continue pressing the trigger switch. 16. Check gauge pressure reading at port 'xP' on the main control valve. 17. Release the trigger switch. 18. Pressure should meet wrist port relief specifications. If pressure does not specifications, adjustment is required. WRIST CW PORT RELIEF

845C-168

WRIST CCW PORT RELIEF

19. With the aid of an assistant raise the boom and rotate the attachment fully CW. Continue pressing the trigger switch. 20. Loosen the WRIST CW port relief valve cartridge locknut. 21. Slowly turn the adjusting screw until the pressure gauge reading at 'xP' meets WRIST CW port relief specifications. 22. Tighten adjusting screw locknut taking care not to turn the adjusting screw at the same time. 23. Repeat steps 15 to 22 for wrist CCW function.

18.33

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist ADJUST OIL FLOW FOR CYCLE TIMES

WRIST Refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING and HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for specific pressure and speed values. NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (seal nut) on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 3. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 4. Insert the ignition key 5. Start the engine and set the throttle to full . 6. Close and latch the cab door. 7. Apply swing brake. 8. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system. 9. With the aid of an assistant lift the attachment 1 m (3.3 ft) above the ground. 10. Use the RH joystick trigger or button 4 to rotate the attachment fully CW. 11. Use the LH joystick trigger or button 1 to rotate the attachment fully CCW. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 12. Use the RH joystick trigger or button 4 to rotate the attachment fully CW. Record the cycle time from stop to stop. 13. If required, adjust the flow adjusting screw for WRIST CW speed or WRIST CCW speed for the wrist function. 14. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 15. Turn OFF the engine. 16. Remove the ignition key. 17. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure. 2. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine.

18.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES Do not over adjust the flow adjusting screws to provide faster cycle times, this will increase stress on boom components and the hydraulic system. To set cylinder cycle times, loosen the spool travel-stop locknut on the adjusting screw. Turn the adjusting screw IN (clockwise) to SLOW DOWN and OUT (counterclockwise) to SPEED UP. Tighten the adjusting screw locknut and re-check times. IMPORTANT! Backing the adjusting screw out to exceed PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL allows the valve spool to travel beyond the optimum position for maximum oil flow. This causes cylinder cycle times to INCREASE and boom function to SLOW DOWN. If over adjustment has occurred allow the valve to return to the neutral position and adjust the screw IN until it just touches the valve spool. Repeat ADJUST OIL TO CYLINDERS PROCEDURE to set cylinder cycle times. Do not turn the adjusting screw more than 12 turns out from where it just touches the valve spool when in the neutral position.

18.35

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION

Attachment performance and control is adjusted using the MD3 computer from the ADJUST MENU. The adjustments can vary to suit operating conditions. Refer to COMPUTER – (ADJUSTMENT) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. By regulating the amount of current supplied to the proportional solenoids on the attachment valve we can control the volume of hydraulic oil to the cylinders. Accumulator and clamp arm cylinder speeds change depending on settings made from the adjust menu.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Stop Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

Two adjustments can be made using the adjust menu: CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions. ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions. Within the two groups (accumulator and clamp) that can be adjusted there are four adjustments that can be made through the MD3 computer to customise the operation of each function. The four adjustments are: Min Current This is the minimum amount of current that causes the function to just begin to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Max Current This is the current the controls the maximum speed of the function. A higher setting will cause the function to move faster. Start Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

18.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CLAMP EXAMPLE (DEFAULT SETTINGS) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings showing the defaults as follows • Min mA =300 • Max mA =750 • Start Slope =0mS • Stop Slope =0mS

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist CLAMP EXAMPLE (SLOPE SETTINGS ADJUSTED) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings shown after an adjustment has been made to the Start and Stop Slopes. Min mA = 300 Max mA = 750 Start Slope =500mS Stop Slope = 500mS

860C-526

NOTE: The graph reflects the default settings and as the Start and Stop Slopes are set to 0mS there is no ramp up or down showing that the clamp will travel immediately at max speed once the button is activated.

860C-527

The graph reflects the adjustments made to the start and stop slopes. This will affect the clamp operation in three ways. The overall time it takes for the clamp to open or close will be longer. The initial movement of the clamp will be slower when the button is activated and the final movement of the clamp will also be slower when the button is deactivated.

18.37

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE: For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical components some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference. 1. Make sure the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation of the upper structure and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area. Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure. 2. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting engine. 3. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up 4. Insert the ignition key 5. Start the engine and set the throttle to full . 6. Close and latch the cab door. 7. Press pilot reset switch to activate the pilot system.

18.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT TABLE Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

500

18.39

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CLAMP ADJUSTMENT

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Use the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Clamp Open/Close and push OK. Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

18.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Push the F3 button to access the Clamp + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp close and Clamp open on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp + Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 18.41

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp + Close adjustment is now complete.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp - Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Clamp - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice. NOTE: When in the Clamp - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp open and Clamp close on the joystick to set this adjustment.

18.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Clamp - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp - Open adjustment is now complete. 18.43

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to Hydraulics and push OK. Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to Accum Open/Close and push OK. Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

18.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Push the F3 button to access the Accum + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

NOTE: When in the Accum + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the Accum + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum + Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 18.45

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator + Close adjustment is now complete.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the Accum - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum - Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Accum - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice. NOTE: When in the Accum - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated. Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

18.46

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the Accum - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator - Open adjustment is now complete. 18.47

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WRIST ADJUSTMENT

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to wrist and push OK.

18.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Push the F3 button to access the Counterclockwise (CCW) adjust section and press OK.

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

NOTE: When in the CCW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CCW and CW on the joystick to set this adjustment. Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

NOTE: When in the CCW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CCW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 18.49

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the CW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep. NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the CW adjust section and press OK twice. NOTE: When in the CW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated. Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CW and CCW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

18.50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

860C-505

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the CW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting ) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-506

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CW wrist adjustment is now complete. 18.51

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT!

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INSTALLING A VACUUM PUMP ON THE HYDRAULIC TANK STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve. AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

FILTER BREATHER PRESSURE GAUGE 5 PSI MAX (34.5 KPA)

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-155

SERVICE POSITION FIG.1

1. Park machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground. 2. Apply swing brake. 3. Turn OFF the engine. 4. Remove the ignition key.

IMPORTANT!

SCHRADER VALVE ADD 5 PSI (34.5 KPA) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

H845C-59

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close. NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris into the enclosure. Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss. IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent in the open position. During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit. It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS "filter change procedure" for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. Air bubbles in the hydraulic system will damage the pumps.

845C-097 845C-001

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). 18.52

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 6. Install Vacuum Pump 7. Remove the hydraulic tank breather filter hose clamp at the tank 8. Lift the hose off the tank spout. 9. Install a vacuum pump hose on tank breather port spout. Turn vacuum pump on to apply a vacuum in hydraulic tank. 10. When service is complete, turn off vacuum pump and remove the hose. 11. Re-install hydraulic tank breather filter hose and clamp on the tank spout. 12. Close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

18.53

Accumulator, Clamps And Wrist

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

18.54

MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................................................25

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 25 – MISCELLANEOUS CONTENTS - SECTION 25

ISSUE 1.0, APRIL 2016

CIRCUITS, HYDRAULIC ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM............................................................................................ 25.3 HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM.............................................................................. 25.3 COMPUTER MD3 'ROOF OPEN' ALERT MESSAGE............................................................................................... 25.7 E

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, POWER ROOF........................................................................................... 25.5 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, POWER ROOF SENSOR.......................................................................... 25.7 ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED POWER ROOF...................................................................................... 25.4 CHECKING OIL LEVEL........................................................................................................................ 25.5 LIMIT SWITCH...................................................................................................................................... 25.5 POWER ROOF CYLINDER.................................................................................................................. 25.4 POWER ROOF ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC........................................................................................ 25.5 POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP............................................................................................. 25.4, 25.6 POWER ROOF SENSOR..................................................................................................................... 25.7 POWER ROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................ 25.2, 25.4 VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR............................................................................................ 25.5 H

HAND PUMP OPERATION, POWER ROOF........................................................................................... 25.6 HAND PUMP, LOCATION........................................................................................................... 25.2, 25.6 LIMIT SWITCH...................................................................................................................................... 25.6 MANUAL OVERRIDE........................................................................................................................... 25.6 VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR............................................................................................ 25.6 HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS, POWER ROOF................................................................................................ 25.3 ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM............................................................................................ 25.3 HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM.............................................................................. 25.3 HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP...................................................................................................................... 25.6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC POWER ROOF......................................................................... 25.3 L

LIMIT SWITCH, VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR...................................................................... 25.5 M

MANUAL OVERRIDE, POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP...................................................................... 25.6 P

POWER ROOF CYLINDER..................................................................................................................... 25.4 POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP................................................................................................ 25.4, 25.6 MANUAL OVERRIDE........................................................................................................................... 25.6 RESERVOIR.........................................................................................................................................25.4 POWER ROOF SENSOR........................................................................................................................ 25.7 MD3 'ROOF OPEN' ALERT MESSAGE............................................................................................... 25.7 POWER ROOF SENSOR ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC........................................................................... 25.7 POWER ROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................... 25.2, 25.4 S

SCHEMATICS ELECTRIC POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC...................................................................... 25.3 POWER ROOF ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC........................................................................................ 25.5 POWER ROOF SENSOR ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC........................................................................ 25.7 V

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR................................................................................................ 25.5

25.1

Miscellaneous

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

POWER ROOF

The upper enclosure power roof is operated by an electric pump operated hydraulic system.

POWER ROOF

POWER ROOF – SWITCH

845C-095 H845C-51

H845C-55

POWER ROOF SWITCH

An OPEN – CLOSE , spring return to centre OFF, three position 'momentary' switch is used to open and close the power roof. Push and hold the switch in the open position to open the power roof or push and hold in the close position to close the power roof. NOTE: The power roof is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when the power roof is moved.

UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP

NOTE: In the event of electric pump operated hydraulic system trouble, it is possible to open and close the power roof with an alternate hydraulic hand pump. The hand pump is located inside the upper enclosure, mounted on the bottom rear of the hydraulic tank. Refer to HAND PUMP OPERATION in THIS SECTION.

25.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Miscellaneous POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

C2 OPEN CLOSE

MANUAL OVERRIDE

TEST PORT

SOLENOID RESERVOIR FILL CAP RESERVOIR RESERVOIR

LEFT SIDE CYLINDER

RIGHT SIDE CYLINDER

FREE FLOW

HAND PUMP

CHECK VALVE

BULKHEAD FITTINGS (2)

BOTTOM OF FUEL TANK

CHECK VALVE

HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM LEGEND

SUCTION LINE PRESSURE LINE DRAIN LINE PILOT LINE CAN LINE WIRE

ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

845CH-199

VENT/FILL POWER ROOF CYLINDERS

POWER ROOF PUMP

M C2 C1 207 bar (3000 psi) P HAND PUMP

845CH-197

T ‘IN’ TO OPERATE ‘OUT’ TO LOWER

ELECTRIC POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 25.3

Miscellaneous

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED POWER ROOF This system has a separate electric powered hydraulic pump to open and close the power roof.

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

RIGHT SIDE POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC CYLINDER

RESERVOIR

H845C-205

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

The electric pump assembly is located in the breather cabinet behind the cab above the hydraulic tank. This system is self contained, in that it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) reservoir.

H845C-201

POWER ROOF CYLINDER

When the power roof switch in the cab is activated the electric pump will direct oil up to 207 bar (3000 psi) to the two hydraulic cylinders (mounted at the rear of the engine compartment) to open or close the engine compartment power roof. SOLENOID

MANUAL OVERRIDE TEST PORT

RESERVOIR FILL CAP

H845C-42

RESERVOIR REFILL WITH DEXRON III OIL

POWER ROOF SWITCH

CAUTION Ensure all personnel are clear before opening the power roof.

H845C-205

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

Shown in the photo above are the port designations on the pump: C1 Port = Roof Open (to base end of cylinder) C2 Port = Roof Close (to rod end of cylinder) 25.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Miscellaneous

A test port is provided on the 'C1' side of the pump for checking hydraulic oil pressure (207 bar / 3000 psi maximum) when cylinders are fully extended (roof open).

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR CLOSED POSITION

CHECKING OIL LEVEL Check the oil level when the cylinders are fully retracted and if required refill the pump reservoir with Dexron III transmission fluid. NOTE: Adding oil to the reservoir when the cylinders are extended (roof open) will result in over filling of the reservoir. H845C-202

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR OPEN POSITION H845C-204

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR

LIMIT SWITCH

H845C-206

NOTE: The power roof electric circuit has a limit switch located under the valve compartment cover/ door. This switch prevents electric operation of the power roof if the valve compartment cover/door is in the open position.

H845C-203

BLK G48

1 TAN 61

DIODE AM1301

POWER ROOF MOTOR RELAY

BLK G61

ROOF PUMP FUSE RED 468

RED

RED 459

POWER ROOF SWITCH

RED 65A

RED 65

845CH-198

BLK G468 POWER ROOF

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR LIMIT SWITCH

7.5A

MOTION ALARM

TAN 61A

GRN 62

NOT USED

3 4

GRN 63

POWER ROOF ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 25.5

BLK G63

Miscellaneous

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HAND PUMP OPERATION

If required the hand pump can be used to hydraulically open and close the power roof. Insert the handle in the pump lever and pump the power roof open or close. The handle is stored inside the left side access door. H845C-51

NOTE: The breather cabinet door is removed to allow access to the manual override when the power roof is in the closed position. This is only required if the failed electric pump cannot be repaired or replaced immediately and it is necessary to close the power roof. After the power roof has been closed, push in the manual override on the electric pump and rotate ¼ turn clockwise. To use the hand pump to open the power roof: If the power roof requires opening using the hand pump, the manual override must be pushed in fully and turned ¼ turn clockwise.

H845C-204

ENGINE ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP To use the hand pump to close the power roof: Open the door on the breather cabinet behind the cab and above the hydraulic tank and lift the door off the hinges. Locate the manual override on the electric pump solenoid, it must be pushed in and rotated ¼ turn counterclockwise and released. Use the hand pump to close the power roof.

MANUAL OVERRIDE

H845C-205

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR H845C-206

LIMIT SWITCH

NOTE: The limit switch will not work while using the hand pump. Ensure the valve compartment cover/door is closed before using the hand pump to close the power roof.

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

25.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Miscellaneous

POWER ROOF SENSOR H845C-208

POWER ROOF

H845C-207

POWER ROOF SENSOR

The power roof sensor is active when the power roof and the right engine side door are closed. If the door or the power roof are open the IQAN MD3 computer will display a 'Roof Open' Alert message when the pilot reset switch is pressed.

The alarm light will flash and the master alarm will sound three times to alert the operator of the message. The roof open icon will display in yellow.

POWER ROOF SENSOR (PROXIMITY SENSOR) 481C RED

1 478 YEL

2 NOT USED

3 4 BLK G481B

845CH-201

POWER ROOF SENSOR ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

25.7

Miscellaneous

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

25.8

Tigercat 845C L845C FELLER BUNCHER SERVICE MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

Articles inside

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES......................................................................................1

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED..............................................................1

BATTERY SAFETY ...................................................................................................................................1

FLUID INJECTION INJURY....................................................................................................................1

ENGINE AND ANTI-STALL

WITHOUT LEVELER...........................................................................................................................1

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERS

EXHAUST FUMES..................................................................................................................................1

LEVELING